It Alarms and Events

Wonderware
InTouch HMI Alarms

and Events Guide
10/3/13
All rights reserved. No part of this documentation shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Invensys Systems, Inc. No copyright or patent liability is assumed with respect
to the use of the information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the
preparation of this documentation, the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or
omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information
contained herein.
The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice and does not represent a
commitment on the part of Invensys Systems, Inc. The software described in this documentation is
furnished under a license or nondisclosure agreement. This software may be used or copied only in
accordance with the terms of these agreements.
2010, 2013 by Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Invensys Systems, Inc.
26561 Rancho Parkway South
Lake Forest, CA 92630 U.S.A.
(949) 727-3200
http://www.wonderware.com
For comments or suggestions about the product documentation, send an e-mail message to
ProductDocumentationComments@invensys.com.
All terms mentioned in this documentation that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been
appropriately capitalized. Invensys Systems, Inc. cannot attest to the accuracy of this information. Use of
a term in this documentation should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service
mark.
Alarm Logger, ActiveFactory, ArchestrA, Avantis, DBDump, DBLoad, DT Analyst, Factelligence,
FactoryFocus, FactoryOffice, FactorySuite, FactorySuite A2, InBatch, InControl, IndustrialRAD,
IndustrialSQL Server, InTouch, MaintenanceSuite, MuniSuite, QI Analyst, SCADAlarm, SCADASuite,
SuiteLink, SuiteVoyager, WindowMaker, WindowViewer, Wonderware, Wonderware Factelligence, and
Wonderware Logger are trademarks of Invensys plc, its subsidiaries and affiliates. All other brands may
be trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Welcome .................................................. 15
Documentation Conventions ......................................................... 15
Technical Support .......................................................................... 16
Chapter 1
Overview of Alarms and Events .................... 17

About InTouch Alarms ...................................................................
Alarm Priorities ...........................................................................
Alarm Sub-States ........................................................................
Alarm Acknowledgement ............................................................
Alarm Groups ..............................................................................
About InTouch Events ...................................................................
Types of InTouch Alarms ...............................................................
Discrete Alarms ...........................................................................
Analog Alarms .............................................................................
InTouch Distributed Alarm System ..............................................
Alarm Providers and Consumers ...............................................
Distributed Alarm Group Lists ..................................................
Summary Alarms versus Historical Alarms ..............................
Alarm Disablement, Inhibition, and Suppression .....................
Terminal Services Alarm Support ..............................................
Distributed Alarm System Data Storage ...................................
18
19
20
20
20
21
22
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide
Contents
Chapter 2
Configuring Alarms..................................... 33
Defining Alarm Hierarchies ..........................................................
Creating an Alarm Group ...........................................................
Modifying an Alarm Group .........................................................
Deleting an Alarm Group ...........................................................
Configuring Tags with Alarm Conditions .....................................
Configuring Discrete Alarms ......................................................
Configuring Value Alarms ..........................................................
Configuring Deviation Alarms ...................................................
Configuring Rate of Change Alarms ..........................................
Disabling Alarms .........................................................................
Inhibiting Alarms ........................................................................
Setting Event Properties for Individual Tags ..............................
Configuring Global Settings for Alarms and Events ...................
Configuring the Alarm Buffer Size ............................................
Enabling Events ..........................................................................
Making Alarm Enabling Retentive ............................................
Creating an Alarm Group List File ...............................................
Chapter 3
33
33
35
36
37
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
46
47
48
Alarm Queries ........................................... 51

Example Alarm Queries ................................................................ 53
Getting More InTouch Query Information ................................... 54
Chapter 4
Viewing Current Alarms .............................. 55

Configuring an Alarm Viewer Control ..........................................
Configuring the Appearance of the Grid ....................................
Configuring the Display Font .....................................................
Selecting and Configuring Display Columns .............................
Controlling Which Features Users Can Access at Run Time ...
Configuring Which Alarms to Show ...........................................
Creating Custom Saved Queries Using Query Favorites .........
Configuring Colors for Various Types of Alarm Records ..........
Configuring the Shown Time Format of Alarm Records ...........
Configuring the Sort Order of Alarm Records ...........................
Using an Alarm Viewer Control at Run Time ..............................
Understanding Status Bar Information ....................................
Using Query Favorites at Run Time ..........................................
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Properties .........................
Configuring Colors for ActiveX Controls ...................................
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Methods ............................
Acknowledging Alarms ...............................................................
56
56
60
60
63
66
67
68
69
71
72
74
74
77
82
83
84
Contents5
Suppressing Alarms .................................................................... 88

Retrieving Information About an Alarm ................................... 93
Running Queries ......................................................................... 93
Moving and Freezing the Display .............................................. 95
Sorting Alarm Records ................................................................ 97
Showing Other Information ........................................................ 98
Selecting Specific Alarms ........................................................... 98
Showing the Context Menu ...................................................... 101
Error Handling When Using Methods and Properties .............. 102
Using ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts .................................... 102
Running a Script When a New Alarm is Detected .................. 102
Chapter 5
Acknowledging Alarms in Real Time ............ 105

Understanding Alarm Acknowledgement Models ......................
Condition Acknowledgement Alarm Model .............................
Expanded Summary Alarm Model ...........................................
Event-Based Alarm Model ........................................................
Checking the Acknowledgement Model of a Tag at
Run Time ...............................................................................
Using Dotfields to Acknowledge Alarms .....................................
Acknowledging Alarms or Alarm Groups ................................
Acknowledging Value Alarms ..................................................
Acknowledging Discrete Alarms ..............................................
Acknowledging Deviation Alarms ............................................
Acknowledging Rate-of-Change Alarms ..................................
Using Script Functions to Acknowledge Alarms ........................
Ack() Function ...........................................................................
Using Automatic Acknowledgement When the Tag Value
Returns to Normal ....................................................................
Using Alarm Clients to Acknowledge Alarms ............................
Using Alarm and Acknowledgement Comments ........................
Chapter 6
106
106
106
107
108
109
109
111
113
114
115
116
116
117
118
119
Controlling Alarm Properties of Tags and

Groups at Run Time ................................ 121
Determining if Tags or Alarm Groups are in an Alarm
Condition ...................................................................................
$NewAlarm System Tag ...........................................................
$System System Tag .................................................................
.Alarm Dotfield ..........................................................................
.Normal Dotfield ........................................................................
.AlarmDsc Dotfield ....................................................................
.AlarmDev Dotfield ...................................................................
127
127
128
129
130
130
131
Contents
.AlarmROC Dotfield ..................................................................

.LoStatus Dotfield .....................................................................
.LoLoStatus Dotfield .................................................................
.HiStatus Dotfield .....................................................................
.HiHiStatus Dotfield .................................................................
.MinorDevStatus Dotfield .........................................................
.MajorDevStatus Dotfield .........................................................
.ROCStatus Dotfield .................................................................
Reverting Alarm Status Handling to InTouch 7.1 Behavior .....
Determining if Alarm Limits Are Set for Tags ...........................
.LoLoSet Dotfield .......................................................................
.LoSet Dotfield ...........................................................................
.HiSet Dotfield ...........................................................................
.HiHiSet Dotfield .......................................................................
.MinorDevSet Dotfield ..............................................................
.MajorDevSet Dotfield ...............................................................
.ROCSet Dotfield .......................................................................
Enabling and Disabling Alarms for a Tag or Alarm Group .......
Enabling/Disabling All Alarms ................................................
Enabling/Disabling LoLo Alarms .............................................
Enabling/Disabling Low Alarms ..............................................
Enabling/Disabling High Alarms .............................................
Enabling/Disabling HiHi Alarms .............................................
Enabling/Disabling Discrete Alarms ........................................
Enabling/Disabling Minor Deviation Alarms ..........................
Enabling/Disabling Major Deviation Alarms ..........................
Enabling/Disabling Rate-Of-Change Alarms ..........................
Changing a Tag's Alarm Limits ..................................................
.LoLoLimit Dotfield ...................................................................
.LoLimit Dotfield .......................................................................
.HiLimit Dotfield .......................................................................
.HiHiLimit Dotfield ...................................................................
.MinorDevPct Dotfield ..............................................................
.MajorDevPct Dotfield ...............................................................
.DevTarget Dotfield ...................................................................
.ROCPct Dotfield .......................................................................
Changing a Tag's Alarm Deadbands ...........................................
.AlarmValDeadband Dotfield ...................................................
.AlarmDevDeadband Dotfield ..................................................
Changing the Alarm Comment Associated with a Tag ..............
.AlarmComment Dotfield ..........................................................
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
141
142
143
143
144
145
146
147
147
149
151
153
155
157
159
161
163
165
165
166
167
167
168
169
170
171
172
172
173
174
174
Contents7
Associating User-Defined Information with an Alarm

Instance .....................................................................................
.AlarmUserDefNumX Dotfields ................................................
.AlarmUserDefStr Dotfield .......................................................
Determining the Inhibitor Tag of a Tag or Alarm Group ..........
.AlarmDscInhibitor Dotfield .....................................................
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor Dotfield ...................................................
.AlarmLoInhibitor Dotfield .......................................................
.AlarmHiInhibitor Dotfield .......................................................
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor Dotfield ...................................................
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor Dotfield ..............................................
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor Dotfield ..............................................
.AlarmROCInhibitor Dotfield ...................................................
Counting the Number of Active or Unacknowledged Alarms ....
.AlarmTotalCount Dotfield .......................................................
.AlarmUnAckCount Dotfield ....................................................
.AlarmValueCount Dotfield ......................................................
.AlarmValueUnAckCount Dotfield ..........................................
.AlarmDscCount Dotfield ..........................................................
.AlarmDscUnAckCount Dotfield ..............................................
.AlarmDevCount Dotfield .........................................................
.AlarmDevUnAckCount Dotfield ..............................................
.AlarmROCCount Dotfield ........................................................
.AlarmROCUnAckCount Dotfield ............................................
Chapter 7
175
175
176
178
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
193
194
Viewing Alarm Hierarchies ......................... 197

Configuring an Alarm Tree Viewer Control ...............................
Configuring the Appearance and Colors ..................................
Configuring Fonts .....................................................................
Configuring Automatic Refresh ................................................
Controlling Which Features Users can Access at Run Time ..
Configuring Which Providers and Groups to Show .................
Creating Custom Saved Queries Using Query Favorites .......
Configuring the Sort Order for Alarm Groups ........................
Using an Alarm Tree Viewer Control at Run Time ...................
Understanding Status Bar Information ..................................
Using Query Favorites ..............................................................
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX Properties ..............
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX Methods .................
Retrieving Information About the Control ..............................
Retrieving Information About Specific Entries .......................
Freezing the Tree ......................................................................
198
198
201
201
203
204
206
206
207
208
208
209
210
211
211
216
Contents
Creating a Query String from a Selection ...............................

Running Queries .......................................................................
Error Handling when Using Methods and Properties ...............
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX Events to Trigger
Scripts ........................................................................................
Chapter 8
219
Printing Alarms ........................................ 221

Configuring Alarm Printing and Logging ...................................
Configuring Printer Settings ....................................................
Configuring Which Alarms to Print .........................................
Configuring the Format of Print and File Output ..................
Configuring Log Files for Alarms .............................................
Saving and Loading Configuration Files .................................
Printing Alarms ...........................................................................
Logging Alarms to a File .............................................................
Starting Alarm Printer with a Specific Configuration ...............
Controlling the Alarm Printer Using Scripting ..........................
Stopping and Starting and Alarm Printer Instance or
Query .....................................................................................
Querying Alarm Query Information ........................................
Querying Instance Information ................................................
Querying Printer Information ..................................................
Setting Alarm Query Information ............................................
Handling Alarm Printer Errors ................................................
Chapter 9
217
218
219
222
222
227
228
233
234
235
236
237
237
238
242
248
252
254
258
Recording Alarms into an Alarm Database ... 259

SQL Server Accounts for Alarm DB Logger Manager ...............
Using the Alarm DB Logger Manager ........................................
Configuring Alarm Database Logging ........................................
Configuring the Database Connection .....................................
Configuring Which Alarms to Log ............................................
Configuring the Logging Interval .............................................
Configuring Alarm DB Logger as a Service .............................
Starting and Stopping Alarm Database Logging .......................
Alarm Database Views ................................................................
Alarm History View ..................................................................
Event History View ...................................................................
Alarm Event History View .......................................................
AlarmSuite Alarm Log View ....................................................
Alarm Database Stored Procedures ............................................
Calling a Stored Procedure .......................................................
260
260
261
261
262
263
265
266
266
267
269
270
273
274
274
Contents9
AlarmCounter Database Stored Procedure ............................. 274

EventCounter Database Stored Procedure .............................. 276
Chapter 10
Viewing Recorded Alarms ........................ 277

Configuring the Alarm DB View Control ....................................
Configuring the Appearance of the Grid ..................................
Configuring the Display Font ...................................................
Selecting Alarm or Event Data ................................................
Selecting and Configuring Display Columns ...........................
Controlling Which Features You Can Access at Run Time ....
Configuring the Shown Time Format and Time Zone for
Alarm Records .......................................................................
Selecting the Time Period of Data from the Alarm Database
Creating Custom Filters and Using Filter Favorites ..............
Configuring Colors for Various Types of Alarm Records ........
Configuring the Sort Order for Alarm Records .......................
Using an Alarm DB View Control at Run Time .........................
Sorting Records .........................................................................
Understanding Status Bar Information ..................................
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Properties .................................
AckAlmBackColor Property ......................................................
AckAlmBackColorRange1 Property .........................................
AckAlmForeColor Property ......................................................
AckAlmForeColorRange1 Property ..........................................
AckRtnBackColor Property ......................................................
AckRtnForeColor Property .......................................................
AlmRtnBackColor Property ......................................................
AlmRtnForeColor Property ......................................................
AutoConnect Property ...............................................................
ColorPriorityRange1 Property ..................................................
ColumnResize Property ............................................................
ConnectStatus Property ............................................................
CustomMessage Property .........................................................
278
278
279
280
281
281
284
286
288
290
295
297
297
298
298
298
299
299
300
300
301
301
302
302
303
303
304
304
304
305
305
306
306
306
307
307
308
10 Contents
DatabaseName Property ...........................................................

DisplayMode Property ..............................................................
DisplayedTimeZone Property ...................................................
Duration Property .....................................................................
EndTime Property .....................................................................
EventBackColor Property .........................................................
EventForeColor Property ..........................................................
FilterFavoritesFile Property ....................................................
FilterMenu Property .................................................................
FilterName Property .................................................................
FromPriority Property ..............................................................
GroupExactMatch Property ......................................................
GroupName Property ................................................................
MaxRecords Property ................................................................
Password Property ....................................................................
PrimarySort Property ...............................................................
ProviderExactMatch Property ..................................................
ProviderName Property ............................................................
QueryTimeZoneName Property ...............................................
RefreshMenu Property ..............................................................
ResetMenu Property .................................................................
RowCount Property ...................................................................
RowSelection Property ..............................................................
SecondarySort Property ............................................................
ServerName Property ...............................................................
ShowFetch Property ..................................................................
ShowGrid Property ...................................................................
ShowHeading Property .............................................................
ShowMessage Property .............................................................
ShowStatusBar Property ..........................................................
SilentMode Property .................................................................
SortMenu Property ...................................................................
SortOrder Property ...................................................................
SpecificTime Property ...............................................................
StartTime Property ...................................................................
Time Property ............................................................................
ToPriority Property ...................................................................
TotalRowCount Property ..........................................................
UnAckAlmBackColor Property ................................................
UnAckAlmBackColorRange1 Property ....................................
308
308
309
309
310
310
311
311
312
312
312
313
313
314
314
314
315
315
316
316
317
317
317
318
318
318
319
319
320
320
320
321
321
322
322
323
323
323
324
324
325
325
326
Contents11
UnAckAlmForeColor Property .................................................

UnAckAlmForeColorRange1 Property .....................................
UnAckOrAlarmDuration Property ...........................................
UserID Property ........................................................................
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Methods ....................................
Controlling Database Connections ...........................................
Retrieving Records from the Database ....................................
Retrieving Information About an Alarm .................................
Sorting the Alarm Records .......................................................
Showing the Context Menu ......................................................
Accessing Filter Favorites ........................................................
Showing Other Information ......................................................
Error Handling When Using Methods and Properties ..............
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts .........
Chapter 11
326
327
327
328
328
329
329
329
330
331
332
333
335
335
335
336
336
Analyzing Alarm Distribution Across Tags ... 339

Configuring an Alarm Pareto ActiveX Control ...........................
Configuring the Connection to the Alarm Database ...............
Configuring the Appearance and Colors of the Alarm
Pareto Control .......................................................................
Configuring the Display Font ...................................................
Configuring Which Features Users can Access at
Run Time ...............................................................................
Configuring Which Alarms to Analyze ....................................
Creating Custom Filters Using Filter Favorites .....................
Configuring the Presentation of the Analysis Results ............
Using an Alarm Pareto Control at Run Time .............................
Understanding Information Shown on the Status Bar ...........
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Properties .....................................
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Methods ........................................
Controlling Database Connections ...........................................
Retrieving Records from the Database ....................................
Retrieving Information About Specific Pareto Bars ................
Showing Miscellaneous Information ........................................
Error Handling When Using Methods and Properties ..............
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts ............
339
340
341
344
344
345
348
352
352
353
353
356
356
356
357
360
360
360
12 Contents
Chapter 12
Maintaining the Alarm Database ............... 363

Configuring Purge or Archive Settings .......................................
Configuring How Much Data to Purge from the Server .........
Configuring the Archive of Purged Data .................................
Configuring Log File Settings ..................................................
Manually Purging and Archiving the Database ......................
Setting a Schedule for Automatic Purging ..............................
Restoring the Alarm Database ....................................................
Configuring Which Files to Restore .........................................
Starting a Database Restore Operation ...................................
Chapter 13
Enhancing Plant Security Through Alarm

Redundancy ........................................... 379
Understanding Hot Backups .......................................................
Specifying the Alarm Providers for Hot Backup .....................
About the Hot Backup Manager ...............................................
Using the Alarm Hot Backup Manager in TSE Sessions .......
Configuring a Hot Backup Pair ...................................................
Creating a Hot Backup Pair .....................................................
Setting Alarm Key Fields for a Hot Backup Pair ....................
Creating an Alarm Record Mapping File .................................
Importing an Alarm Record Mapping File ..............................
Example of a Hot Backup Pair ....................................................
Acknowledgement Synchronization Example .........................
Notes Regarding Hot Backup Pairs ............................................
Chapter 14
364
364
365
366
368
369
371
372
373
374
376
380
381
382
382
382
383
385
387
392
393
397
398
Creating an Alarm Audit Trail ................... 401

Acknowledging Alarms that Require Authentication ................ 402
Appendix A
Working with the Distributed Alarm Display

Object ................................................... 407
About the Distributed Alarm Display Object .............................
Distributed Alarm Display Object Guidelines .........................
Configuring a Distributed Alarm Display Object at
Design Time ..............................................................................
Creating a Distributed Alarm Display Object .........................
Configuring the Appearance of the Grid ..................................
Controlling Which Features Users Can Access at
Run Time ...............................................................................
407
408
408
409
409
411
Contents13
Configuring Which Alarms to Show .........................................

Configuring a Default Alarm Comment ...................................
Configuring the Time Format for Alarm Records ...................
Configuring the Font for Alarm Records .................................
Configuring the Columns for Alarm Records ..........................
Configuring Colors for Alarm Records .....................................
Configuring the Display Type ..................................................
Using the Distributed Display to Monitor Local Alarms ........
Using a Distributed Alarm Display Object at Run Time ...........
Sizable Display Columns ..........................................................
Multiple Selection .....................................................................
Alarm Message Colors ..............................................................
Status Bar ..................................................................................
Shortcut Menu ...........................................................................
Selecting and Configuring Alarm Query Favorites .................
Controlling the Distributed Alarm Display Object Using
Functions and Dotfields ............................................................
Getting or Setting Properties ...................................................
Acknowledging Alarms .............................................................
Selecting Alarms .......................................................................
Retrieving Information about a Selected Alarm Record .........
Setting the Alarm Query ..........................................................
Checking the Current Query Properties ..................................
Checking for Updates to the Distributed Alarm Display
Object .....................................................................................
Suppressing Alarms ..................................................................
Scrolling the Alarm Display .....................................................
Showing Alarm Statistics and Counts .....................................
Error Descriptions .....................................................................
Appendix B
412
413
415
416
417
418
420
421
421
422
422
422
422
423
424
427
427
427
434
439
453
455
460
462
471
474
479
Migrating from Legacy Alarm Systems ........ 481

Migrating from the Standard Alarm System to the
Distributed Alarm System ........................................................ 481
Migrating an AlarmSuite Database ............................................ 482
Index..................................................... 485
14 Contents
15
Welcome
This documentation describes how to manage alarms and events

generated by your InTouch applications.
You can view this documentation or you can print it, in part or whole,
by using the print feature in Adobe Reader.
This documentation assumes you know how to use Microsoft Windows,
including navigating menus, moving from application to application,
and drawing objects on the screen. If you need help with these tasks,
see the Microsoft documentation.
Documentation Conventions
This documentation uses the following conventions:
Convention
Used for
Initial Capitals
Paths and file names.
Bold
Menus, commands, dialog box names, and

dialog box options.
Monospace
Code samples and display text.
16
Welcome
Technical Support
Wonderware Technical Support offers a variety of support options to
answer any questions on Wonderware products and their
implementation.
Before you contact Technical Support, refer to the relevant section(s)
in this documentation for a possible solution to the problem. If you
need to contact technical support for help, have the following
information ready:
The type and version of the operating system you are using.
Details of how to recreate the problem.
The exact wording of the error messages you saw.
Any relevant output listing from the Log Viewer or any other
diagnostic applications.
Details of what you did to try to solve the problem(s) and your
results.
If known, the Wonderware Technical Support case number

assigned to your problem, if this is an ongoing problem.
17
Chapter 1
Overview of Alarms and
Events
You can create InTouch applications that generate alarms and events
to notify operators about the status of process activity.
Alarms warn run-time operators about process conditions that

could potentially cause problems. Typically, you set up an alarm to
trigger when a process value exceeds a defined limit. An operator
must usually acknowledge the alarm.
Events represent normal system status messages. A typical event

is when a system condition occurs, such as an operator logging on
to an InTouch application. Operators do not have to acknowledge
events.
18 Chapter 1 Overview of Alarms and Events
The following figure shows how the InTouch HMI handles alarms and
events while an application is running. Alarm and event data is saved
to the alarm database.
Running Physical Process
HiHi Alarm
InTouch
Client
90
Alarm
Provider
HiHi Alarm
Alarm
Ack
Running InTouch
Application
Alarm Records
Log On Event
Event
Records
Alarm Database
You can configure any tag for event monitoring. An event message is
logged to the alarm system each time the tag value changes. The event
message includes how the value changed and whether the operator,
I/O, scripts, or the system initiated the change.
About InTouch Alarms

Alarms represent warnings of process conditions that could cause
problems and require an operator response. A typical alarm is
triggered when a process value exceeds a user-defined limit, such as
an analog value exceeding an upper threshold. This triggers an alarm
to notify the operator of a problem. After the operator acknowledges
the alarm, the InTouch HMI recognizes the alarm has been
acknowledged.
You can configure the InTouch HMI to require an alarm to be
acknowledged even if the condition causing the alarm has passed. This
ensures that an operator is aware of events that caused a temporary
alarm state but have returned to normal.
About InTouch Alarms19
The main alarm states are described in the following table:

Alarm State
Condition
ACK
Alarm was acknowledged.
ALM
Alarm has occurred.
RTN
Tag returned from an alarm state to a

normal state.
Alarm Priorities
You assign a level of priority, or severity, to an alarm. A boiler
temperature limit, for example, would require a high-priority alarm,
requiring immediate attention. An end of a shift alarm is a much less
severe. The alarm priority usually depends upon the
circumstancesthe factory application, the nature of the equipment,
safety, availability of backup systems, potential costs of damage, or
downtime.
You assign an alarm priority when you define a tag. The priority can
range from 1 to 999, with 1 being the most severe.
You can designate a range of alarm priorities to represent a
classification of alarms. For example, if a process requires four levels
of severity, you can create four priority ranges.
Alarm Severity
Priority Range
Critical
1 249
Major
250 499
Minor
500 749
Informational
750 999
Ranges are useful for alarm filtering. For example, you can configure
an alarm display to filter out all but the critical alarms. You can create
animation links, acknowledgment scripts, and filtered viewing and
printing, all based on the alarm priority range.
Alarm Sub-States
A multi-state alarm includes a range of alarm sub-conditions.
For example, an analog alarm typically has several limits.
A High and Low threshold set the boundaries for the normal
operating range.
HiHi and LoLo limits mark the extreme deviations from the
normal range of values.
A boiler temperature level can be in the alarmed condition for any one
of these sub-states. The boiler temperature can also transition
between any two sub-states while continuing to remain in the overall
alarmed condition.
Alarm Acknowledgement
When an alarm occurs, the run time operator (or system) must
acknowledge the alarm. Acknowledgement merely indicates that
someone is aware of the alarm. This is separate from taking corrective
action, which might not happen right away. It is also separate from
whether the alarm condition returns to normalwhich it might do on
its own, even without any external intervention.
A high or medium priority alarm usually requires immediate
acknowledgment, while a very low-priority alarm might not. Although
the condition that generated the alarm may go away (for example, a
temperature rises too high and then becomes lower again), the alarm
itself is not considered resolved until it is acknowledged.
Alarm Groups
You can group alarms to make tracking and management easier.
Alarm groups are logical representations of different areas of a factory,
pieces of equipment, operator responsibility, or a manufacturing
process.
For example, the following figure shows a three-tier alarm group
hierarchy for a tank farm application.
$System
TnkFrm1
F1Tk1Lvl
TnkFrm2
F2Tk1Lvl
F2Tk2Lvl
TnkFrm3
F3Tk1Lvl
F3Tk2Lvl
About InTouch Events21
Alarm groups are useful for filtering in alarm displays, alarm printers,
and acknowledgment scripts.
Every tag is associated with an alarm group. By default, tags are
assigned to main $System group. You can create a hierarchy of
additional alarm groups under the $System group, up to a maximum
of 32 levels.
You create alarm groups and associate tags with them while you are
defining your tags in the Tagname Dictionary.
Alarm groups and group variables are not compatible with
SmartSymbols. You can't use references to alarm groups or group
variables in a SmartSymbol.
About InTouch Events

An event is a detectable occurrence of something happening within the
system, which may or may not be associated with an alarm. A
transition into or out of an alarmed state is one kind of event. An event
might also be an operator action, a change to the system configuration,
or some kind of system error.
An event is different than a condition. A condition can persist for
minutes, hours, days, or weeks. An event is momentary; it takes place
and is immediately over. An alarm is a condition; an alarm notification
is an event.
Events represent normal system status messages and do not require
an operator response.
When you define a tag to do event monitoring, you can choose to have
event messages printed or logged to the alarm system each time the
tag value changes. The event message includes how the value changed
and whether the operator, I/O, scripts or the system initiated the
change.
An event can be one of the following types:
Event
Condition
OPR
The operator modified the tag value using

the Value input.
LGC
A QuickScript modified the tag value.
DDE
The tag value was poked from a DDE client.
PROT
The tag value change was initiated from an

ArchestrA graphic, either from a custom
property or from a pushbutton in the
ArchestrA graphic.
Event
Condition
SYS
A system event occurred.
USER
$Operator changed.
The SYS and USER events are generated by the system regardless of
whether event logging is enabled for any tags. DDE, OPR, and LGC
events relate to tag values and are only generated for tags that have
event logging enabled.
Types of InTouch Alarms

Within the InTouch HMI, alarms are classified into general categories
based on their characteristics. These categories are known as Class
and Type. The Distributed Alarm system categorizes all alarms into
five general conditions: Discrete, Value, Deviation, Rate-of-Change,
and SPC.
Alarm Condition
Distributed
Class
Distributed
Type
Discrete
DSC
DSC
Value - LoLo
VALUE
LOLO
Value - Low
VALUE
LO
Value - High
VALUE
HI
Value - HiHi
VALUE
HIHI
Deviation - Major
DEV
MAJDEV
Deviation - Minor
DEV
MINDEV
Rate-of-Change
ROC
ROC
SPC
SPC
SPC
You associate each InTouch tag with an alarm condition when you
define the tag. Depending upon a tags type, you can define one or
more of the alarm classes or types for it.
Discrete Alarms
A discrete alarm corresponds to a discrete tag with two possible states.
When you create a discrete tag, you configure whether the alarmed
state corresponds to the true or false state of the tag.
Types of InTouch Alarms23
Analog Alarms
An analog alarm corresponds to an analog tag, which is associated
with an integer or real number. Within the analog alarm type, there
are several sub-types: value, deviation, and rate-of-change.
Value Alarms
The current tag value is compared to one or more predetermined
limits. If the value exceeds the limit, the alarmed state is declared.
You can individually configure values and priorities for the LoLo
limit, Lo limit, Hi limit, and HiHi limit, and indicate whether or
not each limit is to be used.
Lo Alarm Level
LoLo Alarm Level
Hi Alarm Level
HiHi Alarm Level

90
80
10
20
Deviation Alarms
The current tag value is compared to a target value, and then the
absolute value of the difference is compared to one or more limits,
expressed as a percent of the range of the tag value.
10% Minor
Deviation
Target 50%
No Alarm
20% Major
Deviation
60
70
50
You can individually configure values and priorities for the minor
deviation limit and the major deviation limit, and indicate whether or
not each limit is to be used. You can also configure a value for a
deviation deadband, also expressed as a percent of the tag's range.
This controls the percentage (of the total range) that the tag value
must change before it is evaluated to be in alarm.
For example, you configure limits as follows:
Range of 0 to 100
Target of 50
Minor deviation of 10 percent, which sets the minor deviation

thresholds at 40 and 60.
Major deviation of 20 percent, which sets the major deviation

thresholds at 30 and 70.
Deadband of 10 percent
If the tag value is 39, a minor deviation alarm occurs. However, the
value must change at least to 50 (40 plus the deadband of 10) before
the alarm is evaluated and cleared.
If the tag value is 72, a major deviation alarm occurs. The value drop
to at least 61 before the alarm is cleared.
Rate of Change Alarms

The tags current and previous values are compared over a measured
period. If the absolute value of the rate of change exceeds the limit, the
alarmed state is declared.
15:05:25
15:05:55
60
50
15:06:25
40
You can configure the value and priority for the ROC limit, and
whether or not the limit is to be used. The limit is expressed as a
percentage of the tags value range over a time interval - which can be
per second, per minute, or per hour.
InTouch Distributed Alarm System

The Distributed Alarm system is made up of:
An Alarm Manager, which manages currently active alarms

(summary alarms) and historical alarms and events. The summary
and historical alarms are held in the InTouch internal alarm
memory.
An Alarm DB Logger, which stores historical alarms and events to

the alarm database. The alarm database is a SQL Server database.
An Alarm Printer, which prints historical alarms and events.

A set of ActiveX controls, which retrieve alarms and events from
either the internal alarm memory or the alarm database at run
time.
InTouch Distributed Alarm System25
The following figure shows an overview of the system.

WindowViewer
InTouch Alarms and Events
Report Alarm Groups,

Alarms and Events
Alarm DB View
control
Alarm Pareto
control
Alarm Tree Viewer

control
Alarm Viewer
control
Distributed Alarm Object

(legacy)
Alarm Manager
Current Alarms
(Summary)
Alarm DB Logger
alarm database
historical
alarms
Alarms and Events
(Historical)
Smart Cache
(buffer)
alarm memory
Alarm Printer
.txt
.txt
.txt
Important: The Distributed Alarm system runs as a set of Windows

services. To reduce the security exposure of running the Distributed
Alarm system with administrator privileges, the user account
permissions have been set to non-interactive for these services.
Run time operators can use the Distributed Alarm system to:
Show, log, and print alarms and events generated by a local

InTouch application and by alarm systems of other networked
applications.
Acknowledge alarms locally or from a remote network node.

Use the alarm ActiveX controls in your InTouch applications to
show alarm displays that you pre-configure.
Provide more feedback about the alarm using a separate alarm

comment field.
As an application developer, you can:
Control the alarms through dotfields.

Configure your alarms so that they are enabled or disabled directly
or indirectly under full control of the application. You can apply
alarm suppression to single alarm classes, tags, or groups to
prohibit the showing of alarm information on a specific view node.
System-wide disablement can block alarm activity at the source.
Configure alarm information to be logged to history. The Alarm DB

Logger can run as a Windows service or be manually started on
demand. Alarm logging uses UTC (GMT) time stamping and
provides compatibility with DST and across time zones.
Set up failover alarm providers. If a primary alarm provider fails,

the Distributed Alarm system seamlessly acquires alarm
information from the backup system. On reconnection of the
primary node, the Distributed Alarm system ensures that alarm
acknowledgements are re-synchronized prior to the returning
primary system becoming live.
The Distributed Alarm system:
Sends data through the Wonderware SuiteLink protocol and uses a

minimal amount of CPU and network resources.
Time stamps the alarm at the time the alarm occurs, not when the
consumer receives the alarm. The time stamp includes
milliseconds.
Alarm Providers and Consumers

On any given node there can be a collection of Alarm Providers
(Publishers) and Alarm Consumers (Subscribers). The InTouch
Distributed Alarm system provides the communication link to pass
alarm information between nodes and software components.
Alarm Provider
An alarm provider:
Keeps track of alarmable itemsthat is, items that can transition

into an alarmed conditionand provides the Distributed Alarm
system with the list of these items, including information on any
hierarchical grouping of the items.
Notifies the Distributed Alarm system when the status of an alarm

item changes. Status changes include whether the item is in or out
of the alarmed state and whether the most recent alarm has been
acknowledged.
Keeps track of whether an alarm item is disabled.

The InTouch HMI supports external alarm providers, such as QI
Analyst, an ArchestrA Galaxy, and other software built with the
Wonderware Alarm API toolkit. The date/time stamp for these alarm
records is provided by the alarm provider, and is not generated by the
Distributed Alarm system.
Alarm Consumer
An alarm consumer:
Provides the Distributed Alarm system with a set of queries

identifying alarmable items about which it wishes to receive
notifications. A query remains active until changed or removed by
the alarm consumer, and specifies an alarm provider or group of
alarms - much like a SQL query with wildcards. Whenever an
alarm provider issues notification of a change, the Distributed
Alarm system checks the alarm for matches with all registered
queries and passes updates to the corresponding alarm consumers.
Upon receiving updates, shows or logs information relating to the

status of the items or their transitions.
Acknowledges alarms. The alarm consumer sends an

acknowledgement notification to the Distributed Alarm system,
identifying the alarm and the alarm provider. The notification is
passed to the alarm provider, which then updates the status of the
item to acknowledged (if appropriate) and in turn notifies the
Distributed Alarm system, thereby ensuring that the update gets
distributed to all interested alarm consumers.
Note: The majority of communication in the Distributed Alarm system
consists of sending alarm queries and alarm records from one node to
another. Within a node, alarm queries and alarm records are tracked
and buffered by the internal alarm memory to minimize network traffic.
Distributed Alarm Group Lists

The Distributed Alarm system uses alarm groups to organize alarms
into a local tree view. The distributed alarm display uses the tree view
to filter alarms. You can view these alarm groups from multiple nodes
on a network.
The Distributed Alarm system uses an alarm group list to combine
alarm groups from local and remote nodes. An alarm group list is a
named list consisting of InTouch nodes and the alarm groups defined
on each of those nodes. It can also contain other alarm group list
names and local alarm groups. An alarm consumer, such as the Alarm
Viewer control, uses this list to query for alarms.
Under a query alias, the Alarm Viewer control can show the combined
alarms from the groups that belong to the list. Alarms can be
acknowledged on the local InTouch node or from a remote node on the
network.
The following figure shows an alarm group list that combines alarm
groups from three nodes. The alarm group list is defined locally on
NodeC. The remaining alarm groups are from remote nodes.
Alarm Group List
\\NodeA\InTouch!TnkFrm1
Remote
Remote
\\NodeB\InTouch!TnkFrm2
\InTouch!TnkFrm3
Local
NodeA
NodeB
NodeC
TnkFrm1
TnkFrm2
TnkFrm3
F1Tk1Lvl
Alarm
Storage
F2Tk1Lvl
F2Tk2Lvl
Alarm
Storage
F3Tk1Lvl
F3Tk2Lvl
Alarm
Storage
The Distributed Alarm Display shows the alarms resulting from a

query across all of the alarm groups that belong to the list. For
example, if you were interested in showing all tank farm alarms across
several InTouch nodes, you can create a list called TankFarmAlarms.
To this list, you add alarm groups from all nodes that run tank farm
InTouch applications.
For more information on creating alarm groups, see "Creating an
Alarm Group" on page 33.
Summary Alarms versus Historical Alarms

Summary alarms are alarms that are currently active. Historical
alarms are alarms that are not currently active and are typically
stored to the alarm database.
For example, you might want to see a summary of all current alarms
that are awaiting acknowledgment, whereas all other alarm
information is of historical interest and of less urgency.
Alarm Disablement, Inhibition, and Suppression

You can turn alarms off or ignore them without actually removing
the alarm configuration. You can either disable an alarm, inhibit it, or
suppress it.
Alarm disablement and inhibition is controlled at the alarm provider.
Suppression is controlled at the alarm consumer. For more
information on providers and consumers, see "Alarm Providers and
Consumers" on page 26.
Disablement. You disable an alarm at the alarm provider by

setting a flag that marks it as disabled. No matter what alarm
conditions occur, the item is never put into an alarmed state. For
information on dotfields you can use to disable an alarm, see
"Enabling and Disabling Alarms for a Tag or Alarm Group" on
page 147.
You can disable or enable all of a tags alarms at one time. Also, for
an alarm that has sub-states, you can disable each sub-state
individually.
Inhibition. You inhibit an alarm by:

a
Adding an inhibitor tag to the alarm configuration in

WindowMaker. The inhibitor tag is used at run time to mark
the alarm as inhibited.
Setting the inhibitor tag to True or False at run time. When

the inhibitor tag is False, the alarm is handled normally. When
the inhibitor tag is True, the item cannot alarm.
Each alarm sub-state can be inhibited by a different tag, and you
can leave some sub-states with no inhibitor tag assigned.
b
Assigning a tag as an inhibitor tag for an alarm increases its

cross-reference use count.
Suppression. Suppression causes an alarm consumer to ignore

certain alarms. If an alarm matches the exclusion criteria, it is not
visible. That is, it is not shown on a display, printed, or logged at
that particular alarm consumer.
The actual alarm generation is completely unaffected by
suppression. Alarm records can still be logged into alarm history.
If an alarm becomes disabled or actively inhibited while the item is in
an alarmed state, the item is forced to a different (valid) state. What
that state should be depends upon which states are available and
whether they have also been disabled. This activity is handled by the
alarm provider according to the type of alarm, limit values, and so on.
An alarm that is disabled or actively inhibited is not waiting for an
acknowledgment. If the alarm has sub-states, it can only be waiting for
an acknowledgment on sub-states that are still available.
Terminal Services Alarm Support

By using the Distributed Alarm system with Terminal Services for
InTouch, alarm clients running on different terminal sessions can
select what alarm data to show and how to present it.
Alarm Providers identify themselves by a name that uniquely
identifies their application, and the instance of their application. This
information is made available to the Distributed Alarm system when
the Alarm Provider or the Alarm Consumer registers with the
The node on which an Alarm Provider is running is identified by a
name that uniquely identifies the computer node in the system. The
alarm records that are generated by Terminal Services Edition (TSE)
client sessions include an expanded node name in the format
Node:IP Address; for example, serverAlarm:192.168.1.23. This
information is made available to the Distributed Alarm system when
an instance of it starts up on the computer node.
When an alarm event is logged, the node and complete Alarm Provider
name identify the source of the alarm.
When an alarm is acknowledged in a Terminal Services environment,
the Operator Node that gets recorded will be the name of the client
machine that the respective operator established the Terminal
Services session from. If the node name can't be retrieved, the node's
IP address will be used instead.
A terminal server client session cannot be an InTouch alarm provider.
Distributed Alarm System Data Storage

There are several forms of data storage used in the Distributed Alarm
system:
Internal alarm memory (buffer)
Most information about current and recent alarms is held in

memory on various computer nodes. InTouch uses two memory
locations: one for summary alarms (current) and one for historical
alarms and events. This model is also used in the Distributed
Alarm system.
The memory for summary alarms grows as needed to accommodate
all current alarms up to the limit of available memory. The
memory for historical alarms can grow only to a pre-determined
limit. After the historical memory reaches this limit, the oldest
alarm records are discarded as new ones are added. In a
multi-node environment, the alarm memory on the various nodes
constitute a single collective of alarm memory.
For information about setting the limit, see "Configuring the
Alarm Buffer Size" on page 45.
Alarm database
The Alarm DB Logger creates a database, keeping track of when

an alarm occurs, makes a sub-state transition, is acknowledged,
and when it returns to normal. Essentially, these records
constitute a history of alarms in the system.
Because it is based on the use of queries, the Distributed Alarm
system supports using one computer node to log alarms for several
other nodes.
33
Chapter 2
Configuring Alarms
To configure alarms, you simply configure tags with alarm conditions.

If required, you can also:
Define alarm hierarchies.

Disable and inhibit alarms.
Configure alarm comments.
Configure miscellaneous alarm and event properties.
Defining Alarm Hierarchies

Each InTouch alarm belongs to an alarm group. Organizing related
alarms into groups makes it easier for an operator to filter, show, and
acknowledge alarms. For more information, see "Alarm Groups" on
page 20.
The Distributed Alarm system uses alarm groups as the basis for its
alarm group lists. For more information about creating Distributed
Alarm system group lists, see "Creating an Alarm Group List File" on
page 48.
Creating an Alarm Group

Before you start creating alarm groups, have a plan for how your
alarm groups should be organized and what you want the alarm group
names to be. Using a consistent group naming convention enforces a
logical ordering of groups within the hierarchy.
34 Chapter 2 Configuring Alarms
In the following figure, notice the similarity of names assigned to

groups at the same level within the hierarchy.
$System
TnkFrm1
F1Tk1Lvl
TnkFrm2
F2Tk1Lvl
F2Tk2Lvl
TnkFrm3
F3Tk1Lvl
F3Tk2Lvl
Also, notice that subordinate group names reference their parent

groups by including a portion of the parent name. For example, the
third-level alarm group name F1Tk1Lvl references its alarm group
parent TnkFrm1 by including the F1 prefix in its group name. Develop
a naming convention that suggests the parent-child relationship
between alarm groups at different levels within the hierarchy.
Note: While alarm groups do not count as tags for InTouch licensing,
they do count as tags in the database. Therefore, the total number of
alarm groups plus actual tags cannot exceed the maximum limit set by
your InTouch license.
An alarm group name must meet the following requirements:
A name must be 32 characters or fewer.

A name must begin with an alphanumeric character (A-Z, a-z, or
0-9).
A name can contain the following keyboard characters (@, #, $, %,

&, -, _, ?, !, \) beginning at the second character position within the
name.
If a name contains a hyphen (-), the name must begin with an

alphabetic character.
A name cannot contain a blank space.

A name must have at least one alphabetic character.
Defining Alarm Hierarchies35
To create an alarm group

1
On the Special menu, click Alarm Groups. The Alarm Groups

dialog box appears.
Click Add. The Add Alarm Group dialog box appears.
In the Group Name box, type a name for the new alarm group.
To reassign the alarm group to another parent group:

a
Click Parent Group to show the Alarm Groups dialog box. If

this is the first alarm group defined for the InTouch
application, the group is automatically assigned to the parent
$System group.
Select a new parent group from the list and click Close.
In the Comment box, type an optional comment up to 49

characters for the new alarm group and click OK.
The Alarm Groups dialog box appears and shows the new alarm
group added to the list.
Click Close.
Modifying an Alarm Group

You can modify an alarm group to:
Rename it.
Change the associated comment.
Reassign it to another group.
To modify an alarm group

1
2

dialog box appears.
Select the alarm group to modify and click Modify. The Modify
Alarm Group dialog box appears.
Make any changes to the alarm groups name or comment.
To reassign the alarm group to another parent group:
Click Parent Group to show the Alarm Groups dialog box.
Select a new parent group from the list and click Close.
Click OK.
Deleting an Alarm Group

You can delete an alarm group and remove the group from the
hierarchy. Alarms and tags that belong to deleted alarm groups are
automatically reassigned to the immediate parent group above the
deleted group in the hierarchy. Also, child groups of the deleted group
are reassigned to the immediate parent group above the deleted group.
To delete an alarm group
1

dialog box appears.
Select the alarm group and click Delete. When a message appears,
click Yes.
Click Close.
Configuring Tags with Alarm Conditions37
Configuring Tags with Alarm Conditions

You can configure any tag for an alarm by specifying the type of alarm
and one or more alarm thresholds. Whenever the value of a tag
reaches a defined threshold, an alarm occurs. Any transitions of a tags
value in and out of an alarm state are reported to the Distributed
Alarm system.
Configuring Discrete Alarms

A discrete alarm corresponds to a discrete tag. You can configure
whether the alarmed state corresponds to the discrete tags true (On,
Yes, 1) state or false (Off, No, 0) state.
To define alarm conditions for a discrete tag
1
Open the Tagname Dictionary.
Select an existing discrete tag or create a new discrete tag.
Click either Alarms or Details & Alarms at the top of the Tagname
Dictionary dialog box to show the discrete alarm details dialog box.
In the ACK Model area, select the alarm acknowledgement model

for the tag.
Click Condition for acknowledgment to count against all

transitions into the alarmed state or a sub-state up to the time
of the acknowledgement. This is the default acknowledgement
model.
Click Event Oriented for an acknowledgment to only be for a

particular transition to the alarmed state or a sub-state; an
acknowledgment is accepted only if it refers to the most recent
transaction.
Click Expanded Summary for an acknowledgment to only be

for a particular transition, whether to an alarmed state, to a
sub-state, or a return to normal. Each transition from the
normal state marks the beginning of a new return to normal
(RTN) group. All transitions in an RTN group must be
acknowledged individually before the overall RTN group is
considered acknowledged.
In the Alarm Comment box, type an alarm comment up to 131

characters.
Note: The Alarm Comment box should not contain the double-quote
character ("). A process that uses the double-quote as a delimiter will
fail if it is fetching an alarm comment that includes a double-quote.
6
In the Alarm State area, select the active alarm state to be the
discrete tags On or Off value.
In the Priority box, assign an alarm priority number between 1 to

999. The default priority number is 1, which is the highest alarm
priority.
Optionally assign an alarm inhibitor tag for the discrete alarm.

a
In the Alarm Inhibitor box, click the button to show the Select
Tag dialog box containing a list of defined tags.
Select a tag from the list and click OK. The name of the tag you
selected as the inhibitor tag appears in the Alarm Inhibitor
box.
For more information on inhibiting alarms, see "Inhibiting

Alarms" on page 43.
9
Click Save.
10 Click Close to close the Tagname Dictionary dialog box.
Configuring Value Alarms

A value alarm is associated with integer or real tags. You can set
alarms when the tag value transitions from a set of predetermined
thresholds that range from LoLo to HiHi. You can configure whether
the alarmed state corresponds to any value of the tag and the
associated priority of that alarm.
To configure a value alarm
1
Select an existing real or integer tag or create a new tag.
Dictionary dialog box to show the alarm details dialog box.
In the ACK Model area, select the alarm acknowledgement model

for the tag.
Click Condition for acknowledgment to count against all

transitions into the alarmed state or a sub-state up to the time
of the acknowledgement. This is the default acknowledgement
model.
Click Event Oriented for an acknowledgment to only be for a

particular transition to the alarmed state or a sub-state. An
acknowledgment is accepted only if it refers to the most recent
transaction.
Click Expanded Summary for acknowledgment to only be for a

particular transition, whether to an alarmed state, to a
sub-state, or a return to normal. Each transition from the
normal state marks the beginning of a new return to normal
(RTN) group. All transitions in an RTN group must be
acknowledged individually before the overall RTN group is
5
In the Alarm Comment box, type a default comment up to 131

characters. The comment is assigned to the tags .AlarmComment
dotfield.
Note: The Alarm Comment box should not contain the double-quote
character ("). A process that uses the double-quote as a delimiter will
fail if it is fetching an alarm comment that includes a double-quote.
6
Select the alarm types (LoLo, Low, High, HiHi) to detect when the
value of the tag is beyond an absolute limit.
In the Alarm Value boxes, type the limit values for the alarm
types.
For example, in the case of LoLo and Low alarms, an alarm
condition exists whenever the value of the tag is less than the
Alarm Value. In the case of High and HiHi alarms, an alarm occurs
whenever the value of the tag exceeds the Alarm Value. You can
use real numbers for the limits.
In the Value Deadband box, type the number of engineering units

the tag value must drop below or above the alarm value before it
transitions out of an alarm state.
For example, to return-to-normal from an alarm condition, a tag
value must not only return inside its alarm limit, but also return
through your specified Value Deadband. The Value Deadband
prevents nuisance alarms caused by repetitive re-annunciation of
an alarm where the tag value hovers around the limit, continually
fluctuating in and out of an alarm state.
Optionally assign an alarm inhibitor tag for the tags alarm types
(LoLo, Low, High, HiHi).
a
In the Alarm Inhibitor area, click the button to show the Select
box.
For more information on inhibitor tags, see "Inhibiting Alarms" on

page 43.
10 Click Save.
11 Click Close to exit the Tagname Dictionary dialog box.
Configuring Deviation Alarms

A deviation alarm is associated with integer or real tags. You can set
an alarm by comparing the current tag value to a target value, and
then the absolute value of the difference is compared to one or more
limits, expressed as a percentage of the range of the tag value.
For example, the following values set the conditions for a tags minor
and major deviation alarms:
Minimum Value = -1000
Maximum Value = 1000
Minor Deviation % = 10
Major Deviation % = 15
Target Value = 500
Using these values as an example, the minor and major deviation
alarms points are calculated by the following steps:
1
Calculate the total value range of the tag.

1000 - (-1000) = 2000
Multiply the total value range of the tag by minor and major
deviation percentages.
2000 x 0.10 = 200 = minor deviation limit
2000 x 0.15 = 300 = major deviation limit
Add and subtract the minor and major deviation limits from the
target value.
500 - 200 = 300 = minor deviation lower limit
500 + 200 = 700 = minor deviation upper limit
500 - 300 = 200 = Major deviation lower limit
500 + 300 = 800 = Major deviation upper limit
To configure a deviation alarm

1
Dictionary dialog box to show the alarm details dialog box.
Select the deviation (Minor and Major Deviation) alarm types you
want to use to detect when the value of an analog type tag is in a
major or minor deviation from the specified target value.
In the %Deviation box, type the percentage that the analog tag
can deviate from the target value to trigger a minor or major
deviation alarm condition. It is expressed as a percentage of the
range of the tag. For an I/O tag, the Min EU and Max EU values
entered in the tag's details dialog box define the range. For
memory tags, the range is defined by the minimum value and
maximum value.
In the Target box, type the tag reference value that minor and
major deviation percentages are based.
In the Deviation Deadband % box, type the deviation percentage

the tag value must drop below the limit before the tag is taken out
of its alarm condition.
Click Save.
Click Close to close the Tagname Dictionary dialog box.
Configuring Rate of Change Alarms

A rate of change alarm detects when the value of an alarm changes
beyond an specified range over a specified interval. The tag is tested
for a rate-of-change alarm whenever its value changes. The change
rate is calculated using the previous value, the time of the last update,
the current value, and the current time.
The calculated value is compared to the rate-of-change percentage
allowance specified for the tag. If the rate-of-change is greater than
the percentage allowance, the alarm condition is set for the tag. A
rate-of-change alarm remains in effect until the rate at which the tag
is changing drops below the alarm limit.
To configure a rate of change alarm
1
Dictionary dialog box to show the alarm details dialog box. The
following figure shows only those options that apply to
rate-of-change alarms.
Select the Rate of Change box.
In the % per box, enter the maximum allowable percentage

change limit.
Select Sec, Min, or Hr as the time interval unit.
In the Priority box, type a number between 1 and 999 to set the
alarm priority.
Optionally assign an alarm inhibitor tag for the rate of change

alarm.
a
In the Alarm Inhibitor area, click the button to show the Select
box.
For more information on inhibiting alarms, see "Inhibiting

Alarms" on page 43.
9
Click Save.
10 Click Close to close the Tagname Dictionary dialog box.
Disabling Alarms
You can disable or enable all alarms of a tag at once using the
.AlarmEnabled or AlarmDisabled dotfields. For an alarm that has
sub-states, each sub-state can be individually disabled. For example,
an analog value alarm can have Hi enabled and HiHi disabled.
During run time, the Alarm Provider does not generate alarms for an
alarm or sub-state that is disabled. Changes to whether an alarm is
disabled or enabled can be made at run time.
Whenever an alarm transitions from disabled to enabled, the checking
logic determines whether the item should be put in the alarmed state
by the Alarm Provider.
If an alarm becomes disabled or actively inhibited while the item is in
an alarmed state, the item will be forced to a different (valid) state.
What that state should be depends upon which states are available
and whether they have also been disabled. This activity is handled by
the Alarm Provider according to the type of alarm and limit values.
Inhibiting Alarms
You can optionally assign to each alarm or alarm sub-state an
inhibitor alarm tag that prevents the alarm from transitioning into an
active state.
When the inhibitor tag value becomes and remains TRUE

(non-zero or non-NULL), the alarm is inhibited.
Likewise, when the inhibitor alarm tag becomes and remains

FALSE (zero or NULL), the alarm is not inhibited.
You can only change the inhibitor tag in WindowMaker. You can
change the value of an inhibitor tag at run time.
You can assign inhibitor tags to individual alarm sub-states. Each
sub-state can be inhibited by a different tag, and you can leave some
sub-states with no inhibitor tag assigned.
An alarm that is inhibited (and for which the tag is TRUE) is not
waiting for an acknowledgment. If the alarm has sub-states, it can
only be waiting for an acknowledgment on sub-states that are still
available.
An alarm or sub-state can be independently disabled, inhibited, or
both. Only if the alarm is both enabled and not actively inhibited is the
alarm capable of becoming active.
If an alarm or sub-state has no inhibitor tag assigned to it, the effect is
the same as if it had an inhibitor tag that is always FALSE.
Whenever the transition causes an alarm to change from being
actively inhibited, the checking logic determines whether InTouch
should put the item in the alarmed state.
If an alarm becomes actively inhibited while the item is in an alarmed
state, the item must be forced to a different (valid) state. What that
state should be depends upon which states are available and whether
they have also been disabled or actively inhibited. This activity is
handled by InTouch according to the type of alarm, limit values, and so
on.
If an alarm (or an alarm sub-state) becomes actively inhibited while
waiting for an acknowledgment, the item must be forced to a different
(valid) state. As with whether the item is alarmed, InTouch must
determine what this state should be.
Alarm inhibitor tags are included in use counts and license
limitations.
Use the following read-only tag dotfields to get the name of the alarm
inhibitor tag:
AlarmDscInhibitor
AlarmLoLoInhibitor
AlarmLoInhibitor
AlarmHiHiInhibitor
AlarmHiInhibitor
AlarmMajDevInhibitor
AlarmMinDevInhibitor
AlarmRocInhibitor
These fields return the name of a tag. Therefore, you can use the name
in an indirect tag reference in an InTouch QuickScript to find out the
current value of the alarm inhibitor tag, or to change the value of the
alarm inhibitor tag. By doing this, you can force groups of alarms to be
enabled or actively inhibited during run time.
Setting Event Properties for Individual Tags

When you define a tag to do event monitoring, an event message is
logged to the alarm system each time the tag's value changes. The
event message logs how the value changed. For example, whether the
operator, I/O, QuickScripts, or the system initiated the change.
1
Select an existing tag or create a new tag associated with data that
will be recorded as an event.
Select Log Events. The Priority box becomes available. The value
you enter for the Priority determines the event priority level for the
tag.
Configuring Global Settings for Alarms and Events45
In the Priority box, assign a number from 1 to 999 as the event

priority. 1 is the highest event priority and 999 the lowest.
Click Save.
Click Close to close the Tagname Dictionary dialog box.
Configuring Global Settings for Alarms and

Events
You can configure the following global settings that apply to all alarms
and events generated by an application:
Internal alarm memory (buffer) size.

Whether an alarms return to normal implies acknowledgement.
For more information, see "Using Automatic Acknowledgement
When the Tag Value Returns to Normal" on page 117.
Event logging.
Whether alarm enabling is retentive when WindowViewer is
restarted.
Whether to use alarm acknowledgement comments as the general

alarm comment. For more information, see "Using Alarm and
Acknowledgement Comments" on page 119.
Configuring the Alarm Buffer Size

Communication in the Distributed Alarm system consists largely of
alarm queries and alarm records sent between nodes. Within a node,
alarm queries and records are held in the InTouch internal alarm
memory, also called the alarm buffer, to minimize network traffic. The
alarm buffer size is maximum number of alarms the node can store for
summary or historical alarm queries. The alarm buffer deletes the
oldest records to make room for new records.
Only alarm events stored in memory can be shown in an application
window. If your InTouch application does not show any alarm status,
you can set the buffer size to 1 to conserve node memory.
Assigning a large value to the alarm buffer can potentially affect node
performance. For a Distributed Alarm system, we recommend the
default value of 500.
To configure the alarm buffer size

1
Open the InTouch application in WindowMaker.
On the Special menu, point to Configure, and then click Alarms.

The Alarm Properties dialog box appears.
In the Alarm Buffer Size box, type the maximum number of alarm
entries that can be stored in the memory alarm buffer for summary
or historical queries.
Click OK.
Enabling Events
You can enable events to be logged within the application. An event
represents a recognized change in application data resulting from an
operator action, QuickScript, or I/O.
A tags Log Events property must be set from the Tagname Dictionary
before the tags associated events are stored in the internal alarm
memory or logged to the alarm database. For more information about
specifying event logging for a tag, see "Setting Event Properties for
Individual Tags" on page 44.
To enable events
1

Configuring Global Settings for Alarms and Events47
Select the Events Enabled check box to log all events that occur
while an InTouch application is running.
Click OK.
Making Alarm Enabling Retentive

You can select to retain the current value assigned to a tags
.AlarmEnabled dotfield when the InTouch application is stopped and
then restarted.
The value assigned to the .AlarmEnabled dotfield toggles alarm and
event logging on or off. The .AlarmEnabled dotfield can be assigned to
tags or alarm groups. When the .AlarmEnabled dotfield is assigned to
an alarm group, it determines whether all alarms associated with the
tags within the specified alarm group are logged or not.
To make alarm enabling retentive
1

Select the Alarm Enable Retentive check box to retain the current
state of the .AlarmEnabled dotfield as the initial value when the
InTouch application re-started.
Click OK.
Creating an Alarm Group List File

You use the Distributed Name Manager to create an alarm group list.
Then, you add existing alarm groups from the local and remote nodes
to the list.
The following table shows the syntax to specify alarm groups from the
Distributed Name Manager.
Node
Alarm Group Syntax
Local
\InTouch!Group_Name
or
.Group_Name
Remote
\\Node_Name\InTouch!Group_Name
or
Node_Name.Group_Name
For these examples, Node_Name is the name of the InTouch remote

node. Group_Name is the name of the alarm group. If the alarm group
is defined on the local node where the alarm group list is being
defined, you can simply enter the alarm group name with a preceding
period. For example, .Group_Name.
To create an alarm group list
1
On the Special menu, point to Configure, and then click

Distributed Name Manager. The Distributed Name Manager
dialog box appears.
Creating an Alarm Group List File49
In the Group Properties area, type the name of the alarm query in
the Name box.
In the Members box, type the list of InTouch nodes and alarm
groups to be included in the query.
You can enter the node names and alarm group names using
Standard Group Entry syntax or as short cut entries using periods.
Short cut entries are converted to Standard Group Entries when
you save the alarm group list.
Note: The Node.Group and .Group syntax can be used only in this
configuration dialog box. It is not valid in the alarm display
configuration or any alarm QuickScript function.
4
Click Add to add the list to your alarm group file.

The syntax of the members is automatically converted.
Click OK.
Add the name of the alarm group list to a query in an Alarm

Viewer control. The Alarm Viewer control now shows alarms for all
groups specified in the list.
51
Chapter 3
Alarm Queries
An alarm query retrieves either:
Alarms and events (historical alarms) from the InTouch internal

alarm memory or the alarm database.
Current alarms (summary alarms) from the InTouch internal

alarm memory.
When you configure an InTouch alarm ActiveX control, you specify the
query source. You can also select query options to filter the query
results.
The following figure shows the Query tab for the Alarm Viewer
ActiveX control.
52 Chapter 3 Alarm Queries
In this example, you create an alarm display that shows alarm data
selected by the following criteria:
Alarm priority (1-999)

Alarm state (All, Acknowledged, or Unacknowledged)
Query type (Summary or Historical)
Alarm group (Local or remote data sources)
You can save your queries to an .xml file, called a query favorites file.
During run time, you can update the alarm display with new alarm
data by running another query using selection criteria saved to the
file.
Other InTouch alarm ActiveX controls provide more extensive query
criteria. The following figure shows the Query Filter tab of the Alarm
DB Viewer control.
You build your queries by selecting alarm or event attributes from the
list shown in the left pane of the dialog box. Then, you assign a value
to the selected attributes. Finally, you can combine attributes using
Boolean operators to set your query filter conditions.
You can write QuickScripts that include query functions or dotfields to
select alarm and event records from alarm memory. The following
Alarm Viewer control statement uses the ApplyQuery() method to
query the alarm memory.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ApplyQuery ("\InTouch!$System",500,600,"All",
"Historical");
This statement retrieves all historical alarms specified by the

\InTouch!$System query with a priority between 500 and 600. The
selected alarm records appear in the Alarm Viewer control display.
Example Alarm Queries53
Example Alarm Queries

Alarm queries follow this syntax for the local node:
\Provider!AlarmGroup
For example:
\InTouch!$System
Use the following query syntax for remote nodes:
\\NodeName\Provider!AlarmGroup
For example, on a node called MyNode1:
\\MyNode1\InTouch!$System
Use the following syntax for querying alarms from a Galaxy with the
Register using Galaxy_<Galaxy name> instead of Galaxy check box
selected. This syntax gets alarms from a specific alarm name of an
object in a specific area on a specific computer. The alarm name may
be an attribute name or an alarm primitive name. Galaxy names are
displayed in the alarm windows Provider column.
\\NodeName\Galaxy_GalaxyName!AreaName!ObjectName.AlarmN
ame
The following syntax gets all alarms from a specific area:
\Galaxy_GalaxyName!AreaName
The following syntax gets alarms from two areas:
\Galaxy_GalaxyName!Area1 \Galaxy_GalaxyName!Area2
The following syntax gets all alarms in the specified Area from the
Platform on the specified computer node (by default):
\\NodeName\Galaxy_GalaxyName!AreaName
You can also use single wildcard to match alarm names within a
specified area. The following syntax gets all alarms from all objects
starting with the characters "Tank" in the "AreaName" area:
\Galaxy_GalaxyName!AreaName!Tank*
The following syntax gets all alarms named "Hi" from all objects in the
"AreaName" area:
\Galaxy_GalaxyName!AreaName!*.Hi
54 Chapter 3 Alarm Queries
Getting More InTouch Query Information

The following table lists the references for more information about
queries for each InTouch query source.
Query Source
See
Alarm DB Logger
Manager
"Configuring Which Alarms to Log" on

page 262
Alarm Printer Utility
"Configuring Which Alarms to Print" on

page 227
Alarm Viewer Control
"Configuring Which Alarms to Show" on

page 66
Alarm Tree Viewer

Control
"Configuring Which Providers and Groups

to Show" on page 204
Alarm Pareto Control
"Configuring Which Alarms to Analyze" on

page 345
Distributed Alarm
Display Object
"Configuring Which Alarms to Show" on

page 412
Hot Backup Manager
"Creating an Alarm Record Mapping File"

on page 387
55
Chapter 4
Viewing Current Alarms
Use the InTouch Alarm Viewer ActiveX control to view alarms. The
Alarm Viewer control has scroll bars, sizable columns, multiple alarm
selections, an update status bar, dynamic display types, and show
colors based on the type of alarm.
We recommend that you use the Alarm Viewer control to view InTouch
alarms. However, you can continue to use the Distributed Alarm object
to view alarms from applications created with versions of InTouch
earlier than 7.1.
56 Chapter 4 Viewing Current Alarms
Configuring an Alarm Viewer Control

You can set Alarm Viewer control options from WindowMaker and
options that users can modify while the Alarm Viewer control is
running. You set these option in the AlarmViewerCtrl Properties
dialog box.
Configuring the Appearance of the Grid

When you configure the visual appearance of the Alarm Viewer
control, you can:
Include a status bar.

Include a column header.
Include horizontal and vertical grid lines that show the rows and
columns.
Include a run-time option that allows the user to adjust the width
of columns.
Set the colors of visual elements.
Configuring an Alarm Viewer Control57
The following figure shows how the Alarm Viewer control appears
when all visual properties are active.
Heading
Column Resize Control
Status Bar
Grid Lines
To configure the visual appearance

1
Right-click the Alarm Viewer control, and then click Properties.

The AlarmViewerCtrl Properties dialog box appears.
Click the General tab.
Set the visual appearance. Configure any of the following.

Option
Description
Perform Query
on Startup
Automatically begins updating the control

using default query properties. If a query is
not run when the application starts,
you need to run a script using the Requery()
function to update the grid. The Requery
option is also available on the grids shortcut
menu during run time.
Show Context
Sensitive Menu
Enables a right-click shortcut menu during

run time.
Option
Description
Use Default Ack

Comment
Controls whether a default comment

appears when an operator acknowledges an
alarm. If this box is checked and a string is
entered, the string is used during run time
as the default comment.
If this box is not selected, when the operator
acknowledges an alarm, a dialog box appears
to enter an optional comment. The dialog box
can be filled in or left blank.
Retain
Suppression
Retain alarm suppression between alarm

queries when the alarm query is changed
Show Status
Bar
Toggles whether the status bar appears at

the bottom of the Alarm Viewer control.
Row Selection
Allow users to select individual rows during

run time. Each row represents an alarm
record. Users can select multiple alarms.
Silent Mode
If Silent Mode is selected, the Alarm Viewer

control does not show error messages during
run time. If it is not selected, the alarm
display shows pop up error messages.
In either case, error messages are always
sent to the ArchestrA Log Viewer.
Show Message
Shows the message typed in the text box.

This is the message shown when there are
no alarms.
Show Heading
Toggles whether the heading bar appears at

the top of the Alarm Viewer control.
Use Extended
Selection
Allows the user to select multiple alarms

simultaneously by holding down CTRL or
SHIFT keys in conjunction with the mouse
button. Available only if Row Selection check
box is selected.
Flash Unack
Alarms
Enables unacknowledged alarms to flash

once per second until they are
acknowledged.
Freezing the alarm display in
WindowViewer does not stop
unacknowledged alarms from flashing.
Option
Description
Resize Columns
If Resize Columns is selected, the user can

resize the width of the columns during run
time. Otherwise, column width is static and
can be set only from WindowMaker.
Show Grid
If Show Grid is selected, the Alarm Viewer

control shows horizontal and vertical lines
that separate the rows and columns of the
alarm display. If it is not selected, no grid is
visible.
Click Apply.
Click the Color tab.
Click the palette button to assign colors to the visual elements of

the Alarm Viewer control.
Click Apply to save your color selections.
Click OK.
Configuring the Display Font

You can configure how the text appears for the Alarm Viewer control.
To configure the font properties
1

Click Font. The standard Windows Font dialog box appears.

Configure the font and then click OK.
Click OK.
Selecting and Configuring Display Columns

For the Alarm Viewer control, you can:
Select and order the columns.

Set the width of a column in pixels.
Rename a column.
To configure the display column details
1
Right-click the Alarm Viewer control and then click Properties.

Click Column Details. The Column Details dialog box appears.
In the Name column, select the check boxes next to the names of
the columns that you want to appear. You must select at least one
column from the list.
Column
Shows
Time
The time as specified in the Time Format tab.
State
The state of the alarm.
Class
The alarm category.
Type
The alarm type.
Priority
The alarm priority.
Name
The tagname.
Group
The alarm group name.
Provider
The name of the alarm provider.
Value
The value of the tag when the alarm occurred.

The width of the column should be large
enough to provide the desired level of precision.
Limit
The alarm limit value of the tag. The width of

the column should be large enough to provide
the desired level of precision.
Operator
The logged-on operators ID associated with

the alarm condition.
Operator Full
Name
The logged-on operators full name.
Column
Shows
Operator
Node
The logged on operators node associated with

the alarm condition.
In a Terminal Services environment, this is the
name of the client computer that the operator
established the Terminal Services session
from. If the node name can't be retrieved,
the node's IP address is used instead.
Operator
Domain
The logged on operators domain associated

with the alarm condition.
Tag Comment
The comment for the tag.
Alarm
Comment
The comment associated with the tag's alarm.

This comment was typed in the Alarm
Comment box when the tags alarm was
defined. When an acknowledgement comment
is introduced for alarms, the new comment is
updated in this comment column.
User1
The numerical value of the

AlarmUserDefNum1 property of the alarm.
User2
The numerical value of the

AlarmUserDefNum2 property of the alarm.
User3
The string value of the AlarmUserDefStr

property of the alarm.
Rearrange columns by selecting the column name and using the up

and down arrows. The column name appearing at the top of the
Column Details dialog box is the left-most column of the alarm
control.
To change the name of a column or its width, select the column and
click Edit. The Edit dialog box appears.
In the New Name box, type the new column name.
In the New Width box, type the column width. The column
width can range from 1 to 999 pixels.
Click OK.
Click OK in the Column Details dialog box.
Click Apply.

Run Time
If you right-click on the Alarm Viewer control during run time, a
context-sensitive (shortcut) menu appears.
You can control which menu commands are shown in the shortcut
menu.
To configure the shortcut menu
1

Select the Show Context Sensitive Menu check box.
Click Configure Context Menus. The Context Sensitive Menus

dialog box appears.
This dialog box shows a hierarchical list of commands that can

appear in an Alarm Viewer control shortcut menu.
Configure the shortcut menu options. You must select at least one
shortcut menu command.
This command
Allows the run-time user to
Ack Selected
Acknowledge selected alarms. If Ack

Selected and Ack Others menu items are
both unchecked, the Use Default Ack
Comment check box and the text box are
disabled.
Ack Others
Acknowledge alarms by other methods.

The user can select which alarms to
acknowledge. If Ack Others is selected,
you must select at least one of the submenu
items.
Ack All
Acknowledge all active alarms.
Ack Visible
Acknowledge visible alarms.
Ack Selected
Groups
Acknowledge all alarms with the same

group name as the selected group(s) and
with the same provider name.
Ack Selected
Tags

tagname as the selected tag(s) and with the
same provider, group, and priority.
Ack Selected
Priorities

priority as the selected priority or priorities
and with the same provider and group.
Suppress
Selected
Suppress selected alarms.
Suppress
Others
Suppress alarms by other methods shown in

the shortcut menu.
Suppress All
Suppress all alarms.
Suppress
Visible
Suppress visible alarms.
Suppress
Selected Groups
Suppress all alarms with the same group

name as the selected group(s).
Suppress
Selected Tags
Suppress all alarms with the same tagname

as the selected tag(s).
Suppress
Selected
Priorities
Suppress all alarms with the same priority

as the selected priority or priorities.
This command
Allows the run-time user to
Unsuppress All
Unsuppress all suppressed alarms.
Query Favorites
Open the Alarm Query dialog box.
Stats
Open the Alarm Statistics dialog box.
Suppression
Open the Alarm Suppression dialog box.
Freeze
Toggle the freeze/unfreeze mode of the

Alarm Viewer control.
Requery
Re-run the alarm query.
Sort
Open the Sort dialog box.
Click OK.
Click Row Selection to allow users to select a row from the Alarm
Viewer control during run time.
Click Use Extended Selection to allow users to select multiple

alarm records simultaneously from the Alarm Viewer control using
the SHIFT or CTRL keys.
Click Apply.
Configuring Which Alarms to Show

The Alarm Viewer control can show summaries of active alarms or
listings of historical alarms.
To set general alarm query properties
1

Select the Perform Query on Startup check box to automatically

update the Alarm Viewer control using default query properties
when the application starts.
Select the Show Message check box to show a default message

when there are no alarms. In the text box, type the message to
show.
Click Apply.
To configure the query default

1

Click the Query tab.
In the From Priority box, type the minimum alarm priority value (1
to 999).
In the To Priority box, type the maximum alarm priority value (1 to

999).
Click the Query Type arrow and select either Historical or

Summary as the default run-time alarm display.
The default type of display can be changed during run time by

running a QuickScript containing a query function. For example, if
the script includes the ApplyQuery() method with its Type
parameter set to Summary, then the grid shows a summary of
current alarms. Conversely, if the same grid has an ApplyQuery()
method run against it with the Type parameter set to "Historical",
it shows historical alarms. The QueryType property reflects the
current state of the alarm display.
For more information on the ApplyQuery() method, see
"ApplyQuery() Method" on page 94.
6
In the Alarm Query box, type a valid alarm query. For example,
type \InTouch!$System to query for all alarms that belong to the
default $System alarm group.
Click OK.
Creating Custom Saved Queries Using Query

Favorites
You can configure a list of query favorites for operators to select from a
shortcut menu.
If WindowViewer is running on Windows Vista or newer operating
systems, make sure that you put the query favorites file in a folder
that is accessible to Windows Vista or newer standard users. If
WindowViewer always runs with the same user account, you can use:
C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\
If different users will run WindowViewer, you can use:
C:\Users\Public\Documents\
To configure the query favorites file
1

Configure the query favorites file.

a
In the Query Favorites File box, type the network path and file
name or click the ellipse button to browse for the file.
To edit the Filter Favorites file, click the Edit Query

Favorites button. The Alarm Query window opens, allowing
you to add, modify, or delete filters from your favorites file.
When you are done, click OK to save your changes and close
the window.
Click OK.
Configuring Colors for Various Types of Alarm

Records
You can set color options for different alarm states that appear in the
To configure the alarm display colors
1
Right-click the Alarm Viewer control and then click Properties. The
AlarmViewerCtrl Properties dialog box appears.
Click each color box to open the color palette. Click the color that
you want to use in the palette for each of the following:
Property
Description
Window
Sets display background color.
Title Bar Text
Sets title bar text color (available only if

Show Heading option is selected).
Alarm Return
Sets color of returned alarms

(alarms that have returned to normal
without being acknowledged).
Property
Description
Grid
Sets color of the grid. By default the

grid is not shown. The default grid color
is light gray. The color of the grid in the
alarm object is automatically set to a
contrasting color of the selected Window
color.
Title Bar Background
Sets title bar background color

(available only if the Show Heading
option is selected).
Event
Sets color of events.
In the Alarm Priority boxes, type alarm priority numbers that serve
as breakpoints for the different colors used to identify
unacknowledged alarms, acknowledged alarms, and flashing
unacknowledged alarms.
Click the UnAck Alarm and Ack Alarm color boxes to open the color
palette. Click the color in the palette that you want to use.
To configure the alarm query to flash unacknowledged alarms,

click the General tab, select the Flash Unack Alarms check box, then
click the Color tab and select the Flash Unack Alarms color boxes.
Select the color that you want to use for each alarm priority range.
Note: The Alarm Viewer control cannot show changes that occur in
less than a second. If an alarm changes state twice within a second, the
Alarm Viewer control does not recognize the change.
7
Click Apply.
Configuring the Shown Time Format of Alarm

Records
You can configure the time format for shown alarm records.
For the Alarm Viewer control, the original alarm time is the date/time
stamp of the onset of the alarm. If tag is an I/O tag, then it is the time
stamp from the I/O Server if that server is capable of passing time
stamps.
To configure the time format
1
Right-click the Alarm Viewer control and then click Properties. The
AlarmViewerCtrl Properties dialog box appears.
Click the Time Format tab.
In the Time Format list, click the desired time format. The Time
Format box shows a set of strings consisting of characters
separated by the % symbol for the format you selected.
String character
Description
Two-digit day of the month.
Three-letter month abbreviation.
Four-digit year.
Two-digit month.
Two-digit year.
#x
Full day and date. For example: Friday,

August 10, 2007
Complete month name.
Hours in 24 hour time format.
Minute.
AM or PM (for 12 hour time format).
Seconds.
Fractions of a second.
Hours in 12 hour time format.
In the Displayed Time list, select the shown time:

OAT
The original alarm time, which is the

date/time stamp of the onset of the alarm.
LCT
The last changed time, which is the

date/time stamp of the most recent change
of state for the instance of the alarm:
onset of the alarm, change of sub-state,
return to normal, or acknowledgment.
LCT But OAT on

ACK
The last changed time, but the original

alarm time on acknowledge. The last
changed time is used while the alarm is
unacknowledged, then the original alarm
time is used after the alarm has been
acknowledged.
In the Displayed Time Zone list, select the time zone:

GMT
Greenwich Mean Time, also known as

Coordinated Universal Time, UTC, or Zulu.
Local Time
Alarm time adjusted for the local time zone.
Origin Time
Alarm time adjusted for the time zone of the

alarm source.
Click Apply.
Configuring the Sort Order of Alarm Records

You can sort the alarm records in the list. By default, the Alarm
Viewer control lists alarm records by time in ascending order.
You can sort alarm records in ascending or descending order based on
a primary column and an optional secondary sort column.
To configure the sort order of alarm records

1

Select sorting options by completing the following:
Select the primary sort column from the Sort Column list. Only
visible columns appear in the Sort Column list. If you do not
see the column you want, go to the General tab and select the
column from Column Details.
Select the secondary sort column from the Secondary Sort

Column list.
If you selected Time as the primary sort column, the Auto

Scroll to New Alarms check box becomes available. Select this
option if you want to automatically scroll and show new alarms
as they occur.
Select Ascending or Descending as the sort direction.
Click Apply.
Using an Alarm Viewer Control at Run Time

The Alarm Viewer control includes a shortcut menu that provides
operators quick access to commands that can be applied to the display
object of one or more selected alarms, alarm groups, tags, and
priorities.
The following lists shows the commands available from the Alarm
Viewer control shortcut menu:
Ack Selected - Acknowledges the selected alarm(s).
Ack Others - A sub-menu appears that lists other

acknowledgement commands.
Using an Alarm Viewer Control at Run Time73
Ack All - Acknowledges all the alarms in the current alarm

query. Because the alarm grid has only a limited display area,
the Ack All command may acknowledge alarms that are not
visible in the grid.
Ack Visible - Acknowledges only those alarms that are currently

visible in the alarm grid.
Ack Selected Groups - Acknowledges all alarms that have the

same group name from the same provider as one or more of the
selected alarms.
Ack Selected Tags - Acknowledges all alarms that have the

same tag from the same provider and group name and having
the same priority as one or more of the selected alarms.
Ack Selected Priorities - Acknowledges all alarms that have the

same priority from the same provider and group name as one
or more of the selected alarms.
Suppress Selected - The selected alarm(s) is/are suppressed.

Suppress Others - A sub-menu opens that contains suppression
commands.
Suppress All - Suppress showing current and future occurrences

of all alarms.
Suppress Visible - Suppress showing current and future

occurrences of any visible alarm.
Suppress Selected Groups - Suppress showing current and

future occurrences of any alarm that belongs to the same
groups of one or more selected alarms having the same
Provider name.
Suppress Selected Tags - Suppress showing current and future

occurrences of any alarm that belongs to the same tag name of
one or more selected alarms having the same Provider name,
Group name and Priority range.
Suppress Selected Priorities - Suppress showing current and

future occurrences of any alarm that belongs to the same
priorities of one or more selected alarms having the same
Provider name and Group name.
Unsuppress All - Clears the suppression settings.

Query Favorites - Shows the Alarm Query dialog box to select a
previously saved alarm query. You can also add, modify and delete
alarm queries.
Stats - Shows the Alarm Statistics dialog box.

Suppression - Shows the Alarm Suppression dialog box.
Freeze - Freezes the current display.

Requery - Queries the alarm provider again.
Sort - Shows the Secondary Sort dialog box.
Understanding Status Bar Information

If you select the Show Status Bar option from the General properties
page, a status bar appears at the bottom of an Alarm Viewer control
during run time.
The status bar contains three indicators: A status message, current

alarm query, and a progress bar. These indicators provide an overview
of the current state of the display query and provide details about the
suppression available in the Alarm Viewer control. The right pane of
the status bar is red when the control is frozen and the left pane of the
status bar is red when one or more alarms are suppressed. The word
"suppression" is shown in the left pane when suppression is in effect.
Using Query Favorites at Run Time

Use the Query Favorites command on the Alarm Viewer controls
shortcut menu to quickly select an alarm query from a list of
previously defined alarm queries. You can also create new named
queries, edit an existing query, or delete an existing query.
Changes to an alarm query are not automatically applied to other
Alarm Viewer controls using the same query. Deleting an alarm query
does not automatically remove the query from other Alarm Viewer
controls using the same query.
Note: For multi-line alarm queries appearing in the Alarm Viewer
control, line separations appear as "garbage" characters. This does not
affect the function.
Using an Alarm Viewer Control at Run Time75
To select an alarm query at run time

1
Right-click the Alarm Viewer control and then click Query

Favorites. The Alarm Query dialog box appears.
Select the named query that you want to show in the list of
currently defined queries.
Click OK. The Alarm Viewer control now shows alarm information
retrieved by the query.
To add a new named query at run time

1

Click Add. The Add Query dialog box appears.
Configure the query. Do the following:

a
In the Name box, type the name that you want to use to identify
the query.
In the Query box, type the sets of InTouch alarm queries that
you want to perform. You can specify one or more Alarm
Providers and groups.
In the From Priority box, type the minimum alarm priority

value (1 to 999).
In the To Priority box, type the maximum alarm priority value

(1 to 999).
Click the Alarm State arrow and select the alarm state that
(All, Ack, Unack) you want to use in the alarm query.
In the Display Type area, select Summary or Historical for the

type of records you want to query.
Click OK to close the Add Query dialog box.
Click OK in the Alarm Query dialog box to add the query to your
favorites.
To modify an existing named query at run time

1

Select the named query that you want to modify in the list of
Click Modify. The Modify Query dialog box appears.
Make the necessary modifications and then click OK.
Click OK in the Alarm Query dialog box.
To delete an existing named query at run time

1

Select the named query that you want to delete in the list of
Click Delete. When a message appears, click Yes.
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Properties77
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Properties

You can set the value an Alarm Viewer control property directly using
a script or you can assign it to an InTouch tag or I/O reference. For
more information about setting properties, see Scripting ActiveX
Controls in the InTouch HMI Scripting and Logic Guide.
The following table lists the Alarm Viewer control properties.
Property
Type
Purpose
AckAllMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack All menu item.
AckAlmColorRange1
Integer
Sets color to be used to show acknowledged

alarms with priorities in the range 1 to
ColorPriorityRange1. The default priority
range is 1 to 250.
AckAlmColorRange2
Integer
Sets color to be used to acknowledged alarms

with priorities in the range
ColorPriorityRange1 to ColorPriorityRange2.
The default priority range is 250 to 500.
AckAlmColorRange3
Integer

with priorities in the range
ColorPriorityRange2 to ColorPriorityRange3.
AckAlmColorRange4
Integer

with priorities in ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
AckOthersMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Others menu item.
AckSelectedGroupsMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Selected Groups menu

item.
AckSelectedMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Selected menu item.
AckSelectedPrioritiesMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Selected Priorities

menu item.
AckSelectedTagsMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Selected Tags menu

item.
AckVisibleMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Ack Visible menu item.
Property
Type
Purpose
AlarmQuery
Message
Sets the initial alarm query. This field accepts

text only; it does not accept tags.
The following example uses the full path to
the alarm group:
\\Node\InTouch!Group
This example uses the full path to the local
alarm group:
\InTouch!Group
This example uses another Group List:
GroupList
AlarmState
Message
Default alarm state to query (All, UnAck,

Ack).
AlmRtnColor
Integer
Sets the color for alarms that have returned to

normal and were unacknowledged. This color
is also used for alarms that returned to
normal from the acknowledged state but the
acknowledgement state transition was not
observed.
AutoScroll
Discrete
If the user scrolls the list from the beginning,

this automatically jumps to the new alarm.
(New alarms are defined as those that are not
currently shown within the display object.)
ColorPriorityRange1
Integer
Sets the boundary of the priority range in

which alarms are to be shown. The value of
this property must be greater than one and
less than the value for ColorPriorityRange2.
ColorPriorityRange2
Integer

this property must be greater than the value
for ColorPriorityRange1 and less than the
value for ColorPriorityRange3
ColorPriorityRange3
Integer

this property must be greater than the value
of ColorPriorityRange2 and less than 999.
ColumnResize
Discrete
Returns or sets a value that determines

whether the columns can be resized at run
time.
Property
Type
Purpose
CustomMessage
Message
The default message to show when there are

no alarms.
DefaultAckComment
Message
Used as a comment when the alarm is

acknowledged and when the
"UseDefaultAckComment" is TRUE.
Otherwise, the user is prompted to enter a
comment.
DisplayedTime
Message
Shows the alarm message time. The values

can only be "OAT" or "LCT" or "LCT But OAT
on ACK."
DisplayedTimeZone
Message
Gets or sets the current time zone string.

The values can only be "GMT" or "Origin
Time" or "Local Time."
EventColor
Integer
Sets color of events.
ExtendedSelection
Discrete
Allows you to select multiple alarms by

holding down the Ctrl or Shift key in
conjunction with the mouse button.
The default is to toggle selection of alarms by
simply clicking on them (available only if the
Row Selection check box is selected).
FlashUnAckAlarms
Discrete
Enables or disables the flashing of

unacknowledged alarms. It takes a discrete
input value of 1 or 0. If this property is set to
1, unacknowledged alarms flash once per
second. If this property is set to 0,
unacknowledged alarms do not flash.
This property corresponds to the Flash Unack
Alarms check box on the Alarm Viewer control
General tab.
FlashUnackAlmColorRange1
Integer
Sets the flashing color for unacknowledged

alarms belonging to Alarm Priority Range 1.
Integer

Integer

Integer

Property
Type
Purpose
Font
None
Sets the font for the records and the header in

the control.
FreezeMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Freeze menu item.
FromPriority
Integer
Sets the low priority value of the default

query.
GridColor
Integer
Sets the color of the background grid.
NewAlarmEventMode
Integer
Controls the triggering of the NewAlarm

event.
0 = The NewAlarm event can not be triggered.
(Default).
1 = The NewAlarm event is active.
2 = The NewAlarm event is active and
continually triggers when at least one new
unacknowledged alarm arrives.
QueryFavoritesFile
Message
Returns or sets the query favorites file name.
QueryFavoritesMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Query Favorites menu

item.
QueryName
String
Returns the current query name.
QueryStartup
Discrete
Automatically begins updating the grid using

default query properties, if set.
Otherwise, you must run the
ApplyDefaultQuery or ApplyQuery method in
a script to update the grid.
QueryType
Message
Sets the display type as either Summary or

Historical.
RequeryMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Requery shortcut menu

item.
RetainSuppression
Discrete
Retains alarm suppression between alarm

queries when the alarm query is changed.
RowSelection
Discrete
Allows user to select alarms during run time.
SecondarySortColumn
Message
Returns or sets the current secondary sort

column.
SelectedCount
Integer
Returns the total number of selected alarms.
ShowContextMenu
Discrete
Enables the activation of the shortcut menu.
Property
Type
Purpose
ShowGrid
Discrete

whether the grid lines are shown in the
control.
ShowHeading
Discrete
Shows the title bar of the control.
ShowMessage
Discrete

whether error messages are shown for the
control.
ShowStatusBar
Discrete
Gets or sets a value that determines whether

the status bar is shown.
SilentMode
Discrete
Gets or sets a value that determines whether

the control is in silent mode.
SortColumn
Message
Gets or sets the current sort column.
SortMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Sort menu item.
SortOrder
Discrete
Gets or sets the sort direction. Possible values

are "Ascending" and "Descending,"
represented as 0 and 1 respectively.
StatsMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Stats menu item.
SuppressAllMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Suppress All menu item.
SuppressedAlarms
Integer
Gets the total number of suppressed alarms.
SuppressionMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Suppression menu item.
SuppressOthersMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Suppress Others menu

item.
SuppressSelectedGroupsMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Suppress Selected

Groups menu item.
SuppressSelectedMenu
Discrete

menu item.
SuppressSelectedPrioritiesMenu
Discrete

Priorities menu item.
SuppressSelectedTagsMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Suppress Selected Tags

menu item.
SuppressVisibleMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables the Suppress Visible menu

item.
TimeFormat
Message
Sets the format of the alarm time stamps.
Property
Type
Purpose
TitleBackColor
Integer
Sets title bar background color.
TitleForeColor
Integer
Sets title bar foreground color.
ToPriority
Integer
Sets the maximum priority for the alarm

query.
TotalAlarms
Integer
Gets the number of alarms.
UnackAlarms
Integer
Gets the total number of unacknowledged

alarms.
UnAckAlmColorRange1
Integer
Sets the color to be used to show

unacknowledged alarms with priorities in the
range of 1 to ColorPriorityRange1.
UnAckAlmColorRange2
Integer

range of ColorPriorityRange1 to
ColorPriorityRange2.
UnAckAlmColorRange3
Integer

range of ColorPriorityRange2 to
UnAckAlmColorRange4
Integer

range of ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
UnsuppressAllMenu
Discrete
Enables/disables Unsuppress All menu item.
UseDefaultAckComment
Discrete
If set to True, the default acknowledgement

comment is used when the alarm is
acknowledged. Otherwise, the operator is
prompted to enter a comment.
WindowColor
Integer
Sets the grid background color.
Configuring Colors for ActiveX Controls

You specify a color as an integer value. The alarm ActiveX controls use
the ABGR model for specifying color as a 32-bit integer, where:
A = Transparency
B = Blue
G = Green
R = Red
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Methods83
Transparency is not supported by the alarm ActiveX controls. Any

values for the upper 8 bits are ignored.
For example, to set the color to Blue, use the following ABGR values:
A=0
B = 255
G=0
R=0
The hexadecimal value for this color is 0x00FF0000. The decimal value
is 16711680.
The following table shows examples of colors you can use:
Color
Hexidecimal
Value
Decimal Value
White
0x00FFFFFF
16777215
Black
0x00000000
Blue
0x00FF0000
16711680
Red
0x000000FF
225
Green
0x0000FF00
652880
Using Alarm Viewer Control ActiveX Methods

You use the Alarm Viewer control ActiveX methods in scripts to:
Acknowledge alarms.
Suppress alarms.
Get information about an alarm.
Run alarm queries.
Move and freeze the display.
Sort alarm records.
Select specific alarms.
Show the shortcut menu, About dialog box, and Alarm Statistics
dialog box.
For more information about calling methods, see Scripting ActiveX
Acknowledging Alarms
Use the following methods to acknowledge alarms during run time.
AckSelected() Method
AckAll() Method
AckVisible() Method
AckSelectedGroup() Method
AckSelectedTag() Method
AckSelectedPriority() Method
AckGroup() Method
AckPriority() Method
AckTag() Method
AckSelected() Method
Acknowledges alarms that are selected in the Alarm Viewer control at
run time.
Syntax
Object.AckSelected (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Alarm acknowledgment comment.
Example
Tag1 is defined as a message tag and the name of the control is

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
Tag1 = "Alarm Comment";
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckSelected (Tag1);
AckAll() Method
Acknowledges all the alarms in the current alarm query. Because the
Alarm Viewer control has a limited display area, the AckAll() method
can also acknowledge alarms not shown in the display.
Syntax
Object.AckAll (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Example

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckAll (Tag1);
AckVisible() Method
Acknowledges only those alarms that are currently visible in the
Syntax
Object.AckVisible (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Example

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckVisible (Tag1);
AckSelectedGroup() Method
Acknowledges all alarms that have the same group name as one or
more selected alarms.
Syntax
Object.AckSelectedGroup (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Example

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckSelectedGroup (Tag1);
AckSelectedTag() Method
Acknowledges all alarms that have the same tag, group name and
priority as one or more of the selected alarms.
Syntax
Object.AckSelectedTag (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Example

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckSelectedTag (Tag1);
AckSelectedPriority() Method
Acknowledges all alarms that have the same priority range as one or
more of the selected alarms.
Syntax
Object.AckSelectedPriority (Comment)
Parameter
Comment
Example

AlarmViewerCtrl1.
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckSelectedPriority (Tag1);
AckGroup() Method
Acknowledges all alarms for a given group name and provider.
Syntax
Object.AckGroup(ApplicationName, GroupName, Comment)
Parameter
ApplicationName
The name of the Application for example, \\node1\Intouch
GroupName
The name of the group. For example, Turbine.
Comment
Example
The name of the control is AlarmViewerCtrl1.

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckGroup ("\Intouch", "Turbine", "Turbine
acknowledgement Comment");
AckPriority() Method
Acknowledges all of the alarms specified priority range having same
provider name and group name.
Syntax
Object.AckPriority(ApplicationName, GroupName, FromPriority,
ToPriority, Comment)
Parameter
ApplicationName
The name of the application. For example, \\node1\Intouch
GroupName
FromPriority
Starting priority of alarms. For example, 100.
ToPriority
Ending priority of alarms. For example, 900.
Comment
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckPriority ("\Intouch", "Turbine", 100, 900,
"Turbine acknowledgement Comment");
AckTag() Method
Acknowledges the alarms of the given tag name having the same
provider name and group name within the given priority range.
Syntax
Object.AckTag(ApplicationName, GroupName, tag, FromPriority,
ToPriority, Comment)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
tag
The name of the alarm tag. For example, Valve1.
FromPriority
ToPriority
Comment
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AckTag ("\Intouch", "Turbine", "Valve1", 100,
900, "Turbine acknowledgement Comment");
Suppressing Alarms
Use the following methods to suppress alarms during run time:
ShowSuppression() Method
SuppressSelected() Method
SuppressAll() Method
SuppressVisible() Method
SuppressSelectedGroup() Method
SuppressSelectedTag() Method
SuppressSelectedPriority() Method
UnSuppressAll() Method
SuppressGroup() Method
SuppressPriority() Method
SuppressTag() Method
ShowSuppression() Method
Shows the suppression dialog box, which contains all suppressed
alarms.
Syntax
Object.ShowSuppression()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ShowSuppression();
SuppressSelected() Method
Suppresses showing current and future occurrences of the selected
alarm(s).
Syntax
Object.SuppressSelected()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressSelected();
SuppressAll() Method
Suppresses showing current and future occurrences of all active
alarms.
Syntax
Object.SuppressAll()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressAll();
SuppressVisible() Method
Suppress showing current and future occurrences of any visible alarm.
Syntax
Object.SuppressVisible()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressVisible();
SuppressSelectedGroup() Method
Suppresses showing current and future occurrences of any alarm that
belongs to the same Group and Provider of one or more selected
alarms.
Syntax
Object.SuppressSelectedGroup()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressSelectedGroup();
SuppressSelectedTag() Method
belongs to the same tag name of one or more selected alarms having
the same Group name, Provider name, and Priority range.
Syntax
Object.SuppressSelectedTag()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressSelectedTag();
SuppressSelectedPriority() Method
belongs to the same priority range of one or more selected alarms.
Syntax
Object.SuppressSelectedPriority()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressSelectedPriority();
UnSuppressAll() Method
Clears alarm suppression.
Syntax
Object.UnSuppressAll()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.UnSuppressAll();
SuppressGroup() Method
belongs to a given Group name.
Syntax
Object.SuppressGroup(ApplicationName, GroupName)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressGroup ("\Intouch", "Turbine");
SuppressPriority() Method
Suppresses showing current and future occurrences of any alarm of
the specified priority range, having the same Provider name and
Group name.
Syntax
Object.SuppressPriority(ApplicationName, GroupName,
FromPriority, ToPriority)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
FromPriority
ToPriority
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressPriority ("\Intouch", "Turbine", 100,
900);
SuppressTag() Method
Suppresses showing current and future occurrences of any alarm
emitted by a given tag name or group name and in the specified
priority range.
Syntax
Object.SuppressTag(ApplicationName, GroupName, tag,
FromPriority, ToPriority)
Parameter
ApplicationName
The name of the Application for example, \\node1\Intouch.
GroupName
tag
The name of the alarm tag. For example, valve 1.
FromPriority
ToPriority
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SuppressTag ("\Intouch", "Turbine", "Valve1",
100, 900);
Retrieving Information About an Alarm

Use the GetItem() function to retrieve information about an alarm.
GetItem() Method
Returns a string corresponding to the alarm at the specified row and
column.
Syntax
Object.GetItem(Row Number, Column Name)
Parameter
RowNumber
An integer expression that evaluates to a specific row in the
control.
ColumnName
A string expression that evaluates to the column name in the
control.
Example
The name of the control is AlarmViewerCtrl1 and Tag1 is defined as

Memory Message.
Tag1 = #AlarmViewerCtrl1.GetItem(1, "Group");
Running Queries
Use the following methods to run queries.
ShowQueryFavorites() Method
Requery() Method
ApplyQuery() Method
ApplyDefaultQuery() Method
SetQueryByName() Method
ShowQueryFavorites() Method
Shows the Query Favorites dialog box if the QueryFavoritesFile
property contains a valid query favorite file name in .xml format.
Syntax
Object.ShowQueryFavorites()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ShowQueryFavorites();
Requery() Method
Queries the alarm provider again.
Syntax
Object.Requery()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.Requery();
ApplyQuery() Method
Performs the query as specified by its parameters Alarm Query, From
and To Priorities, State of alarms to query for. and the type of alarms
to retrieve.
Syntax
Object.ApplyQuery(AlarmQuery, FromPriority, ToPriority, State,
Type)
Parameter
AlarmQuery
The alarm query. For example: \InTouch!$System
FromPriority
ToPriority
State
Specifies type of alarms to show. For example, "UnAck" or message
tag. Valid states are All, UnAck, or Ack.
Type
Specifies type of query for example, Historical (Historical alarms)
or Summary (Summary alarms).
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ApplyQuery ("\InTouch!$System",100,900,"All",
"Historical");
ApplyDefaultQuery() Method
Performs a query using the FromPriority, ToPriority, AlarmState,
QueryType, and AlarmQuery properties as specified at design time.
The default properties can only be changed at development time and
are not overwritten by other alarm queries.
Syntax
Object.ApplyDefaultQuery()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ApplyDefaultQuery();
Sets the current query specified by a query name. The query name is
defined in the query favorites file.
Syntax
Object.SetQueryByName(QueryName)
Parameter
QueryName
The name of the query as created by using "Query Favorites," for
example, Turbine Queries.
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SetQueryByName("Turbine Queries");
Moving and Freezing the Display

Use the following functions to move or freeze the display:
MoveWindow() Method
FreezeDisplay() Method
MoveWindow() Method
Scrolls the alarms in the control in a specified way.
Syntax
Object.MoveWindow(Option, Repeat)
Parameter
Option
The type of action to perform.
Type
Description
LineDn
Line down. The Repeat parameter controls the number of

lines to be scrolled.
LineUp
Line up. The Repeat parameter controls the number of

lines to be scrolled.
PageDn
Page down. The Repeat parameter controls the number

of pages to be scrolled.
PageUp
Page up. The Repeat parameter controls the number of

pages to be scrolled.
Top
To the top of the control
Bottom
To the bottom of the control.
PageRt
Page to the right. The Repeat parameter controls the

number of pages to be scrolled.
PageLf
Page to the left. The Repeat parameter controls the

number of pages to be scrolled.
Right
Scrolls right. The Repeat parameter controls the number

of columns to be scrolled.
Left
Scrolls left. The Repeat parameter controls the number

of columns to be scrolled.
Home
Scrolls to the top row and left most column of the control.
Repeat
The number of times this operation should be repeated.
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.MoveWindow ("Bottom", 0);
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.MoveWindow ("LineUp", 3);
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.MoveWindow ("PageLf", 7);
FreezeDisplay() Method
Freezes the display.
Syntax
Object.FreezeDisplay(Freeze)
Parameter
Freeze
True = Freezes the display.
False = Unfreezes the display.
Example
Tag1 is defined as Memory discrete tag and the name of the control is
AlarmViewerCtrl1.
Tag1 = 1;
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.FreezeDisplay(Tag1);
Sorting Alarm Records

Use the following functions to sort alarm records:
ShowSort() Method
SetSort() Method
ShowSort() Method
Shows the Secondary Sort dialog box if the SortMenu property is
enabled.
Syntax
Object.ShowSort()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ShowSort();
SetSort() Method
Sets the sort criteria as specified by the SortColumn and SortOrder
properties.
Syntax
Object.SetSort()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SetSort();
Showing Other Information

Use the following functions to show the About dialog box and the
Alarm Statistics dialog box:
AboutBox() Method
ShowStatistics() Method
AboutBox() Method
Shows the About dialog box.
Syntax
Object.AboutBox
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.AboutBox();
ShowStatistics() Method
Shows the Alarm Statistics dialog box.
Syntax
Object.ShowStatistics()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ShowStatistics();
Selecting Specific Alarms

Use the following functions to select specific alarms:
SelectGroup() Method
SelectPriority() Method
SelectTag() Method
SelectAll() Method
SelectItem() Method
UnSelectAll() Method
SelectGroup() Method
Selects all of the alarms that contain the same alarm group name and
provider name.
Syntax
Object.SelectGroup(ApplicationName, GroupName)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SelectGroup ("\Intouch", "Turbine");
SelectPriority() Method
Selects all of the alarms that are of the specified priority range, having
the same provider name and group name.
Syntax
Object.SelectPriority(ApplicationName, GroupName, FromPriority,
ToPriority)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
FromPriority
ToPriority
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SelectPriority ("\Intouch", "Turbine", 100,
900);
SelectTag() Method
Selects all of the alarms from a specific Provider/Group/Tag. You can
also specify a Priority range, or use 1-999.
Syntax
Object.SelectTag(ApplicationName, GroupName, tag, FromPriority,
ToPriority)
Parameter
ApplicationName
GroupName
tag
The name of the alarm tag. For example, valve 1.
FromPriority
ToPriority
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SelectTag ("\Intouch", "Turbine",
"Valve1",100, 900);
SelectAll() Method
Toggles the selection of all the alarms in a display. Because the alarm
display has only a limited display area, the SelectAll() function may
select alarms that are not visible in the display.
Syntax
Object.SelectAll()
Example
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SelectAll();
SelectItem() Method
Toggles the selection of an alarm record at a given row.
Syntax
Object.SelectItem(RowNumber)
Parameter
RowNumber
An integer value that is the row number for the alarm record to
select. The first row in the control is 0.
Example
The name of the control is AlarmViewerCtrl1 and Tag1 is defined as a

memory integer. This toggles the selection of the tenth alarm record in
the Alarm Viewer control.
Tag1 = 9;
#AlarmViewerCtrl1.SelectItem (Tag1);
UnSelectAll() Method
Unselects all the selected records.
Syntax
Object.UnSelectAll()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.UnSelectAll();
Showing the Context Menu

Use the ShowContext() method to show the shortcut menu at run time.
ShowContext() Method
Shows the shortcut menu if any one of the shortcut menus are enabled.
Syntax
Object.ShowContext()
Example

#AlarmViewerCtrl1.ShowContext();
Error Handling When Using Methods and

Properties
You can use the SilentMode property to hide errors during run time. If
the SilentMode property is set to 1, the Alarm Viewer control does not
show error messages in during run time. If it is set to 0, the Alarm
Viewer control shows error messages. Error messages are always sent
to the ArchestrA Log Viewer.
Using ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts

You can assign QuickScripts to Alarm Viewer control events, such as a
mouse click or double-click. When the event occurs, the QuickScript
runs.
The Alarm Viewer control supports the following events:
Click
DoubleClick
NewAlarm
ShutDown
StartUp
The Click event has one parameter called ClicknRow, which identifies
the row that is clicked at run time.
The DoubleClick event has one parameter called DoubleClicknRow,
which identifies the row that is double-clicked at run time.
Click and DoubleClick events are zero-based. When Click and/or
DoubleClick events are published for the user, the row count in the
display starts with 0.
Note: The Alarm Viewer control ignores the user interface methods
when they are called from StartUp event, because the control is not
visible yet. These include: ShowSort(), ShowContext(),
GetSelectedItem(), GetNext(), GetPrevious() and AboutBox().
For more information about scripting ActiveX events, see Scripting

ActiveX Controls in the InTouch HMI Scripting and Logic Guide.
Running a Script When a New Alarm is Detected

You can configure the Alarm Viewer control to run an ActiveX event
script when the Alarm Viewer control detects a new unacknowledged
alarm (that is, any alarm that transitions from a normal state to an
unacknowledged state and meets the control's query and priority
filtering criteria).
Using ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts103
The NewAlarmEventMode property controls triggering the NewAlarm

event.
If you set NewAlarmEventMode property to 0, the NewAlarm

event does not trigger. This is the default.
If you set the NewAlarmEventMode property to 1, and a new

alarm occurs:
An event is triggered.
The ActiveX event script associated with the NewAlarm event
runs.
The NewAlarmEventMode property is set to 0.

You must change the NewAlarmEventMode property back to 1 to
process subsequent events.
Use this setting if the application performs an action that should
not be performed again until the condition has been corrected or
acknowledged. For example, when the event triggers, the ActiveX
script can play an alarm sound until the alarm is acknowledged.
Then the alarm sound can play again the next time a new alarm is
received.
If you set the NewAlarmEventMode property to 2, the NewAlarm

event is active and continually triggers when at least one new
unacknowledged alarm arrives. You do not need to change the
value to process subsequent events. The new event triggers at most
one time per second, regardless of how many additional new
alarms arrive in the same second.
105
Chapter 5
Acknowledging Alarms in
Real Time
When tag data transitions from a normal to an alarm state, a new

instance of its alarm is generated. The InTouch Distributed Alarm
system tracks each alarm instance through the following states:
When the tag first enters the alarmed state

When the alarm makes a sub-state transition, if the alarm is a
multi-state alarm
When the alarm returns to normal

Whether the alarm is waiting for an acknowledgment
When the alarm is acknowledged
The life cycle of an alarm instance ends when the tag value associated
with the alarm returns to a normal, unalarmed state. A subsequent
transition to the alarmed state generates a new alarm instance.
106 Chapter 5 Acknowledging Alarms in Real Time
Understanding Alarm Acknowledgement Models

The InTouch HMI supports three models of alarm acknowledgement:
For condition-oriented alarms, an acknowledgment counts against

all entries into the alarmed state up to the time of the
acknowledgment.
For expanded summary alarms, an acknowledgment is only for a

particular transition, whether to an alarmed state, to a sub-state,
or a return to normal. All transitions into different alarm
sub-states must be acknowledged before the overall alarm is
For event-oriented alarms (as in OPC), an acknowledgment is

accepted only if it refers to the most recent activation event.
Condition Acknowledgement Alarm Model

For condition-oriented alarms, an acknowledgment counts against all
entries into the alarmed state up to the time of the acknowledgment.
Acknowledgment is for the instance of the alarm. An alarm instance
waits for an acknowledgement when it first enters the alarmed state.
If the alarm is acknowledged and subsequently transitions to a new
alarmed sub-state (for example from "Hi" to HiHi"), it begins waiting
for another acknowledgement. Whenever the acknowledgement is
received, it is accepted and applies to all transitions of the alarm that
have occurred so far.
The alarm is considered acknowledged when the most recent instance
is acknowledged.
Expanded Summary Alarm Model

For expanded summary alarms, an acknowledgment is only for a
particular transition, whether to an alarmed state, to a sub-state, or a
return to normal. All transitions into different alarm sub-states must
be acknowledged before the overall alarm is considered acknowledged.
The initial entry to the alarmed state must be acknowledged, and the
return to normal must also be separately acknowledged.
Any transition to a new alarm sub-state is treated as a new occurrence
that must be acknowledged, and whose return to normal must also be
acknowledged. Sub-state transitions are treated as belonging to a
"return to normal group," starting with the first entry into an alarmed
state when the item was previously normal.
If the item returns to normal and subsequently enters the alarmed
state again, a new return to normal group is created.
Understanding Alarm Acknowledgement Models107
Each transition must be acknowledged individually and explicitly; and

the alarm is considered acknowledged only when the item has
returned to normal and all transitions in all pending return to normal
groups have been acknowledged.
Note: The term "summary" means "awaiting acknowledgment."
Alarms in this model are also known as ring-back alarms.
Expanded Summary Alarm Records

For expanded summary alarms, when an alarm occurs, a record is
generated in the alarm display object showing that an alarm condition
has occurred. The record shows the date and time stamp of the alarm.
This record remains visible until an operator acknowledges the alarm
and a return-to-normal state has occurred. If the return-to-normal
state occurs before the alarm is acknowledged, then two records are
shown in the alarm object.
For example, a boilers temperature exceeds the high limit state and
triggers an alarm. Later, the boiler returns to its normal temperature
range before an operator can acknowledge the alarm. The alarm
system generates a record that a high limit alarm occurred and an
another record indicating the alarm was not acknowledged.
Using Expanded Summary Alarms

When you define a tag and select Expanded Summary as its
acknowledgement model, an operator must acknowledge that an alarm
occurred even if the state triggering the alarm has returned to normal.
Acknowledging an alarm changes the color of the alarm entry but does
not change the time stamp. Alarms only clear from the display when
they are acknowledged and the alarm has returned to a normal state.
Note: When you define a tag with the expanded summary
acknowledgement mode, the RTN Implies ACK option in the Alarm
Properties dialog box does not apply to the tag.
Event-Based Alarm Model

For event-oriented alarms (as in OPC), an acknowledgment is accepted
only if it refers to the most recent activation event.
An alarm instance begins waiting for an acknowledgement when it
first enters the alarmed state. If the instance is acknowledged and
subsequently transitions to a new alarmed sub-state, it begins waiting
for another acknowledgement. Each subsequent transition is assigned
a sequence number, and the acknowledgement must have attached to
it the sequence number of the transition to which it is responding.
The acknowledgement is accepted only if it is for the most recent

transition. If it is accepted, it applies to all transactions of the alarm
that have occurred so far. The alarm is considered acknowledged when
the most recent instance is acknowledged.
A rejected acknowledgement may be logged for diagnostic purposes,
but is not otherwise tracked in the system.
The event-oriented model ensures that if an alarm is changing
between different states, the acknowledgement corresponds to current
information. In systems with small latency times, this may look just
like condition-oriented alarms. In other environments, such as the
Internet, the features of this model may become important.
Checking the Acknowledgement Model of a Tag

at Run Time
Use the .AlarmAckModel dotfield to monitor the acknowledgement
model associated with a tag.
.AlarmAckModel Dotfield
Monitors the acknowledgment model associated with a tag as follows:
0 = condition (default)
1 = event oriented
2 = expanded summary
Category
Alarms
Usage
Tagname.AlarmAckModel
Parameter
Tagname
Any discrete, integer, real, indirect discrete and analog tag.
Remarks
This dotfield defaults to 0 (condition acknowledgment model).

Data Type
Analog (read-only)
Valid Values
0, 1 or 2
Using Dotfields to Acknowledge Alarms109
Example
The body of this IF-THEN statement is processed if the PumpStation

tag is associated with an event alarm:
IF (PumpStation.AlarmAckModel == 1) THEN
MyAlarmMessage="PumpStation is an Event alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .Ack, .UnAck, .AckDev, .AckDSC, .AckROC
Using Dotfields to Acknowledge Alarms

You can create scripts that use dotfields to acknowledge all current
alarms, selected alarms, or only alarms of a specific type.
Acknowledging Alarms or Alarm Groups

You can create scripts that use the following dotfields to acknowledge
alarms of specified local tags or alarms within specified alarm groups.
.Ack Dotfield
.UnAck Dotfield
You cannot acknowledge alarms that originate from the Wonderware
Application Server using these dotfields.
To acknowledge all local alarms of the running InTouch application,
use the $System alarm group in combination with the appropriate
.Ack dotfield.
.Ack Dotfield
Monitors or controls the alarm acknowledgment status of all types of
local alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.Ack=1;
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete, integer, real, indirect discrete and analog tag, or
alarm group.
Remarks
Set this dotfield to a value of 1 to acknowledge any outstanding alarms

associated with a specified tag or alarm group. When the specified tag
is an alarm group, all unacknowledged alarms associated with the tags
within the specified group are acknowledged. When the specified tag is
of any type other than alarm group, only the unacknowledged alarm
associated with that tag is acknowledged. Setting the .Ack dotfield to a
value other than 1 has no meaning.
Data Type
Discrete (read/write)
Valid Values
1
Example
The following statement acknowledges an alarm associated with the

Tag1 tag:
Tag1.Ack=1;
This next example would be used to acknowledge all unacknowledged

alarms within the PumpStation alarm group:
PumpStation.Ack=1;
Note: The .ACK dotfield has an inverse dotfield called .UnAck. When
an unacknowledged alarm occurs, .UnAck is set to 1. .UnAck can then
be used with animation links or in condition scripts to trigger
annunciators for any unacknowledged alarms.
See Also
Alarm, UnAck, AckDev, AckROC, AckDSC, AckValue,
AlarmAckModel
.UnAck Dotfield
Monitors or controls the alarm acknowledgment status of local alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.UnAck=0;
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete, integer, real, indirect discrete and analog tag, or
alarm group.
Remarks
Set this dotfield to a value of 0 to acknowledge any outstanding alarms

associated with the specified tag or alarm group. When the specified
tag is an alarm group, all unacknowledged alarms associated with the
tags within the specified group are acknowledged. When the specified
tag is any other type, only the unacknowledged alarm associated with
that tag is acknowledged. Setting this dotfield to a value other than 0
has no meaning.
Data Type
Discrete (read/reset) only

Valid Values
0
Example
The following statement acknowledges any alarm associated with the

Tag1 tag.
Tag1.UnAck=0;
This statement acknowledges all unacknowledged alarms within the

alarm group named PumpStation.
PumpStation.UnAck=0;
.UnAck has an inverse dotfield called .Ack. When an alarm has been
acknowledged, the value of the .Ack dotfield is set to 1.
See Also
.Ack, Ack(), .Alarm, .AlarmAckModel
Acknowledging Value Alarms

You can create scripts that use the .AckValue dotfield to acknowledge
all value alarms of a specified local tag or all value alarms in a
specified alarm group.
.AckValue Dotfield
Monitors and controls the acknowledgment of local value alarms.
Usage
TagName.AckValue=1;
Parameter
TagName
Any integer, real, indirect analog tag, or alarm group.
Remarks
Set the .AckValue dotfield to 1 to acknowledge any outstanding value

alarms associated the specified tag/group. When the specified tag is an
alarm group, all unacknowledged value alarms associated with the
tags within the specified group are acknowledged. When the specified
tag is of any type, only the unacknowledged value alarm associated
with that tag is acknowledged.
Setting this dotfield to a value other than 1 has no meaning.
Data Type
Valid Values
1
Examples
The following statement acknowledges a value alarm associated with

the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AckValue=1;
This example acknowledges all unacknowledged value alarms within

the alarm group named PumpStation:
PumpStation.AckValue=1;
An indirect alarm group (using GroupVar) can be used to acknowledge

value alarms. For example, using an assignment such as:
StationAlarms.Name = "PumpStation";
Where StationAlarms is defined as an alarm group type tag and is

then associated with PumpStation. Thus, the statement below is
similar to the above examples, except it is used to acknowledge any
unacknowledged value alarms within the alarm group PumpStation,
which is currently associated with the StationAlarms alarm group tag.
StationAlarms.AckValue=1;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .UnAck, .AckDev, .AckDSC, .AckROC,
.AlarmAckModel
Acknowledging Discrete Alarms

You can create scripts that use the .AckDsc dotfield to acknowledge
the discrete alarm of a specified tag or all discrete alarms of a specified
alarm group.
.AckDsc Dotfield
Acknowledges the discrete alarm of a specified tag or all discrete
alarms of a specified alarm group.
Usage
TagName.AckDsc=1;
Parameter
TagName
Name assigned to the discrete tag or the name of an alarm group.
Remarks
Set to 1 to acknowledge an active discrete alarm associated with the

specified tag or alarm group. When the specified tag is an alarm group,
all unacknowledged discrete alarms associated with the tags within
the specified group are acknowledged. When the specified tag is of any
type other than alarm group, only the unacknowledged discrete alarm
associated with that tag is acknowledged. Setting this dotfield to a
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Examples
The following statement verifies if Tag1 has an active discrete alarm

associated with it:
IF (Tag1.AlarmDsc == 1) THEN
MyAlarmMessage="The pumping station currently has an
ALARM!";
ENDIF;
This dotfield is not linked to the .Ack or .UnAck dotfield. Therefore,

even when an active alarm has been acknowledged, this dotfield
remains equal to 1.
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmDSC, .Ack, .UnAck, .AckDev, .AckDSC, .AckROC,
.AckValue, .AlarmAckModel
Acknowledging Deviation Alarms

You can create scripts that use the .AckDev dotfield to acknowledge
the minor or major deviation alarm of a specified local tag or the
deviation alarms of a specified alarm group.
.AckDev Dotfield
Acknowledges the minor or major deviation alarms of a specified local
tag or all deviation alarms of a specified alarm group.
Category
Alarm
Usage
TagName.AckDev=1;
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Set this dotfield to a value of 1 to acknowledge any outstanding

deviation alarms associated with the specified tag or alarm group.
When the specified tag is an alarm group, all unacknowledged
deviation alarms associated with the tags within the specified group
are acknowledged. Setting this dotfield to a value other than 1 has no
meaning.
Data Type
Valid Values
1
Example
The following statement acknowledges a deviation alarm associated

with the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AckDev=1;
This next example would be used to acknowledge all unacknowledged

deviation alarms within the alarm group named PumpStation:
PumpStation.AckDev=1;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmDev, .Ack, .UnAck, .AckDSC, .AckROC, .AckValue,
.AlarmAckModel
Acknowledging Rate-of-Change Alarms

You can create scripts that use the .AckROC dotfield to acknowledge
the rate-of-change alarm of a specified local tag or the rate-of-change
alarms of a specified alarm group.
.AckROC Dotfield
Acknowledges the rate-of-change alarm of a specified local tag or all
rate-of-change alarms of a specified alarm group.
Usage
TagName.AckROC=1;
Parameter
TagName
Name assigned to the integer, real, or indirect analog tag or the
name of an alarm group.
Remarks
Set this dotfield to a value of 1 to acknowledge any outstanding

rate-of-change alarms associated with a specified tag or alarm group.
When the specified tag is an alarm group, all unacknowledged
rate-of-change alarms associated with the tags within the specified
group are acknowledged. When the specified tag is of any type other
than alarm group, only the unacknowledged rate-of-change alarm
associated with that tag is acknowledged. Setting this dotfield to a
Data Type
Valid Values
Examples
The following statement acknowledges a rate-of-change alarm

associated with a tag named Tag1.
Tag1.AckROC=1;
This next example acknowledges all unacknowledged rate-of-change

alarms within the alarm group named PumpStation:
PumpStation.AckROC=1;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmROC, .Ack, .UnAck, .AckDev, .AckDSC, .AckValue,
.AlarmAckModel
Using Script Functions to Acknowledge Alarms

You can use the Ack() script function to acknowledge all alarms for a
tag or group.
If you are using the Alarm Viewer control, you can acknowledge
alarms using methods. For more information, see "Acknowledging
Alarms" on page 84.
If you are using the Distributed Alarm Display object, use script
functions to acknowledge alarms. For more information, see
"Acknowledging Alarms" on page 427.
Ack() Function
Acknowledges any unacknowledged InTouch alarm.
Category
Alarm
Syntax
Ack TagName;
Arguments
TagName
Any InTouch tag, alarm group, or group variable.
Remarks
This function can be applied to a tag or an alarm group.
Using Automatic Acknowledgement When the Tag Value Returns to Normal117
Examples
The following statements can be used on a push button to acknowledge

any unacknowledged alarm:
Ack $System; {All alarms}
Ack Tagname;
Ack GroupName;
See Also
almAckAll(), almAckGroup() almAckTag(), almAckDisplay(),
almAckRecent(), almAckPriority(). almAckSelect(),
almAckSelectedGroup(), almAckSelectedPriority(),
almAckSelectedTag()
Using Automatic Acknowledgement When the

Tag Value Returns to Normal
The InTouch HMI can automatically acknowledge an alarm when an
alarmed tags value returns to its normal state. This option does not
apply to expanded summary alarms.
To configure alarm acknowledgement on return
1

Select the RTN implies ACK check box to have the InTouch HMI
automatically acknowledge alarms whose values return to the
normal state (RTN).
Click OK.
Using Alarm Clients to Acknowledge Alarms

Operators acknowledge alarms that appear in the Alarm Viewer
control from WindowViewer.
In the display, the State column shows the current acknowledgement
status of the alarm record you select. Also, the text of a record is color
coded to indicate its acknowledgement status.
The alarms you acknowledge are removed from the display.

To acknowledge all alarms
1
Right-click in the display, point to Ack Others, and then click the
appropriate command:
Click Ack All to acknowledge all current alarms.

Click Ack Visible to acknowledge all alarms visible in the
display.
The Ack Comment dialog box appears.
2
Type an optional acknowledgement comment and click OK.
To acknowledge selected alarms

1
Select one or more alarms.
Right-click and then click Ack Selected. The Ack Comment dialog
box appears.
Using Alarm and Acknowledgement Comments119
To acknowledge alarms by group, tag, or priority

1
Select the alarm(s).
Right-click in the display, point to Ack Others, and then click the
appropriate command:
Click Ack Selected Groups to acknowledge all alarms that

belong to the selected alarm group(s).
Click Ack Selected Tags to acknowledge alarms for all tags

that have the same name(s) as the selected alarm(s).
Click Ack Selected Priorities to acknowledge all alarms with

the same priority or priorities as the selected alarm(s).
The Ack Comment dialog box appears.
3
Using Alarm and Acknowledgement Comments

There are two kinds of comments: alarm comments and
acknowledgement comments.
The alarm comment is set when the new alarm instance occurs.
The .AlarmComment dotfield is used for alarm comments and can
be set or read in an InTouch script. You specify the default value
for this comment in the tag's definition in the Tagname Dictionary.
Alarm comments can be up to 131 characters.
The acknowledgement comment is provided by the operator when

he or she acknowledges the alarm.
You can use the acknowledgement comment to update the alarm
comment in the tag database.
To allow alarm acknowledgement comments to update the
.AlarmComment dotfield
1
On the Special menu, point to Configure, and then click Alarms. The
Alarm Properties dialog box appears.
Select the Retain ACK Comment As Alarm Comment check box to

update the tags .AlarmComment dotfield and the Tagname
Dictionary with the comments entered with alarm
acknowledgments.
If you do not select this check box, the acknowledgment comment
is shown with the acknowledged alarm (in the database, printouts,
and displays), but .AlarmComment does not change.
Click OK.
121
Chapter 6
Controlling Alarm Properties
of Tags and Groups at Run
Time
You can use alarm dotfields to dynamically manage alarm conditions.

Many of these dotfields are accessible using I/O, expressions, and
scripts. Through I/O access, you can monitor and control a specific
tags alarm information using other Windows applications, such as
Excel, or WindowViewer running on a remote node.
To access dotfields associated with a tag, use this syntax:
tag.dotfield
For example, if you want to allow run-time changes to the HiHi alarm
limit on a tag named Analog_tag, you can create an Analog - User
Input touch link to a button and enter Analog_tag.HiHiLimit as the
expression in the links dialog box. During run time, the operator
simply clicks the button and types in a new value for the HiHi alarm
limit assigned to the Analog_tag.
122 Chapter 6 Controlling Alarm Properties of Tags and Groups at Run Time
The following table briefly describes each alarm dotfield.

Dotfield
Description
.Ack
Monitors/controls the alarm acknowledgment status of tags and

alarm groups.
.Ack has an inverse tag dotfield called .UnAck. When an
unacknowledged alarm occurs, .UnAck is set to 1. The .UnAck
dotfield can be used in animation links or condition scripts to
trigger annunciators for any unacknowledged alarms.
.AckDev
Monitors/controls the alarm acknowledgment status of deviation

type alarms active on an analog tag or alarm group.
.AckDsc
Monitors/controls the current acknowledgement status of a

discrete tag.
.AckROC
Monitors/controls the alarm acknowledgment status of

rate-of-change type alarms active on the tag.
.AckValue
Monitors the alarm acknowledgment status of value type alarms

active on the tag.
.Alarm
Signals that an alarm condition exists.
.AlarmAckModel
Monitors the acknowledgement model associated with the tag as

follows:
0=condition (default)
1=event
2=expanded
Applies to discrete or analog tags with alarms. Read only, but can
be configured in WindowMaker.
.AlarmDev
Signals that a deviation alarm exists.
.AlarmDevCount
Tracks the total number of active deviation alarms for a given tag
or alarm group.
.AlarmDevDeadband
Monitors/controls the deviation percentage deadband for both

minor and major deviation alarms.
.AlarmDevUnAckCount
Tracks the number of unacknowledged deviation alarms active on

a given tag or alarm group.
.AlarmDisabled
Disables/enables events and alarms. Applies to discrete and

analog tags with alarms, or to alarm groups.
.AlarmDsc
Indicates that a discrete alarm condition is currently active.
.AlarmDscCount
Tracks the total number of discrete alarms active on a given tag

or alarm group.
123
Dotfield
Description
.AlarmDscDisabled
Indicates whether or not the tag can generate discrete alarms.

Note: This dotfield is the same as .AlarmDisabled dotfield for a
discrete tag.
.AlarmDscEnabled

Note: This dotfield is the same as .AlarmEnabled dotfield for a
discrete tag.
.AlarmDscInhibitor
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to the discrete

alarm (if any) for this tag.
.AlarmDscUnAckCount
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged discrete alarms

active for a given tag or alarm group.
.AlarmEnabled
Disables/enables events and alarms.
.AlarmHiDisabled
Disables/enables the High limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmHiEnabled
Disables/enables the High limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmHiHiDisabled
Disables/enables the HiHi limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmHiHiEnabled
Disables/enables the HiHi limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the HiHi limit. Applies to
analog tags with alarms. Read only but can be configured in
WindowMaker.
.AlarmHiInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the High limit.

Applies to analog tags with alarms.
Read only but can be configured in WindowMaker.
.AlarmLoDisabled
Disables/enables the Low limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmLoEnabled
Disables/enables the Low limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmLoInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the Low limit.

.AlarmLoLoDisabled
Disables/enables the LoLo limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmLoLoEnabled
Disables/enables the LoLo limit for analog tags with alarms.
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the LoLo limit.

Dotfield
Description
.AlarmMajDevDisabled
Disables/enables the Major Deviation limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmMajDevEnabled
Disables/enables the Major Deviation limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the Major Deviation limit.
.AlarmMinDevDisabled
Disables/enables the Minor Deviation limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmMinDevEnabled
Disables/enables the Minor Deviation limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the Minor Deviation limit.
.AlarmROC
Signals that a rate-of-change type alarm exists.
.AlarmROCCount
Tracks the total number of rate of change alarms active on a given

tag or alarm group.
.AlarmROCDisabled
Disables/enables the rate of change limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmROCEnabled
Disables/enables the rate of change limit for analog tags with

alarms.
.AlarmROCInhibitor
Returns the inhibitor tag reference for the rate of change limit.
.AlarmROCUnAckCount
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged rate of change

alarms on a given tag or alarm group.
.AlarmTotalCount
Tracks the total number of alarms active for a given tag or alarm
group.
.AlarmUnAckCount
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged alarms active for a

tag or alarm group.
125
Dotfield
Description
.AlarmUserDefNum1
Read/write real (floating point), default 0 and value not set.

Applies to discrete tags with alarms, to analog tags with alarms,
or to alarm groups.
Note: The value of this dotfield is attached to the alarm, but
ONLY if a value has been set, for example, by a script or a POKE.
.AlarmUserDefNum1Set
Read/write discrete. TRUE if a script has defined the

.AlarmUserDefNum1 for the corresponding tag. To disassociate
the value of .AlarmUserDefNum1 for the tag, set this dotfield to
FALSE. The default is FALSE.
.AlarmUserDefNum2
Read/write real (floating point), default 0 and value not set.

or to alarm groups.
.AlarmUserDefNum2Set

.AlarmUserDefNum2 for the corresponding tag. To disassociate
the value of .AlarmUserDefNum2 for the tag, set this dotfield to
FALSE. The default is FALSE.
.AlarmUserDefStr
Read/write text string, default "" and value not set.

or to alarm groups.
.AlarmUserDefStrSet

.AlarmUserDefStr for the corresponding tag. To disassociate the
value of .AlarmUserDefStr for the tag, set this dotfield to FALSE.
The default is FALSE.
.AlarmValDeadband
Monitors/controls the value of an alarms value deadband.
.AlarmValueCount
Tracks the total number of value alarms active on a given

tagname or alarm group.
.AlarmValueUnAckCount
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged value alarms active

on a given tagname or alarm group.
.DevTarget
Monitors/controls the target for minor and major deviation

alarms.
Dotfield
Description
.HiLimit, .HiHiLimit,
.LoLimit, .LoLoLimit
Read/write analog tagname dotfields that monitors /controls the

limits for value alarm checks. These dotfields are only valid for
integer and real tags.
.HiStatus, .HiHiStatus,
.LoStatus, .LoLoStatus
Read only discrete dotfields that determines whether an alarm of

a specified type exists. These fields are only valid for integer and
real tags.
.MajorDevPct
Read/write integer dotfield that monitors or controls the major

percentage of deviation for alarm checking.
.MajorDevStatus
Read-only discrete dotfield that determines whether a major

deviation alarm exists for the specified tagname.
.MinorDevPct
Read/write integer dotfield monitors and/or controls the minor

percentage of deviation for alarm checking.
.MinorDevStatus
Read only discrete dotfield used to determine whether a minor

deviation alarm exists for the specified tagname.
.Name
Read/write message dotfield used to display the actual name of

the tagname. For example, it can be used to determine the name
of an Alarm Group that a Group Variable is pointing to, or the
name of a TagID tags. It can also be written to change the Alarm
Group that a Group Variable is pointing to.
.Normal
Read only discrete dotfield that is equal to 1 when there are no

alarms for the specified tagname. This dotfield is valid for Alarm
Groups and Group Variables as well as ordinary tags.
.ROCPct
Read/write dotfield used to monitor and/or control the rate of

change for alarm checking.
.ROCStatus
Read only discrete dotfield used to determine whether a

rate-of-change alarm exists for the specified tag.
Determining if Tags or Alarm Groups are in an Alarm Condition127
Determining if Tags or Alarm Groups are in an

Alarm Condition
Use the following dotfields and a system tag to determine the status of
alarms in a running application. You can find out if a new alarm
occurred or whether a tag or alarm group is in alarm or is the normal
state. You can also find out the status of discrete, deviation, and
$NewAlarm System Tag

$System System Tag
.Alarm Dotfield
.Normal Dotfield
.AlarmDsc Dotfield
.AlarmDev Dotfield
.AlarmROC Dotfield
.LoStatus Dotfield
.LoLoStatus Dotfield
.HiStatus Dotfield
.HiHiStatus Dotfield
.MinorDevStatus Dotfield
.MajorDevStatus Dotfield
.ROCStatus Dotfield
$NewAlarm System Tag

Set to 1 if a new alarm occurs in a running application. The
$NewAlarm system tag is not set for remote alarms.
Syntax
$NewAlarm=value;
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Remarks
Associate the $NewAlarm system tag with an animation object in an

application window. For example, associate the tag with an
acknowledgment button that an operator clicks to reset the value of
the tag to 0 and acknowledge the alarm. You can also link the
$NewAlarm system tag to the PlaySound logic function to sound an
audible warning when an alarm occurs.
Example
Add a button to an alarm acknowledgement window and attach the

following action script that runs when the operator clicks the button.
Ack $System;
$NewAlarm=0;
HideSelf;
When the operator clicks on the button, all alarms are acknowledged,
the $NewAlarm system tag is reset to 0, and the alarm
acknowledgement window is hidden from view.
$System System Tag

The default alarm group.
Category
alarms
Usage
$System
Remarks
By default, tags are assigned to this root alarm group. All defined
alarm groups are descendants of $System.
Data Type
System alarm group

Example(s)
$System.Ack = 1; {Acknowledges All Alarms}
.Alarm Dotfield
Returns 0 when a specified tag or alarm group is not currently in an
alarm state. When an alarm occurs, the .Alarm dotfield returns 1. It
remains at 1 until the alarm condition no longer exists. The .Alarm
dotfield has an inverse dotfield called .Normal.
If the specified tag is the name of an alarm group, the .Alarm dotfield
returns 1 if any of the tags that belong to the group are in an alarm
state.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.Alarm
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete, integer, real tag, indirect discrete and analog tag, or
alarm group tag.
Data Type
Discrete (read-only)
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following statement verifies if Tag1 has an active alarm

associated with it:
IF (Tag1.Alarm == 1) THEN
The body of this IF-THEN statement is processed if active alarms exist

within the PumpStation alarm group.
IF (PumpStation.Alarm == 1) THEN
ALARM!";
ENDIF;
This dotfield is not linked to the .Ack or .UnAck dotfields. Therefore,

even when an active alarm has been acknowledged, .Alarm remains
equal to 1.
.Normal Dotfield
Returns 1 when a specified tag is not in an alarm condition. When an
alarm occurs, the .Normal dotfield returns 0. The .Normal dotfield has
an inverse dotfield called .Alarm.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
TagName.Normal
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete, integer, real tag, indirect discrete and analog tag, or
alarm group tag.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when there are no alarms

associated with the Tag1 tag. When there is one or more alarms active
for Tag1, the "ELSE" body runs:
IF (Tag1.Normal==1) THEN
MyOperatorMessage="Tag1 is OK - No alarms associated with
it";
ELSE
MyOperatorMessage="Tag1 has one or more alarms active!";
ENDIF;
.AlarmDsc Dotfield
Indicates whether an alarm condition exists for a specified discrete tag
or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a discrete alarm
condition exists for the specified tag, it is set to a value of 1. The value
remains 1 until the alarm condition no longer exists.
If the specified tag is the name of an alarm group, the .AlarmDsc
dotfield is set to 1 if any of the tags within the group are in an active
discrete alarm.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDsc
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete tag, indirect discrete tag, or alarm group.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following statement verifies if Tag1 has an active discrete alarm

associated with it:
IF (Tag1.AlarmDsc == 1) THEN
ALARM!";
ENDIF;

even when an active alarm has been acknowledged, the .AlarmDsc
dotfield remains equal to 1.
See Also
.Ack, .UnAck, .Alarm, .AlarmDsc, .AckDsc
.AlarmDev Dotfield
Indicates when a deviation alarm becomes active for the specified tag
or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a deviation alarm
remains 1 until the alarm condition no longer exists.
If the specified tag is the name of an alarm group, the .AlarmDev
dotfield is set to 1 if any of the tags within the group are in an active
alarm state.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDev
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following statement verifies if Tag1 has an active deviation alarm

associated with it:
IF (Tag1.AlarmDev == 1) THEN
The body of this IF-THEN statement is processed if there are active

deviation alarms within the PumpStation alarm group.
IF (PumpStation.AlarmDev == 1) THEN
ALARM!";
ENDIF;

even when an active alarm has been acknowledged, this dotfield
remains equal to 1.
See Also
.Ack, .UnAck, .Alarm, .AckDev
.AlarmROC Dotfield
Indicates when a rate-of-change alarm condition becomes active for
the specified tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a
rate-of-change alarm condition exists for the specified tag, it is set to a
value of 1. The value remains 1 until the rate-of-change alarm
condition no longer exists.
If the specified tag is the name of an alarm group, the .AlarmROC
dotfield is set to 1 if any of the tags within the group are in a
rate-of-change alarm state.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROC
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following statement verifies if Tag1 has an active rate-of-change

alarm associated with it:
IF (Tag1.AlarmROC == 1) THEN
The body of this IF-THEN statement would be processed if there were

active rate-of-change alarms within the alarm group named
PumpStation.
IF (PumpStation.AlarmROC == 1) THEN
ALARM!";
ENDIF;
This dotfield is not linked to the .Ack or .UnAck dotfield. Therefore,

even when an active rate-of-change alarm has been acknowledged, this
dotfield remains equal to 1.
See Also
.Ack, .AckROC, .Alarm, .AlarmROCEnabled, .AlarmROCDisabled
.LoStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a Low alarm condition becomes active for the specified
tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a Low alarm
remains 1 until the Low alarm condition no longer exists.
This dotfield is often used in conjunction with the .Alarm and .Ack
dotfields to determine the specific alarm state of a particular tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.LoStatus
Parameter
TagName
Any integer, real, or indirect analog tag.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN runs when the .LoStatus (low alarm condition)
for the MyTag tag is equal to 1.
IF (MyTag.LoStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into Low Alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoLimit, .LoSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoDisabled, .AlarmLoEnabled,
.AlarmLoInhibitor
.LoLoStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a LoLo alarm condition becomes active for the specified
tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a LoLo alarm
remains 1 until the LoLo alarm condition no longer exists.
dotfields to determine the exact nature of the alarm status of a
particular tag within the system.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.LoLoStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when the .LoLoStatus (LoLo

alarm limit) for the MyTag tag is equal to 1.
IF (MyTag.LoLoStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into LoLo Alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoLoLimit, .LoLoSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoLoDisabled, .AlarmLoLoEnabled,
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.HiStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a High alarm condition becomes active for the specified
tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a High alarm
remains 1 until the High alarm condition no longer exists.
dotfields to determine the specific alarm state of a tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
This script calls another script to stop a pump motor output if the
MotorAmps tag goes into high limit alarm status.
IF (MotorAmps.HiStatus == 1) THEN
CALL PumpShutdown( );
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiLimit, .HiSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmEnabled, .AlarmHiDisabled, .AlarmHiEnabled,
.AlarmHiInhibitor
.HiHiStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a HiHi alarm condition becomes active for the specified
tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a HiHi alarm
remains 1 until the HiHi alarm condition no longer exists.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiHiStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when the .HiHiStatus (HiHi

alarm) for the MyTag tag is 1.
IF (MyTag.HiHiStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into HiHi Alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiHiLimit, .HiHiSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmEnabled, .AlarmHiHiDisabled, .AlarmHiHiEnabled,
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
.MinorDevStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a minor deviation alarm becomes active for the
specified tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a minor
deviation alarm condition exists for the specified tag, it is set to a
value of 1. The value remains 1 until the minor deviation alarm
condition no longer exists.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MinorDevStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when the .MinorDevStatus

(minor deviation alarm) for the tag MyTag is equal to 1.
IF (MyTag.MinorDevStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into a Minor Deviation
Alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.AckDev, .AlarmDev, .AlarmMinDevDisabled,
.AlarmMinDevEnabled, .AlarmMinDevInhibitor, .MinorDevPct,
.MajorDevStatus
.MajorDevStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a major deviation alarm becomes active for the
specified tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a major
deviation alarm condition exists, the specified dotfield is set to 1. The
value remains 1 until the major deviation alarm condition no longer
exists.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MajorDevStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when the .MajorDevStatus

(Major deviation alarm) for the MyTag tag is equal to 1.
IF (MyTag.MajorDevStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into a Major Deviation
Alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.AckDev, .AlarmDev, .AlarmMajDevDisabled, .AlarmMajDevEnabled,

.AlarmMajDevInhibitor, .MajorDevPct, .MajorDevSet,
.MinorDevStatus
.ROCStatus Dotfield
Indicates when a rate-of-change alarm becomes active for the specified
tag or alarm group. The default value is 0. When a rate-of-change
alarm condition exists for the specified tag, it is set to a value of 1. The
value remains 1 until the rate-of-change alarm condition no longer
exists.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.ROCStatus
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The following IF-THEN statement runs when the .ROCStatus

(rate-of-change alarm) for the MyTag tag is equal to 1.
IF (MyTag.ROCStatus == 1) THEN
OperatorMessage="MyTag has gone into a Rate-Of-Change
alarm";
ENDIF;
See Also
.ROCPct, .ROCSet
Reverting Alarm Status Handling

to InTouch 7.1 Behavior
For InTouch 7.11 and later, the default behavior when a HiHi, LoLo,
MinDev, or MajDev alarm occurs is to reset the In Alarm, ACK, and
$NewAlarm status of Hi, Lo, MajDev, or MinDev alarms, respectively.
For InTouch 7.1 and older versions, these alarm statuses were not
affected by the occurence of a HiHi, LoLo, MinDev, or MajDev alarm.
To support legacy applications that expect Hi, Lo, MajDev, or MinDev
alarms to maintain their In Alarm, ACK, and $NewAlarm status
despite the occurrence of the other alarms, the InTouch.ini file can
include an IT71StatusFlag parameter.
To force the alarm handling to operate as it did in InTouch
7.1 and older versions
Enter the following line in the InTouch.ini file:
IT71StatusFlags=1
To change the alarm handling back to the default operation

for InTouch 7.11 and later
Enter the following line in the InTouch.ini file:
IT71StatusFlags=0
For more information about how to edit the InTouch.ini file to

configure this and other InTouch operating parameters, see the
InTouch HMI Application Management and Extension Guide.
Determining if Alarm Limits Are Set for Tags141
Determining if Alarm Limits Are Set for Tags

The following dotfields indicate whether alarm limits are set for a tag
while an application is running.
.LoLoSet Dotfield
.LoSet Dotfield
.HiSet Dotfield
.HiHiSet Dotfield
.MinorDevSet Dotfield
.MajorDevSet Dotfield
.ROCSet Dotfield
.LoLoSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a LoLo alarm limit has been set for an integer or
real tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.LoLoSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the LoLo alarm limit is set for the MyTag
tag:
IF (MyTag.LoLoSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="LoLo alarm limit has been set for MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoLoStatus, .LoLoLimit, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.LoSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a Low alarm limit has been set for an integer or real
tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.LoSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the Low alarm limit is set for the MyTag
tag:
IF (MyTag.LoSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="Low alarm limit has been set for MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoStatus, .LoLimit, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmLoInhibitor
.HiSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a High alarm limit has been set for an integer or
real tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the High alarm limit is set for the MyTag
tag:
IF (MyTag.HiSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="High alarm limit has been set for MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiHiStatus, .HiHiLimit, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
.HiHiSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a HiHi alarm limit has been set for an integer or
real tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiHiSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the HiHi alarm limit is set for the MyTag
tag:
IF (MyTag.HiHiSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="HiHi alarm limit has been set for MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiHiStatus, .HiHiLimit, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
.MinorDevSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a minor deviation alarm limit has been set for an
integer or real tag.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MinorDevSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the minor deviation percentage alarm

limit is set for the MyTag tag:
IF (MyTag.MinorDevSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="Minor deviation alarm limit has been set for
MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.AckDev, .AlarmDev, .AlarmMinDevDisabled, .AlarmMinDevEnabled,

.AlarmMinDevInhibitor, .MinorDevPct, .MinorDevStatus
.MajorDevSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a major deviation alarm limit has been set for an
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MajorDevSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the major deviation percentage alarm

limit is set for the MyTag tag:
IF (MyTag.MajorDevSet== 1) THEN
MsgTag="Major deviation alarm limit has been set for
MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also

.AlarmMajDevInhibitor, .MajorDevPct, .MajorDevStatus
.ROCSet Dotfield
Indicates whether a rate-of-change alarm limit has been set for an
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.ROCSet
Parameter
TagName
Data Type
Valid Values
0 or 1
Example
The THEN block executes if the rate-of-change alarm limit is set for
the MyTag tag:
IF (MyTag.ROCSet == 1) THEN
MsgTag="Rate-of-change alarm limit has been set for
MyTag";
ENDIF;
See Also
.Alarm, .Ack, .LoLimit, .LoLoLimit, .HiHiLimit, .HiLimit, .HiSet,

.LoSet, .LoLoSet, .HiStatus, .HiHiStatus, .ROCPct, .ROCStatus
Enabling and Disabling Alarms for a Tag or Alarm Group147
Enabling and Disabling Alarms for a Tag or

Alarm Group
The InTouch HMI provides a set of dotfields that can enable or disable
alarms that are set for a tag while an application is running.
Enabling/Disabling All Alarms

The .AlarmEnabled and .AlarmDisabled dotfields enable or disable
alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their respective values.
The alarm states associated with both dotfields are the inverse of each
other. In the case of .AlarmEnabled, a value of 1 enables alarms for a
tag or alarm group. An .AlarmDisabled value of 1 disables alarms for a
tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables alarms for an alarm group, all tags that
belong to the group have alarming enabled. When either dotfield
disables alarms, all events and alarms are ignored. The alarms are not
stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables alarms for a tag or an alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete, integer, real, indirect discrete, indirect analog tag, or
alarm group.
Remarks
When .AlarmEnabled is set to 0, all events and alarms are ignored.

They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk. It
is very important to re-enable events/alarms, whenever possible, to
avoid data loss.
When the specified tag is an alarm group, all alarms associated with
the tags within the specified alarm group are enabled.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
1 = Enable alarms (default)
Example
The following example disables the alarms of the Tag1 tag:

Tag1.AlarmEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled
.AlarmDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables alarms for a tag or an alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDisabled
Parameter
TagName
alarm group.
Remarks
When .AlarmDisabled is set to 1, all events and alarms are ignored.

They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk. It
is very important to re-enable events/alarms, whenever possible, to
avoid data loss.
When the specified tag is an alarm group, all alarms associated with
the tags within the specified alarm group are disabled.
This is the opposite of the .AlarmEnabled dotfield.
Example
The following example enables the alarms of the Tag1 tag.

Tag1.AlarmDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmEnabled
Enabling/Disabling LoLo Alarms

The .AlarmLoLoEnabled and .AlarmLoLoDisabled dotfields enable or
disable LoLo alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their
respective values. The LoLo alarm states associated with both
dotfields are the inverse of each other. In the case of
.AlarmLoLoEnabled, a value of 1 enables LoLo alarms for a tag or
alarm group. An .AlarmLoLoDisabled value of 1 disables LoLo alarms
for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables LoLo alarms for an alarm group, all tags
that belong to the group have LoLo alarms enabled. When either
dotfield disables LoLo alarms, all LoLo alarms are ignored. The
alarms are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmLoLoEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables LoLo condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoLoEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmLoLoEnabled is set to 0, all LoLo condition events and

alarms are ignored. They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they
written to disk. It is very important to re-enable events/alarms,
whenever possible, to avoid data loss.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the LoLo alarms of the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AlarmLoLoEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoLoDisabled
.AlarmLoLoDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables LoLo condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoLoDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmLoLoDisabled is set to 1, all LoLo condition events and

Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables LoLo alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmLoLoDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoLoEnabled
Enabling/Disabling Low Alarms

The .AlarmLoEnabled and .AlarmLoDisabled dotfields enable or
disable Low alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their
respective values. The Low alarm states associated with both dotfields
are the inverse of each other. In the case of .AlarmLoEnabled, a value
of 1 enables Low alarms for a tag or alarm group. An
.AlarmLoDisabled value of 1 disables Low alarms for a tag or alarm
group.
When either dotfield enables Low alarms for an alarm group, all tags
that belong to the group have Low alarms enabled. When either
dotfield disables Low alarms, all Low alarms are ignored. The alarms
are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmLoEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables Low condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmLoEnabled is set to 0, all Low condition events and

Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the Low alarms of the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AlarmLoEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoDisabled
.AlarmLoDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables Low condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmLoDisabled is set to 1, all Low condition events and

Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables Low alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmLoDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmLoEnabled
Enabling/Disabling High Alarms

The .AlarmHiEnabled and .AlarmHiDisabled dotfields enable or
disable High alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their
respective values. The High alarm states associated with both
dotfields are the inverse of each other. In the case of .AlarmHiEnabled,
a value of 1 enables High alarms for a tag or alarm group. An
.AlarmHiDisabled value of 1 disables High alarms for a tag or alarm
group.
When either dotfield enables High alarms for an alarm group, all tags
that belong to the group have High alarms enabled. When either
dotfield disables High alarms, all High alarms are ignored. The High
.AlarmHiEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables High condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmHiEnabled is set to 0, all High condition events and

This is the opposite of the .AlarmHiDisabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the High alarms of the tag Tag1:
Tag1.AlarmHiEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmHiDisabled, .AlarmEnabled
.AlarmHiDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables High condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmHiDisabled is set to 1, all High condition events and

This is the opposite of the .AlarmHiEnabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables High alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmHiDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmHiEnabled, .AlarmDisabled
Enabling/Disabling HiHi Alarms

The .AlarmHiHiEnabled and .AlarmHiHiDisabled dotfields enable or
disable HiHi alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their
respective values. The HiHi alarm states associated with both
.AlarmHiHiEnabled, a value of 1 enables HiHi alarms for a tag or
alarm group. An .AlarmHiHiDisabled value of 1 disables HiHi alarms
for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables HiHi alarms for an alarm group, all tags
that belong to the group have HiHi alarms enabled. When either
dotfield disables HiHi alarms, all HiHi alarms are ignored. The HiHi
.AlarmHiHiEnabled Dotfield
Enables and/or disables HiHi condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiHiEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmHiHiEnabled is set to 0, all HiHi condition events and

Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
1= Enable alarms (default)
Example
The following example disables the HiHi alarms of the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AlarmHiHiEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmHiHiDisabled, .AlarmEnabled
.AlarmHiHiDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables HiHi condition events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiHiDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmHiHiDisabled is set to 1, all HiHi condition events and

This is the opposite of the .AlarmHiHiEnabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables HiHi alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmHiHiDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmHiHiEnabled, .AlarmDisabled
Enabling/Disabling Discrete Alarms

The .AlarmDscEnabled and .AlarmDscDisabled dotfields enable or
disable discrete alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon their
respective values. The discrete alarm states associated with both
.AlarmDscEnabled, a value of 1 enables discrete alarms for a tag or
alarm group. An .AlarmDscDisabled value of 1 disables discrete
alarms for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables discrete alarms for an alarm group, all
tags that belong to the group have discrete alarms enabled. When
either dotfield disables discrete alarms, all discrete alarms are
ignored. The discrete alarms are not stored in alarm memory, nor are
they written to disk.
.AlarmDscEnabled Dotfield
Indicates indicates whether or not the tag can generate discrete
alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDscEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete or indirect discrete tag or alarm group.
Remarks
When .AlarmDscEnabled is set to 0, all discrete condition alarms and

events are ignored. They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they
written to a disk. It is very important to re-enable events/alarms,
This is the opposite of the .AlarmDscDisabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the discrete alarms of the Tag1 tag:
Tag1.AlarmDscEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDscDisabled
.AlarmDscDisabled Dotfield
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDscDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete or indirect discrete tag or alarm group.
Remarks
When .AlarmDscDisabled is set to 1, all discrete condition alarms and

events are ignored. They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are they
written to a disk. It is very important to re-enable events/alarms,
This is the opposite of the .AlarmDscEnabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables discrete alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmDscDisabled=0;
Enabling/Disabling Minor Deviation Alarms

The .AlarmMinDevEnabled and .AlarmMinDevDisabled dotfields
enable or disable minor deviation alarms for a tag or alarm group
based upon their respective values. The minor deviation alarm states
associated with both dotfields are the inverse of each other. In the case
of .AlarmMinDevEnabled, a value of 1 enables minor deviation alarms
for a tag or alarm group. An .AlarmMinDevDisabled value of 1 disables
minor deviation alarms for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables minor deviation alarms for an alarm
group, all tags that belong to the group have minor deviation alarms
enabled. When either dotfield disables minor deviation alarms, all
minor deviation alarms are ignored. The minor deviation alarms are
not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmMinDevEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables minor deviation events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMinDevEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmMinDevEnabled is set to 0, all minor deviation events

and alarms are ignored. They are not stored in alarm memory, nor are
they written to disk. It is very important to re-enable events/alarms,
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the minor deviation alarms of the Tag1
tag:
Tag1.AlarmMinDevEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmMinDevDisabled
.AlarmMinDevDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables minor deviation events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMinDevDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Any integer, real, or indirect analog tag, or alarm group.
Remarks
When .AlarmMinDevDisabled is set to 1, all minor deviation events

This is the opposite of the .AlarmMinDevEnabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables minor deviation alarms of the Tag2 tag:
Tag2.AlarmMinDevDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmMinDevEnabled
Enabling/Disabling Major Deviation Alarms

The .AlarmMajDevEnabled and .AlarmMajDevDisabled dotfields
enable or disable major deviation alarms for a tag or alarm group
based upon their respective values. The major deviation alarm states
associated with both dotfields are the inverse of each other. In the case
of .AlarmMajDevEnabled, a value of 1 enables major deviation alarms
for a tag or alarm group. An .AlarmMajDevDisabled value of 1 disables
major deviation alarms for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables major deviation alarms for an alarm
group, all tags that belong to the group have major deviation alarms
enabled. When either dotfield disables major deviation alarms, all
major deviation alarms are ignored. The major deviation alarms are
not stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmMajDevEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables major deviation events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMajDevEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmMajDevEnabled is set to 0, all major deviation events

This is the opposite of the .AlarmMajDevDisabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables major deviation alarms of the Tag1

tag:
Tag1.AlarmMajDevEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmMajDevDisabled
.AlarmMajDevDisabled Dotfield
Enables or disables major deviation events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMajDevDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmMajDevDisabled is set to 1, all major deviation events

This is the opposite of the .AlarmMajDevEnabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
1 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables major deviation alarms of the Tag2 tag:
Tag2.AlarmMajDevDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmMajDevEnabled
Enabling/Disabling Rate-Of-Change Alarms

The .AlarmROCEnabled and .AlarmROCDisabled dotfields enable or
disable rate-of-change alarms for a tag or alarm group based upon
their respective values. The rate-of-change alarm states associated
with both dotfields are the inverse of each other. In the case of
.AlarmROCEnabled, a value of 1 enables rate-of-change alarms for a
tag or alarm group. An .AlarmROCDisabled value of 1 disables
rate-of-change alarms for a tag or alarm group.
When either dotfield enables rate-of-change alarms for an alarm
group, all tags that belong to the group have rate-of-change alarms
enabled. When either dotfield disables rate-of-change alarms, all
rate-of-change alarms are ignored. The rate-of-change alarms are not
stored in alarm memory, nor are they written to disk.
.AlarmROCEnabled Dotfield
Enables or disables rate-of-change events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROCEnabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmROCEnabled is set to 0, all rate-of-change condition

events and alarms are ignored. They are not stored in alarm memory,
nor are they written to disk. It is very important to re-enable
events/alarms, whenever possible, to avoid data loss.
This is the opposite of the .AlarmROCDisabled dotfield.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Disable alarms
Example
The following example disables the rate-of-change alarms of the Tag1

tag:
Tag1.AlarmROCEnabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmROCDisabled
.AlarmROCDisabled Dotfield
Disables or enables rate-of-change events and alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROCDisabled
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
When .AlarmROCDisabled is set to 1, all rate-of-change events and

This is the opposite of the .AlarmROCEnabled property.
Data Type
Valid Values
1= Disable alarms
Example
The following example enables rate-of-change alarms of the Tag2 tag:

Tag2.AlarmROCDisabled=0;
See Also
.AlarmDisabled, .AlarmEnabled, .AlarmROCEnabled
Changing a Tag's Alarm Limits165
Changing a Tag's Alarm Limits

Use the following dotfields to change a tags alarm limits while an
application is running. You can change the limit for LoLo, Low, High,
and HiHi alarms, the major and minor deviation percentage and
target, and the rate-of-change deviation.
.LoLoLimit Dotfield
.LoLimit Dotfield
.HiLimit Dotfield
.HiHiLimit Dotfield
.MinorDevPct Dotfield
.MajorDevPct Dotfield
.DevTarget Dotfield
.ROCPct Dotfield
.LoLoLimit Dotfield
Changes a tags LoLo alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.LoLoLimit
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
If you want to continue to use the run-time value of this dotfield after
an intentional or accidental shutdown of WindowViewer, select the
Retentive Parameters option in the Tagname Dictionary.
Data Type
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values
Must be in value range configured for the specified tag.
Example
This statement decreases the LoLo alarm limit for the MyTag1 tag by
a value of 10:
MyTag1.LoLoLimit=MyTag1.LoLoLimit - 10;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoLoStatus, .LoLoSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.LoLimit Dotfield
Changes a tags Low alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
Tagname.LoLimit
Parameter
Tagname
Remarks
Data Type
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values

Example
This statement decreases the Low alarm limit for the MyTag tag by a
value of 10:
MyTag.LoLimit=MyTag.LoLimit - 10;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .LoStatus, .LoSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmLoInhibitor
.HiLimit Dotfield
Changes a tags High alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiLimit
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values

Example
This statement sets the High limit alarm for the PumpTemp tag to
212:
PumpTemp.HiLimit = 212;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiHiStatus, .HiHiSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
.HiHiLimit Dotfield
Changes a tags HiHi alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.HiHiLimit
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values

Example
The following statement increases the HiHi alarm limit for the MyTag
tag by a value of 5:
MyTag.HiHiLimit=MyTag.HiHiLimit + 5;
See Also
.Alarm, .AlarmValue, .Ack, .HiHiStatus, .HiHiSet, .AlarmDisabled,

.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
.MinorDevPct Dotfield
Changes a tags minor deviation alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MinorDevPct
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Real (read/write)
Valid Values
0 to 100
Example
The following statement sets the minor deviation limit property for the
MyTag tag to 25 percent:
MyTag.MinorDevPct=25;
See Also
.AckDev, .AlarmDev, .AlarmMinDevDisabled, .AlarmMinDevEnabled,

.AlarmMinDevInhibitor, .MinorDevSet, .MinorDevStatus
.MajorDevPct Dotfield
Changes a tags major alarm deviation limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.MajorDevPct
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Real (read/write)
Valid Values
0 to 100
Example
The following statement sets the major deviation limit property for the
MyTag.MajorDevPct=25;
See Also

.AlarmMajDevInhibitor, .MajorDevSet, .MajorDevStatus
.DevTarget Dotfield
Changes the target for a tags minor and major deviation alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.DevTarget
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Real (read/write)
Valid Values
Must be in value range specified for the tag

Example
The following statement sets the deviation target for the MyTag tag to
500;
MyTag.DevTarget=500;
See Also

.AlarmMajDevInhibitor, .MajorDevSet, .MajorDevStatus
.ROCPct Dotfield
Changes a tags rate-of-change alarm limit.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.ROCPct
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
The dotfield corresponds directly to the same field configured within

the alarm section of the Tagname Dictionary.
Data Type
Integer (read/write)
Valid Values
0 to 100
Example
The following statement sets the rate-of-change alarm limit of the

MyTag.ROCPct=25;
See Also
.ROCStatus, .ROCSet
Changing a Tag's Alarm Deadbands

Use the following dotfields to change a tags alarm deadband range
while an application is running:
.AlarmValDeadband Dotfield
.AlarmDevDeadband Dotfield
.AlarmValDeadband Dotfield
Changes a tags deadband value while an InTouch application is
running.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmValDeadband
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values
Must be in value range specified for the tag

Example
The following statement changes the deadband for Tag1 tag to a value
of 25:
Tag1.AlarmValDeadband=25;
See Also
.AlarmDevDeadband
Changing a Tag's Alarm Deadbands173
.AlarmDevDeadband Dotfield
Changes a tags deviation percentage deadband for both minor and
major deviation alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDevDeadband
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
Data Type
Integer (read/write)
Valid Values
0 to 100
Example
The following statement changes the deviation deadband percentage

to 25 percent:
tag.AlarmDevDeadband=25;
See Also
.AlarmValDeadband, .AlarmDev
Changing the Alarm Comment Associated with

a Tag
The .AlarmComment dotfield returns a comment text string that is
associated with the alarm of a tag or alarm group.
.AlarmComment Dotfield
Returns a comment text string that is associated with the alarm of a
tag or alarm group. By default, it is empty in a new application.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmComment
Parameter
TagName
Any tag or alarm group.
Data Type
Message (read/write)
Valid Values
Text
Example
The following example returns the alarm comment for a tag and places
it in another memory Message tag:
mTag1=Tag1.AlarmComment;
The following example returns the alarm comment for a tag selected in
an distributed alarm object AlmObj_1 and places it in the
almComment memory message tag :
GetPropertyM(AlmObj_1.AlarmComment, almComment);
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmAccess, .AlarmClass, .AlarmDate,
.AlarmLimit, .AlarmName, .AlarmOprName, .AlarmOprNode,
.AlarmPri, .AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType,
.AlarmValue
Associating User-Defined Information with an Alarm Instance175
Associating User-Defined Information with an

Alarm Instance
You can attach three items to an alarm record: two numbers and a
string. Use the following dotfields to add information to an alarm
record.
.AlarmUserDefNumX Dotfields
.AlarmUserDefStr Dotfield
.AlarmUserDefNumX Dotfields
To simplify setting user values, you can set these dotfields on an alarm
group as well as on a specific tag. For example, InBatch could set the
batch number in .AlarmUserDefNum1 all the way up at the $System
alarm group, causing all alarms to have the batch number attached.
The .AlarmUserDefNum1 and .AlarmUserDefNum2 dotfields
correspond to the User1 and User2 columns in the Alarm Viewer
control, respectively.
If you set .AlarmUserDefNum1 on an alarm group, it applies to all
alarms in that group and any of its sub-groups. You can also
specifically set the value of .AlarmUserDefNum1 on a tag. In this case,
it applies only to that tag and overwrites any setting of
.AlarmUserDefNum1 in the tag's alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmUserDefNum1
TagName.AlarmUserDefNum2
Parameter
TagName
alarm group.
Remarks
This user-defined dotfield is enabled for a wide range of tags,

particularly discrete tags, analog tags, and alarm groups (whether or
not they have alarms defined). You can leave these items unset, set all
of them, or set only some of them for any individual tag, group, or
parent group.
The value of this dotfield is attached to the alarm, but ONLY if a value
has been set, for example, by a script or a POKE.
Data Types
Analog (read/write)
Valid Values
Any real value and not set (default)

Examples
The following examples use constant values. However, you can use
InTouch QuickScripts to copy the value of another tag to any of these
user-defined fields. You can also use PtAcc to set or inspect them, or
use InTouch as an I/O Server to get or set the values.
$System.AlarmUserDefNum1 = 4;
GroupA.AlarmUserDefNum1 = 27649;
In concept, the lowest-level setting prevails, when an alarm

notification is sent to the Distributed Alarm system. That is, if the tag
has .AlarmUserDefNum1 set to some value, the alarm record should
be populated using that setting. However, if the tag doesn't have one,
WindowViewer checks if the tag's alarm group has one, and so on up
the line until the root group $System is reached. If no setting is found
at any level, the entry in the alarm record will be left empty (zero for
numbers, an empty string for strings).
Note: This hierarchical search is handled independently for each item.
Therefore, if a tag has a setting for .AlarmUserDefNum2 but not for
.AlarmUserDefNum1, but its parent group has a setting for
.AlarmUserDefNum1, the tag will inherit the setting for
.AlarmUserDefNum1 from its parent group.
See Also
.AlarmUserDefStr
.AlarmUserDefStr Dotfield
The .AlarmUserDefStr dotfield is attached to the information recorded
for each alarm by Alarm DB Logger in the alarm database. The
.AlarmUserDefStr dotfield corresponds to database field User3. You
can use the "user-defined" columns in a SELECT statement to select
particular collections of alarms for database operations. For example,
if $System.AlarmUserDefStr is set to a Batch String and is changed
each time the Batch changes, a selection involving the database field
User3 can be used to select alarms for particular batches.
Category
Alarms
Associating User-Defined Information with an Alarm Instance177
Usage
Tagname.AlarmUserDefStr
Parameter
Tagname
Any discrete, integer, real, indirect discrete, or indirect analog tag,
or alarm group.
Remarks
This user-defined dotfield is enabled for a wide range of tags,

particularly discrete tags, analog tags, and alarm groups (whether or
not they have alarms defined). You can leave these items unset, set all
of them, or set only some of them for any individual tag, group, or
parent group.
The value of this dotfield is attached to the alarm, but ONLY if a value
has been set, for example, using a script or a POKE.
Data Type
Message (read/write)
Valid Values
NULL and any valid string

Examples
This example uses a constant value. However, you can use InTouch
QuickScripts to copy the value of another tag to any of these
user-defined fields. You can also use PtAcc to set or inspect them, or
use InTouch as an I/O Server to get or set the values.
Tag04.AlarmUserDefStr = "Joe";
In concept, the lowest-level setting prevails, when an alarm

notification is sent to the Distributed Alarm system. That is, if the tag
has .AlarmUserDefStr set to some value, the alarm record should be
populated using that setting. However, if the tag doesn't have one,
WindowViewer will check if the tag's alarm group has one, and so on
up the line until the root group $System is reached. If no setting is
found at any level, the entry in the alarm record will be left empty
(zero for numbers, an empty string for strings).
Also note that this hierarchical search is handled independently for
each item. Therefore, if a tag has a setting for .AlarmUserDefNum1
but not for .AlarmUserDefStr, but its parent group has a setting for
.AlarmUserDefStr, that setting is used in the alarm record.
See Also
.AlarmUserDefNumX
Determining the Inhibitor Tag of a Tag or

Alarm Group
Use the following dotfields to determine the inhibitor tag of various
types of alarms.
.AlarmDscInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmLoInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmHiInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmROCInhibitor Dotfield
.AlarmDscInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to a discrete alarm.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDscInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Any discrete tag or alarm group.
Remarks
Configured in WindowMaker. Cannot be changed during run time.

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Examples
The .AlarmDSCInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmDscInhibitor tag
then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag.
Determining the Inhibitor Tag of a Tag or Alarm Group179
The following statement returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag
for a discrete alarm (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog indirect
tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmDscInhibitor;
The inhibition state of the alarmed tag can be controlled by setting the
value of the indirect tag as follows:
SomeIndirectTag = 1;
Turns on inhibition. Discrete alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

Turns off inhibition

Discrete alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to a LoLo alarm.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoLoInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Any integer, real, indirect analog tag, or alarm group tag.
Remarks

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Examples
The .AlarmLoLoInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmLoLoInhibitor tag
then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag.
for a LoLo alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmLoLoInhibitor;
value of the Indirect tag as follows:
Turns on inhibition
LoLo alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

LoLo alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmHiInhibitor, .AlarmHiHiInhibitor, .AlarmLoInhibitor
.AlarmLoInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to a Low alarm.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmLoInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Remarks

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Examples
The .AlarmLoInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an Indirect

tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmLoInhibitor tag then
manipulating the value of the Indirect tag.
for a Low alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmLoInhibitor;
Turns on inhibition
Low alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

Low alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmHiInhibitor, .AlarmHiHiInhibitor, .AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.AlarmHiInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to a High alarm.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Remarks

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Example
The .AlarmHiInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an Indirect

tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmHiInhibitor tag then
manipulating the value of the Indirect tag.
for a High alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmHiInhibitor;
Turns on inhibition
High alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

High alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor, .AlarmLoInhibitor, .AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the inhibitor tag assigned to a HiHi alarm
condition.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmHiHiInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Remarks

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Example
The .AlarmHiHiInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmHiHiInhibitor tag
then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag. The following
statement returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag for a HiHi
alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmHiHiInhibitor;
value of the indirect tag as follows:
Turns on inhibition
HiHi alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

HiHi alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmHiInhibitor, .AlarmLoInhibitor, .AlarmLoLoInhibitor
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag associated with a minor
deviation alarm condition.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMinDevInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Remarks

Data Types
Message (read-only)
Example
The .AlarmMinDevInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmMinDevInhibitor
tag then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag. The following
statement returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag for a minor
deviation alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmMinDevInhibitor;
Turns on inhibition
Minor deviation alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

Minor deviation alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag associated with a major
deviation alarm condition.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmMajDevInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Message (read-only)
Example
The .AlarmMajDevInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmMajDevInhibitor
tag then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag. The following
statement returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag for a major
deviation alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmMajDevInhibitor;
Turns on inhibition
Major deviation alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

Major deviation alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
See Also
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor
.AlarmROCInhibitor Dotfield
Returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag associated with a
rate-of-change alarm condition.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROCInhibitor
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Message (read-only)
Example
The .AlarmROCInhibitor dotfield is used by setting .Name to an

Indirect tag that is equal to the value of the .AlarmROCInhibitor tag
then manipulating the value of the Indirect tag. The following
statement returns the name of the alarm inhibitor tag for a
rate-of-change alarm limit (assuming SomeIndirectTag is an analog
indirect tag):
SomeIndirectTag.Name = AlarmedTag.AlarmROCInhibitor;
Turns on inhibition
Rate-of-change alarms are disabled for AlarmedTag

Rate-of-change alarms can be generated for AlarmedTag
Counting the Number of Active or

Unacknowledged Alarms
Use the following dotfields to find out the number of active or
unacknowledged alarms while the application is running.
Dotfield
Description
.AlarmTotalCount
Dotfield
Counts the number of alarms

associated with a tag or alarm group.
.AlarmUnAckCount
Dotfield
Counts the number of unacknowledged

alarms associated with a tag or alarm
group.
.AlarmValueCount
Dotfield
Counts the number of value alarms

associated with a tag.
.AlarmValueUnAckCount
Dotfield

value alarms associated with a tag.
.AlarmDscCount Dotfield
Counts the number of discrete alarms.
.AlarmDscUnAckCount
Dotfield

discrete alarms.
.AlarmDevCount Dotfield
Counts the number of deviation alarms.
.AlarmDevUnAckCount
Dotfield

deviation alarms.
.AlarmROCCount
Dotfield
Counts the number of rate-of-change

alarms.
.AlarmROCUnAckCount
Dotfield

Counting the Number of Active or Unacknowledged Alarms187
.AlarmTotalCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of active alarms for a specified tag or alarm
group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmTotalCount
Parameter
TagName
Any type of tag or alarm group.
Remarks
The count includes value, deviation, rate-of-change, and discrete

alarms. It includes both acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms.
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values
0 or any positive integer

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for alarms. ATC is also an analog tag,
which gets the total number of all active alarms (both UnAck and Ack)
present in Tag1.
ATC = Tag1.AlarmTotalCount;
See Also
.AlarmDevCount, .AlarmDevUnAckCount, .AlarmDSCCount,

.AlarmDSCUnAckCount, .AlarmValueCount, .AlarmUnAckCount,
.AlarmValueUnAckCount, .AlarmROCCount,
.AlarmROCUnACkCount
.AlarmUnAckCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged alarms for a specified tag
or alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmUnAckCount
Parameter
TagName
Any type of tag or alarm group.
Remarks
The count includes unacknowledged value, deviation, rate-of-change,

and discrete alarms.
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog or discrete tag configured for alarms. AUC is an

analog tag, which gets the total number of unacknowledged alarms
present in Tag1.
AUC = Tag1.AlarmUnAckCount;
See Also
.AlarmDevCount, .AlarmDevUnAckCount, .AlarmDscCount,

.AlarmDscUnAckCount, .AlarmValueCount, .AlarmTotalCount,
.AlarmValueUnAckCount, .AlarmROCCount,
.AlarmROCUnACkCount
.AlarmValueCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of active value alarms for a specified tag or
alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmValueCount
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
This includes the count of HiHi, High, Low, and LoLo alarms. It
includes both acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms. For
non-expanded summary alarm tags, this count will not exceed 1.
However, the count may vary with alarm groups.
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for value alarms. AVC is also an

analog tag, which gets the total number of all alarm values present in
Tag1.
AVC = Tag1.AlarmValueCount;
See Also

.AlarmDscUnAckCount, .AlarmROCCount, .AlarmTotalCount,
.AlarmValueUnAckCount, .AlarmROCUnAckCount,
.AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmValueUnAckCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged value alarms for a
specified tag or alarm group. This includes the count of HiHi, High,
Low, and LoLo alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmValueUnAckCount
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values
Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for value alarms. AVUC is also an

analog tag, which gets the total number of all unacknowledged value
alarms present in Tag1.
AVUC = Tag1.AlarmValueUnAckCount;
See Also

.AlarmDscUnAckCount, .AlarmROCCount, .AlarmTotalCount,
.AlarmValueCount, .AlarmROCUnAckCount, .AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmDscCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of active discrete alarms for a specified tag or
alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDscCount;
Parameter
TagName
Remarks
The count assigned to The AlarmDscCount dotfield includes both

acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms. For non-expanded
summary alarm tags, this count is always 1. However, the count can
vary for alarm groups.
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is a discrete tag configured for discrete alarms. ADC is an analog

tag, which gets the total number of active discrete alarms (both
unacknowledged and acknowledged) present in Tag1.
ADC = Tag1.AlarmDSCCount;
See Also
.AlarmDevCount, .AlarmDevUnAckCount, .AlarmValueCount,

.AlarmROCUnAckCount, .AlarmTotalCount, .AlarmDscUnAckCount,
.AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmDscUnAckCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged discrete alarms for a
specified tag or alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDscUnAckCount
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is a discrete tag configured for discrete alarms. ADUC is an

analog tag, which gets the total number of unacknowledged discrete
alarms present in Tag1.
ADUC = Tag1.AlarmDscUnAckCount;
See Also

.AlarmValueCount, .AlarmROCCount, .AlarmTotalCount,
.AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmDevCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of active deviation alarms for a specified tag
or alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDevCount
Parameter
TagName
Any real tag, integer tag, indirect analog tag, or alarm group.
Remarks
This includes the count of minor and major deviation alarms. It

includes both acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms. For
non-expanded summary alarm tags, this count is always 1. However,
the count can vary with alarm groups.
Data Types
Analog (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for Deviation alarms. ADC is also an

analog tag, which gets the total number of active deviation (both
unacknowledged and acknowledged) alarms present in Tag1.
ADC=Tag1.AlarmDevCount;
See Also
.AlarmDSCCount, .AlarmValueCount, .AlarmROCUnAckCount,
.AlarmTotalCount, .AlarmDSCUnAckCount,
.AlarmValueUnAckCount, .AlarmDevUnAckCount,
.AlarmROCUnAckCount, .AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmDevUnAckCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged deviation alarms for a
specified tag or alarm group. This includes the count of minor and
major deviation alarms.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmDevUnAckCount
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Analog (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for Deviation alarms. ADUC is also

an analog tag, which gets the total number of unacknowledged
deviation alarms present in Tag1.
ADUC = Tag1.AlarmDevUnAckCount;
See Also
.AlarmDevCount, .AlarmDSCCount, .AlarmValueCount,

.AlarmROCUnAckCount, .AlarmTotalCount,
.AlarmDSCUnAckCount, .AlarmValueUnAckCount,
.AlarmROCUnAckCount, .AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmROCCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of active rate-of-change alarms for a specified
tag or alarm group. It includes both acknowledged and
unacknowledged alarms. For non-expanded summary alarm tags, this
count will always be 1. However, the count may vary with alarm
groups.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROCCount
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for rate-of-change alarms. ARC is

also an analog tag, which gets the total number of active
rate-of-change alarms (both unacknowledged and acknowledged)
present in Tag1.
ARC = Tag1.AlarmROCCount;
See Also

.AlarmUnAckCount
.AlarmROCUnAckCount Dotfield
Tracks the total number of unacknowledged rate-of-change alarms for
a specified analog tag or alarm group.
Category
Alarms
Usage
TagName.AlarmROCUnAckCount
Parameter
TagName
Data Types
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values

Example
Tag1 is an analog tag configured for rate-of-change alarms. ARUC is

also an analog tag, which gets the total number of unacknowledged
rate-of-change alarms present in Tag1.
ARUC = Tag1.AlarmROCUnAckCount;
See Also

.AlarmValueUnAckCount, .AlarmROCCount, .AlarmUnAckCount
197
Chapter 7
Viewing Alarm Hierarchies
The Alarm Tree Viewer ActiveX control shows the alarm group
hierarchy of alarm providers selected by an alarm query. Items that
appear in the Alarm Tree Viewer control include alarm providers,
nodes, and groups.
You can enhance the usability of the Alarm Viewer control by using an
Alarm Tree Viewer control. You can create a script so that when the
operator selects an alarm provider in the Alarm Tree Viewer control,
the Alarm Viewer control queries the new alarm provider.
You can configure how the Alarm Tree Viewer control appears and
what data is shown. For more information, see "Configuring an Alarm
Tree Viewer Control" on page 198.
198 Chapter 7 Viewing Alarm Hierarchies
When you finish configuring the Alarm Tree Viewer control, you can
modify the data you are viewing by:
Sorting the data by name.

Updating the tree.
Performing another query.
For more information about ActiveX controls, see ActiveX Controls in
the InTouch HMI Visualization Guide.
Configuring an Alarm Tree Viewer Control

You can configure the following for the Alarm Tree Viewer control:
General control appearance, including colors

Text font
Automatic refresh
Which features users can access at run time
Which providers and groups to show
Custom saved queries
Sort order for alarm groups
You can configure these options from within WindowMaker and while
the Alarm Tree Viewer control is running.
Configuring the Appearance and Colors

When you configure the visual appearance of the Alarm Tree Viewer
control, you can:

Include a column header.
Set the colors of visual elements.
Configuring an Alarm Tree Viewer Control199
To configure the appearance

1
Right-click the Alarm Tree Viewer control, and then click

Properties. The AlarmTreeViewerCtrl Properties dialog box
appears.
Configure how the Alarm Tree Viewer control appears to run-time

users. Do any of the following:
Select the Perform Query on Startup check box for the tree to
automatically update using default query properties.
Otherwise, users must run the Refresh command to update the
tree.
Select the Show Context Sensitive Menu check box to activate

the shortcut menu. Click Configure Context Menus to configure
what commands appear on the menu. For more information,
see "Controlling Which Features Users can Access at Run
Time" on page 203.
In the Display Mode list, click how you want the tree to
refresh. For an automatic refresh, type the refresh interval the
Auto Refresh Interval box. The range is 5 to 32767 seconds.
In the Expansion Level box, type the number of expansion

levels for the tree. This determines to which alarm group
branch level the alarm tree is opened when you manually
refresh the control. A value of 1 shows only the provider, a
value of 2 shows the direct alarm groups of the provider, and so
on.
Select the Sort Elements in Alphabetical Order check box to

sort the tree elements in alphabetical order. Click either
Ascending or Descending for the sort direction.
Select the Show Heading check box to show a header above the
hierarchy. In the box, type the header bar text.
Select the Show Status Bar check box to show a status bar at
the bottom of the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
Click Font to configure the font properties for the tree. The
standard Windows Font dialog box appears.
Select the Element Selection check box to allow users to select

an element in the tree.
Select the Allow Multiple Selections check box to allow users

to select one or more elements using the CTRL and SHIFT
keys.
Select the Silent Mode check box prevent the Alarm Tree
Viewer control from showing run-time error messages. Error
messages are always sent to the Logger.
4
Click Apply.
Click the palette button to assign colors to the visual elements of

the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
You can set the colors of the title bar text, window background,
selected element text, and selected element background.
Click Apply.
Configuring Fonts
You can configure how the text appears for the Alarm Tree Viewer
control.
To configure the font
1

appears.

Click OK.
Configuring Automatic Refresh

You can configure the Alarm Tree Viewer control to refresh
automatically at run time. Otherwise, the operator must refresh the
Alarm Tree Viewer control manually.
To configure automatic refresh
1

appears.
In the Display Mode list, click how you want the tree to refresh,
either Manual Refresh or Auto Refresh. For an automatic refresh,
type the tree refresh interval the Auto Refresh Interval box. The
range is 5 to 32767 seconds.
Click Apply.
Tuning the Alarm Tree View Refresh

When the Alarm Tree View is being refreshed, it is possible that the
alarm providers listed in the tree do not match the alarm providers
that were included in the query. This can occur if remote alarm
providers have very large hierarchies of alarm groups or if the network
connection with the alarm providers is slow.
To ensure that the Alarm Tree View refreshes properly, there are
three settings that can be entered and tuned in the [InTouch] section
of the InTouch.ini file. These settings specify how long to wait for a
complete response to the query and how frequently to retry the alarm
query during that period.
These settings are not included in the InTouch.ini file by default and
must be manually entered to tune them. When the settings are not
explicitly entered in the InTouch.ini file, their default values are used.
AlarmTreeFastRetryMax
This setting determines how long immediately after a query was
submitted that fast retries (1 per second) of the tree data retrieval will
be performed. Values are in seconds.
Allowed values: 1 to 32767
Default value: 10
Example:
[InTouch]
AlarmTreeFastRetryMax=5
AlarmTreeSlowRetryInterval
Once the fast retries have been completed, this setting determines the
frequency, in seconds, with which additional retries of the tree data
retrieval will be performed.
Default value: 5
Example:
[InTouch]
AlarmTreeSlowRetryInterval=10
AlarmTreeTotalRetryMax
This setting specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which
both types of retries will be performed.
Default value: 30
Example:
[InTouch]
AlarmTreeTotalRetryMax=60
Retry Behavior with the Default Settings

For example, using the default retry settings and the default
maximum retry duration of 30 seconds:
1
During the fast retry interval, the retrieval will be retried for 10
seconds, once every second.
During the slow retry interval, the retrieval will be retried every 5
seconds for another 20 seconds.
When the Refresh Is Considered Complete

The display will continue retrying until:
Connections are completed to all of the providers specified in the

alarm query, and
The hierarchy trees are shown for all the providers requested
The display refresh timers are reset to their modified or default values
each time a query is submitted.
Controlling Which Features Users can Access at

Run Time
The Alarm Tree Viewer control includes a shortcut menu that
operators can open by right-clicking on the control during run time.
You can configure what commands appear on the menu.
To configure the run-time shortcut menu
1

appears.
Select the Show Context Sensitive Menu check box to activate the
shortcut menu.
Click Configure Context Menus. The Context Sensitive Menus

dialog box appears.
Select the check box for each command that you want to appear in
the shortcut menu. You must select least one shortcut command.
Command
Description
Refresh
Refreshes the data shown in the Alarm Tree

Viewer control.
Freeze
Allows you to toggle the freeze/unfreeze mode of

the tree.
Query
Favorites
Shows the Alarm Query dialog box to select a

query favorite from an available list.
Add to
Favorites
Query dialog box.
Allows you to add new queries from the Add
Sort
Shows the Sort dialog box to sort Alarm Tree

Viewer control data in ascending or descending
order
Statistics
Shows the Alarm Statistics dialog box with the

percentage of current retrieved alarm providers
shown in the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
Click OK to close the Context Sensitive Menus dialog box.
Click Apply.
Configuring Which Providers and Groups to Show

You configure alarm queries for alarm providers and groups that
belong to the Alarm Tree Viewer control. The alarm query is a list of
one or more alarm providers separated by spaces. The valid syntax for
the alarm provider is as follows.
Full path to alarm provider:

\\Node\ProviderName
Path to local alarm provider:
\ProviderName
For multiple queries, separate each query with a space. For example:
\InTouch \\Node17\InTouch \\MyNode\InTouch
The default alarm query is \InTouch. You cannot use a tag for the
alarm query.
If you query multiple alarm groups and later you undeploy one or more
groups, the Alarm Tree Viewer control does not automatically update
to remove these groups from the view. You must stop and re-start the
alarm provider to un-register it.
If you query an ArchestrA Galaxy by specifying \Galaxy in your alarm
query, then all InTouch alarm providers deployed within the Galaxy
are shown. For example:
\\Node\Galaxy!Area[name]
If you query information from a node with multiple alarm providers
that contain groups with the same names, records are shown for the
last alarm provider in the tree.
To configure the alarm query
1
Right-click the Alarm Tree Viewer control and then click

appears.
In the Alarm Query box, type the path to the initial alarm query.
Click Apply.
Creating Custom Saved Queries Using Query

Favorites
You can configure a list of query favorites for operators to select from a
shortcut menu.
The query file can be saved to any folder and does not need to be in the
InTouch application folder. The alarm query file is an .xml file.
To configure the query favorites file
1

appears.
Configure the query favorites file.
In the Query Favorites File box, type the network path and file
To edit the Filter Favorites file, click the Edit Favorites File
button. The Alarm Query window opens, allowing you to add,
modify, or delete filters from your favorites file. When you are
done, click OK to save your changes and close the window.
Click OK.
Configuring the Sort Order for Alarm Groups

In the Alarm Tree Viewer control, nodes and alarm groups can be
shown in alphabetical order, either ascending or descending.
To configure the sort order of alarm groups
1

appears.
Using an Alarm Tree Viewer Control at Run Time207
Select the Sort Elements in Alphabetical Order check box to list

alarm groups in alphabetical order.
Click Ascending or Descending to specify the sort direction.
Click OK.
Using an Alarm Tree Viewer Control at Run

Time
Use the Alarm Tree Viewer control to navigate the hierarchy of alarm
providers and alarm groups.
The Alarm Tree Viewer control can show multiple nodes and alarm
providers.
Nodes are represented by a computer icon.

Alarm providers are represented by a speaker icon.
Alarm groups are represented by a bell icon.
With one or more alarm groups selected, you can generate queries for
alarms that can be used in the Alarm Tree Viewer control and the
Alarm DB View controls. To select multiple alarm groups, hold down
the shift key while clicking on a group. To un-select all groups, click on
an empty area.
One or more of the following commands appears on the run-time
shortcut menu, depending on how the control is configured:
Refresh Forces a manual update of the alarms.
Freeze Stops the alarms from updating.

Query Favorites Opens the Alarm Query dialog box where you
can select an alarm query from a list of previously defined alarm
queries.
Add to Favorites Opens the Add Query dialog box with a query
string entered based on the selected Groups (if any).
Sort Opens the Sort dialog box with options to alphabetically

sort alarm groups in ascending or descending order.
Statistics Opens the Alarm Statistics dialog box to show the

percentage of retrieved alarm providers.

The Alarm Tree Viewer control status bar appears at the bottom of the
window and shows the following information:
Name of the current query

Percentage complete status of the current query
Using Query Favorites

Use the Query Favorites command on the Alarm Tree Viewer controls
shortcut menu to quickly select and run and alarm query from a list of
previously defined alarm queries. You can also create new named
queries, edit an existing query, or delete an existing query.
To select and run an alarm query
1
Right-click the Alarm Tree Viewer control at run time.
Click Query Favorites. The Alarm Query dialog box appears.
Select the named query that you want to show in the list of
Click OK. The Alarm Tree Viewer control shows alarm group
information from the selected query.
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX Properties209
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX

Properties
You can set the value an Alarm Tree Viewer control property directly
using a script or you can assign it to an InTouch tag or I/O reference.
For more information about setting properties, see Scripting ActiveX
The following table lists all Alarm Tree Viewer control properties. For
more information on setting color values, see "Configuring Colors for
ActiveX Controls" on page 82.
Property Name
Purpose
AddtoFavoritesMenu
Enables or disables the Add to Favorites shortcut menu

command.
AlarmQuery
Shows the initial alarm query and allows you to change the
query. The valid syntax is \\<node>\<provider> or
\<provider>.
ElementSelection
Controls whether an element in the tree can be selected or

not by the operator during run time.
ExpansionLevel
Sets the branch level to which the alarm tree is opened when
you manually refresh the control. A value of 1 shows only the
provider, a value of 2 shows the direct alarm groups of the
provider, and so on.
Font
Gets or sets the font of records and headings shown in the

control.
FreezeMenu
Enables or disables the Freeze menu command.
HeaderText
Gets or sets the text that appears in the header of the Alarm
Tree Viewer control.
MultiSelection
Allows you to select multiple elements in the Alarm Tree

Viewer control.
QueryFavoritesFile
Gets or sets the query favorites file name.
QueryFavoritesMenu
Enables or disables the Query Favorites menu command.
QueryStartup
Automatically updates the Alarm Tree Viewer control using

default query properties if selected. If not selected, you must
requery to update the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
RefreshInterval
Gets the auto refresh interval of the control in seconds.
RefreshMenu
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the Refresh

command appears in the shortcut menu.
Property Name
Purpose
SelTextBackColor
Gets or sets the background color for the selected element.
SelTextColor
Gets or sets the text color for the selected element.
ShowContextMenu
Enables or disables the shortcut menu.
ShowHeading
Shows or hides the title bar of the Alarm Tree Viewer

control.
ShowStatusBar
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the status bar

is shown.
SilentMode
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the control is

in Silent mode.
SortElements
Enables or disables sorting in the Alarm Tree Viewer

control.
SortMenu
Enables or disables the Sort menu command.
SortOrder
Gets or sets the sort direction. Possible values are

"Ascending" and "Descending," represented as 0 and 1
respectively.
StatsMenu
Enables or disables the Statistics menu command.
TextColor
Gets or sets the text color the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
TitleBackColor
Gets or sets the title bar background color. Available only if

the ShowHeading property is set.
TitleForeColor
Gets or sets the title bar foreground color. Available only if

the ShowHeading property is set.
WindowColor
Gets or sets the window background color of the Alarm Tree

Viewer control.

Methods
You can use the Alarm Tree Viewer control methods in scripts to:
Retrieve information about the control.

Retrieve information about specific entries in the alarm hierarchy.
Freeze the control.
Using Alarm Tree Viewer Control ActiveX Methods211
Create query strings.

Run queries.
Retrieving Information About the Control

You can use these methods to retrieve information about the Alarm
AboutBox() Method
GetElementCount() Method
AboutBox() Method
Shows the Alarm Tree Viewer About dialog box.
Syntax
Object.AboutBox()
Example
The name of the control is AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.

#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.AboutBox();
Gets the total number of elements in the tree.
Syntax
Object.GetElementCount()
Example
The name of the control is AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1 and nTag1 is an

nTag1 = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetElementCount();
Retrieving Information About Specific Entries

You can use a set of methods to retrieve information about elements
shown in the Alarm Tree Viewer control window.
CheckElementMembership() Method
GetElementName() Method
GetElementPath() Method
GetSelectedElementCount() Method
GetSelectedElementName() Method
GetSelectedElementPath() Method
GetSubElementCount() Method
GetSubElementName() Method
GetSubElementPath() Method
CheckElementMembership() Method
Checks if the descendant tree element is part of the ancestor tree element.
Syntax
Object.CheckElementMembership(PathName, DescendantElementName,
AncestorElementName)
Parameter
PathName
The name of the path. For example, \InTouch or \\NodeName.
DescendantElementName
The name of the descendant element name. For example, GroupA.
AncestorElementName
The name of the ancestor element name. For example, GroupB.
Gets the total number of elements in the tree.
Syntax
Object.GetElementCount()
Example

nTag1 = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetElementCount();
GetElementName() Method
Gets the element name corresponding to the index.
Syntax
Object.GetElementName(ElementIndex)
Parameter
ElementIndex
The index of the element.
Example
The name of the control is AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1 and StrTag is a

message tag.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetElementName(3);
GetElementPath() Method
Gets the element path corresponding to the index, down to the
indicated expansion level.
Syntax
Object.GetElementPath(ElementIndex, ExpansionLevel)
Parameter
ElementIndex
ExpansionLevel
The level of expansion.
Example
The name of the control is AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1, StrTag is a

message tag, and returns the path of the element at index 17 up to 4
levels.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetElementPath(17, 4);
GetSelectedElementCount() Method
Gets the number of selected elements in the tree.
Syntax
Object.GetSelectedElementCount()
Example

nTag1 = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSelectedElementCount();
GetSelectedElementName() Method
Gets the name of the selected element on the Alarm Tree Viewer
control.
Syntax
Object.GetSelectedElementName()
Example

message tag.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSelectedElementName();
GetSelectedElementPath() Method
Gets the path of the selected element to the indicated expansion level.
Syntax
Object.GetSelectedElementPath(ExpansionLevel)
Parameter
ExpansionLevel
Example

message tag.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSelectedElementPath(3);
GetSubElementCount() Method
Gets the total number of sub-elements from the indicated element.
Syntax
Object.GetSubElementCount(Path, ElementName)
Parameter
Path
The name of the path. For example:
\\NodeName\InTouch
If the path parameter is empty, the Alarm Tree Viewer control
finds the first element of the tree that matches the indicated
element name.
ElementName
The name of the element. For example, Group1.
Examples

nTag1 = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementCount("",
"Group1" );
nTag1 = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementCount(
"\\NodeName", "Group1" );
"\InTouch", "Group1" );
"\\NodeName\InTouch", "Group1" );
GetSubElementName() Method
For the indicated element, gets the name of the sub-element at the
corresponding index.
Syntax
Object.GetSubElementName(Path, ElementName, ElementIndex)
Parameter
Path
\\NodeName\InTouch
element name.
ElementName
ElementIndex
Examples

message tag.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementName("",
"Group1", 1);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementName("\\NodeName",
"Group1", 1);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementName("\InTouch",
"Group1", 1);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementName("\\NodeName\InT
ouch", "Group1", 1);
GetSubElementPath() Method
Gets the path of the sub-element from the index of the element name
to the indicated expansion level.
Syntax
Object.GetSubElementPath(Path, ElementName, ElementIndex,
ExpansionLevel)
Parameter
Path
\\NodeName\InTouch
element name.
ElementName
ElementIndex
ExpansionLevel
Examples

message tag.
StrTag = #AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementPath("",
"Group1", 1, 3);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementPath("\\NodeName",
"Group1", 1, 3);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementPath("\InTouch",
"Group1", 1, 3);
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetSubElementPath("\\NodeName\InT
ouch", "Group1", 1, 3);
Freezing the Tree

You can use the Freeze() method to prevent the Alarm Tree Viewer
control tree from being updated with any further changes.
Freeze() Method
Freezes the Alarm Tree Viewer control tree.
Syntax
Object.Freeze(Frozen)
Parameters
Frozen
Contols whether the tree can be updated.
1 = Freezes the tree.
0 = Unfreezes the tree.
Example
Tag1 is defined as memory discrete tag and the name of the control is
AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.
Tag1 = 1;
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.Freeze(Tag1);
Creating a Query String from a Selection

You can use the GetAlarmQueryFromSelection() method to retrieve a
query string from a selected element in the Alarm Tree Viewer control.
The query string can then be used dynamically in an Alarm Viewer
control.
GetAlarmQueryFromSelection() Method
Returns an alarm query string from the selected element in the Alarm
Syntax
Object.GetAlarmQueryFromSelection()
Example

message tag. For example: StrTag is set to
\\NodeName\InTouch\GroupA.
StrTag =
#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.GetAlarmQueryFromSelection();
Running Queries
You can run queries for the Alarm Tree Viewer control using methods
that either retrieve an existing query saved in a query favorites file or
set a string that specifies a new collection of alarm providers.
SetQueryByString() Method
Sets the current query as specified by the query name passed. The
query must be in the query favorites file.
Syntax
Object.SetQueryByName(QueryName)
Parameter
QueryName
The name of the query as created by using query favorites. For
example, Turbine Queries.
Example

#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.SetQueryByName("Turbine Queries");
SetQueryByString() Method
Sets the current query as a new string specifying a new collection of
Alarm Providers.
Syntax
Object.SetQueryByString(NewQuery)
Parameters
NewQuery
String containing an alarm query. For example:
\\MasterNode\InTouch
Example

#AlarmTreeViewerCtrl1.SetQueryByString("\\MasterNode\InTo
uch");
Error Handling when Using Methods and Properties219
Error Handling when Using Methods and

Properties
All Alarm Tree Viewer control error messages are sent to the Logger.
If you configure the Alarm Tree Viewer control to run in silent mode,
no run-time errors are shown.

Events to Trigger Scripts
You can assign QuickScripts to Alarm Tree Viewer control events,
such as a mouse click or double-click. When the event occurs, the
QuickScript runs.
The Alarm Tree Viewer control supports the following events:
Click
DoubleClick
ShutDown
StartUp
The Click event has one parameter called ClicknElementID, which
identifies the element in the tree that is clicked at run time.
The DoubleClick event has one parameter called
DoubleClicknElementID, which identifies the element in the tree that
is double-clicked at run time.
For the Click and DoubleClick events, an ElementID of -1 is returned
for the "All Providers" node.
Note: The Alarm Tree Viewer control ignores the user interface
methods when they are called from the StartUp event, because the
control is not visible yet. These methods include: AboutBox(),
CheckElementMembership(), Freeze(), GetAlarmQueryFromSelection(),
GetElementCount(), GetElementName(), GetElementPath(),
GetSelectedElementCount(), GetSelectedElementName(),
GetSelectedElementPath(), GetSubElementCount(),
GetSubElementName(), GetSubElementPath(), and Refresh().

221
Chapter 8
Printing Alarms
You use the InTouch Alarm Printer utility to print alarms from
multiple nodes. You can print alarm records stored in the alarm
memory on an event-by-event basis using a dedicated line or network
printer. Also, you can use the Alarm Printer to save alarm records to a
file.
Alarm Printer File
WindowViewer Session
Alarm
Provider
Alarm Memory
Alarm
Printer
Utility
Record
Record
Alarm
Provider
Record
Running InTouch
Application
Network Printer
Alarm
Query
LAN
Record
Record
Alarm
Provider
InTouch Node
Printer
Cable
LPT1 Line Printer
You can configure the Distributed Alarm system to print certain

events on a line printer as they occur. Typically, you print alarms
immediately to record information in the event of a catastrophic
failure. Generally, you use a dot matrix printer connected through a
serial or parallel port directly to the computer running the InTouch
application. Windows network printers and laser printers are usually
inappropriate for gathering data for catastrophic events because they
hold entire pages in memory before actually printing a page.
222 Chapter 8 Printing Alarms
Configuring Alarm Printing and Logging

You can run multiple instances of the Alarm Printer. Each instance of
the Alarm Printer must be configured to print to a different printer
and must be configured with a separate alarm query.
You can configure separate instances of Alarm Printer to print alarms
in specific priority ranges. For example, one Alarm Printer instance
can print only high priority alarms, while another instance prints only
low priority alarms. Likewise, you can use one instance of the Alarm
Printer to print alarms from one area of the factory while another
instance prints alarms from a different area.
You can save an Alarm Printer configuration to a file, which has the
.alc extension. You can create as many configuration files as you want.
The Alarm Printer uses an individual configuration file for each
instance of Alarm Printer that is running.
Configuring Printer Settings

You must designate a printer to use with the Alarm Printer. Also, you
must select if alarms are printed as they occur.
Use a dedicated printer for printing alarms.
The printer can be connected locally or to a network. Any Windows
printer can be used as the output for the Alarm Printer.
To configure the printer settings
1
Open the Alarm Printer utility. Do the following:

a
In the WindowMaker Tools view, expand Applications.
Double-click Alarm Printer.
On the menu bar, click Configure. The Configuration Settings

dialog box appears.
Configuring Alarm Printing and Logging223
Click the Printing tab.
In the Print To area, select the connection to the alarm printer.
Click None to not use a printer.

Click LPT1-3 to use a printer connected by a parallel port to
the computer running the InTouch application.
Click COM1-4 to use a printer connected by a serial port to the

computer running the InTouch application. Click Port
Configuration to show the COM Properties dialog box and
change the default values assigned to the selected COM port.
Click Printer to use a printer connected through the network to

the computer running the InTouch application. In the box, type
the name of the printer or click Browse to select an available
printer.
Note: If the printer you want does not appear, add the printer using
the Windows Add Printer wizard.
5
Select the Remove Trailing Spaces in Printout check box to

prevent the printer from printing blank lines or empty pages.
Select the Enable Printing check box to print alarms.
Select the Disable Realtime Alarm Printing check box to prevent

the Alarm Printer from printing alarms as they occur.
Optionally, configure print command sequences to initialize the

printer with specific settings and to change the print
characteristics for alarms in a specified priority range. For more
information, see "Configuring Alarm Print Commands" on
page 224.
Click OK.
Configuring Alarm Print Commands

You can configure the Alarm Printer to send a printer command
initialization sequence when the printer is first opened (that is, each
time the query starts and stops). Printer command initialization
sequences can be used to configure printer settings, such as the
character pitch and the left and right print margins.
You can also configure alternate and normal print colors so that the
print color indicates whether the alarm is in or outside of a specified
range of alarm priorities. The alternate and normal color commands do
not necessarily have to specify a color. They can also be used to
enable/disable double-striking, emphasized printing, underlining,
italic, or other differentiating print characteristics to make one set of
alarm priorities appear visually distinct from the others.
Note: For monochrome printers, you might find that double-strike
printing is much faster than emphasized printing.
Print Command Settings

The Printing tab in the Configuration Settings dialog box includes
settings for specifying printer command sequences.
These settings are described in the following table.

Setting
Description
Enable initialize
printer codes
Causes the command sequence that is

entered in the accompanying box to be
sent to the printer each time the query is
started and stopped.
Enable alternate color

printing for alarm
priority range
Select this option to pass the alternate

and normal color commands for use with
the specified alarm priority range.
Setting
Description
Change text for alarms

from priority to
priority
Enter the alarm priority range from a low

number (representing higher priority
alarms) to a higher number (representing
lower priority alarms).
Alternate color
The printer command sequence that will

be sent each time a row of alarm text is
sent to the printer when the alarm
priority is in the specified range.
Normal color
The printer command sequence that will

be sent each time a row of alarm text is
sent to the printer when the alarm
priority is not in the specified range.
Sample Printer Command Sequences

As an example, the following printer command sequences are for an
Okidata Microline 395C color dot matrix printer. Refer to the
documentation that accompanied your printer for its command
sequences.
Printer initialization command:
CAN ESC @
ESC M ESC SI CR
where the commands are as follows:
CAN Cancel any remaining data in the printers internal buffer.

ESC @ Reset the printer to menu defaults.
ESC M Set the printing to 12 CPI (Elite).
ESC SI Set printing to compressed to obtain 20 CPI.
CR Move the print head back to the left margin.
Alternate color command that sets the print color to red:
ESC r 1
Normal color command that sets the print color to black:

ESC r 0
Printer Command Escape Sequences Syntax

Each printer command escape sequence consists of one or more bytes.
Information about these bytes should be available in the printers
documentation or by knowing that the printer can parse ESC/P or
ESC/P2 syntax. Information about these syntaxes is publicly available
on the Internet.
Generally, there is no limitation on the length of the printer command

escape sequence text. The parser interprets the stream of text tokens
and converts them to a sequence of contiguous byte values. The byte
values are then streamed to the printer, unmodified, at the
appropriate time, such as at printer initialization or when the printer
setting for the alarm must be modified and restored.
When specifying the printer command escape sequence as text, each
byte character must be separated by a space character. The space
character indicates to the parser where a token begins and ends. For
example, if the printers draft mode can be activated by ESCx0, then
the command sequence is entered as:
ESC x 0
If you need to send a space character to the printer, then use the
abbreviation SP to represent that byte.
Note: The parser is case-sensitive, so all abbreviations must be
entered in capital letters. For example, use ESC, not esc or Esc.
The following types of items can be included in the command sequence:
The abbreviated name of the control characters

The number, letter, or other printable character
The decimal number for the ASCII character
The hexadecimal number for the ASCII character
For a list of the hexadecimal or decimal numbers for the control and
printable characters, refer to a publicly available ASCII table.
Entering Names of Control Characters

You can enter the names of control characters, as these are not easily
typed from the keyboard. For a list of control character names, refer to
the Abbr column of a publicly available ASCII table. The only
character that is not typically listed in an ASCII table is the space
character, which must be entered as SP.
Note: The parser does not process common C language escape
characters (for example, \r, \n, and \t).
Entering Printable Characters

Enter any printable character by typing it in the box. The only
exception is the space character (hexadecimal 0x20, decimal 32), which
must be entered as SP. The characters value is interpreted as the
number that represents it in the ASCII table, and that is the value
sent to the printer.
For a list of printable characters, refer to a publicly available ASCII
table.
Entering a Characters Decimal Number

Enter the characters decimal number by typing it in the box. The
maximum decimal value that can be entered is 255 (hexadecimal
0xFF). There is no warning if you enter a decimal number that is too
large, such as 497; it will cause 255 to be returned. Negative numbers
are not supported.
Entering a Characters Hexadecimal Number

Enter the characters hexadecimal number by typing it in the box. The
allowable range of values is 0x00 to 0xFF.
Configuring Which Alarms to Print

The Alarm Printer queries the alarm memory to select records to print
or save to a log file. The query selects records from the internal alarm
memory based upon:
Alarm priority
Current alarm state (unacknowledged/acknowledged)
Alarm group membership
Each alarm has an assigned priority number that represents the
severity of the alarm. An alarm priority ranges from 1 to 999. The
most severe alarm is assigned a priority of 1. The least severe alarm is
assigned a priority of 999.
If a network or printer connection fails, the Alarm Printer does not
reprint all alarms. The Alarm Printer only prints the alarms that have
not been printed before the connection failure.
To configure which alarms to print
1

a

dialog box appears.
In the From Priority box, enter the highest priority alarm value (1
to 999).
In the To Priority box, enter the lowest priority alarm value (1 to

999).
In the Alarm State list, click the alarm state.

Click
To show
All
All alarms.
Ack
Only acknowledged alarms.
Unack
Only unacknowledged alarms.
In the Alarm Query box, type one or more alarm queries. You can
specify one or more alarm providers and groups. Use blank spaces
to separate the queries.
Select the Record alarms generated after query starts check box
to only include alarms that occur after the query starts. The Alarm
Printer ignores alarms records that are in the alarm memory and
were triggered before the Alarm Printer started querying.
Click OK.
Configuring the Format of Print and File Output

Each option you select appears as a separate field in the printed
output. Fields containing data exceeding the specified maximum field
length are truncated to those limits.
To configure the format of alarm print and file output

1

a

dialog box appears.
Click the Message tab.
In the Date/Time area, select the Date check box, and then select
a date format from the list. The listed date formats include the
following components:
Option
Description
DD
Two-digit day of the month (01-31)
MM
Two-digit month of the year (01-12)
YY
Last two digits of the year
YYYY
Four-digit year
MMM
Three-character abbreviation of the month
Select the Time check box and select a time format from the list.
The listed formats included the following time components:
Option
Description
AP
Selects the AM/PM time format. For example, 3:00

PM is shown as 3:00 PM. A time without this
designation defaults to 24 hour military time
format. For example, 3:00 PM is shown as 15:00.
HH
Two-digit hour of the day (00-23 or 01-12) when the

alarm/event occurred.
MM
Two-digit minute of the hour (00-59) when the

SS
Two-digit second of the minute (00-59) when the

SSS
Three-digit millisecond of the second when the

Select the order that alarms appear in the alarm record according
to the onset time of the alarm:
Option
Description
OAT
(Original Alarm Time) The date/time stamp of the

onset of the alarm.
LCT
(Last Changed Time) The date/time stamp of the

most recent change of status for the instance of the
alarm: onset of the alarm, change of sub-state,
LCT But
OAT on
ACK
(Last Changed Time, but Original Alarm Time on

acknowledgement ) The last changed time is used
while the alarm is unacknowledged, then original
alarm time is used after the alarm has been
acknowledged.
Select the alarm information to be printed.

Option
Description
Alarm State
Prints the alarm state. For example, UnAck,

Ack.
Alarm Class
Prints the alarm class. For example, VALUE,

DEV, ROC.
Option
Description
Alarm Type
Prints the alarm type. For example, HIHI,

LO, MAJDEV.
Priority
Prints the alarm priority (1-999).
7.1 Default
(button)
Selects the default settings for the Alarm

Printer utility for InTouch version 7.1.
7.11 Default
(button)
Selects the default settings for the Alarm

Printer utility for InTouch version 7.11.
Remove
Trailing Spaces
Removes the extra trailing spaces from a

printed field when the length of the actual
field value is less than the value configured
for that field.
Minimum
Column
Spacing
Reduces the spacing between columns so that

more fields can fit on the printed page.
Alarm Name
Prints the alarm name (tag). In the Length

box, type the number of characters
(64 characters maximum) for the alarm
name.
Group Name
Prints the alarm group name. In the Length

(64 characters maximum) for the alarm group
name.
Alarm Provider
Prints the name of the alarm provider. In the

Length box, type the number of characters
(64 characters maximum) for the alarm
provider name.
Value at Alarm
Prints the value of the tag. In the Length box,

type the number of characters (32 characters
maximum) for the alarm value.
Limit
Prints the tags alarm limit. In the Length

(32 characters maximum) allowed for alarm
limit. The number should be large enough to
provide the desired level of precision.
Option
Description
Operator Node
Prints the operator node associated with the

alarm condition. In the Length box, type the
number of characters (64 characters
maximum) allowed for the operators node.
In a Terminal Services environment, this is
the name of the client computer that the
respective operator established the Terminal
Services session from. If the node name can't
be retrieved, the node's IP address is used
instead.
Operator
Name
Prints the operator name associated with the

alarm condition. In the Length box, type the
number of characters (16 characters
maximum) allowed for the operators name.
Comment
Prints the alarm comment associated with

the tag. In the Length box, type the number of
characters (131 characters maximum)
allowed for the comment.
User1
Prints the numerical values of User Defined

Number 1 corresponding to the alarm.
User2
Prints the numerical values of User Defined

User3
Prints the string value of the user-defined

string property associated with the alarm.
The maximum number of characters is 131.
Click Apply.
Configuring Log Files for Alarms

You can log alarm records to a file. By default, the Alarm Printer
assigns names to log files based upon the following naming convention:
YYMMDDHH.ALG
Notation
Description
YY
Last two digits of the year when the log file is created.
MM
Two-digit number of the month (01-12) when the log

file is created.
DD
Two-digit day of the month (01-31) when the log file is

created.
HH
Two-digit hour of the day (00-23) when the log file is

created.
To configure alarm record logging

1

a

dialog box appears.
Click the File Logging tab.
Select the Enable Alarm File Logging check box to save alarm
records to log files.
In the Directory box, type the path or browse to a folder location to

save the alarm log files.
In the Number of Hours to Cycle Filename box, enter the number

of hours worth of alarm records to save to an individual log file.
Valid entries are 1 to 24. If your InTouch application runs
continuously, select a file logging interval that creates a set of
equal length daily log files. For example, setting Number of Hours
to Cycle Filename to 6 creates 4 equal length daily log files.
In the Starting at Hour box, enter the starting hour to begin

logging alarm records to a file each day.
Valid entries are 0 to 23.
For example, an oil refinery operates three daily work shifts. The
first shift begins at 06:00. Management wants alarm records
logged for each shift. To do this, enter 8 for the Number of Hours
to Cycle Filename option. Enter 6 for the Starting at Hour (0-23)
option. The Alarm Printer creates a log file from 06:00 to 14:00,
another from 14:00 to 22:00, and a third from 22:00 to 06:00.
In the Keep Log Files for box, enter the number of days to retain
log files.
The Alarm Printer saves log files for the number of specified days
plus the current day. The Alarm Printer deletes log files older than
the retention period. To save log files indefinitely, enter 0.
In the Log File Name Extension box, accept the default ALG file
name extension or assign another three-character extension to log
files.
If you use a .csv extension, you can import the log file directly into
Excel or Notepad.
10 To remove spaces at the end of entries within a log file, select the
Remove Trailing Spaces in Log Entries check box.
You can also specify a field separator character placed at the end of
each record in the log file.
11 Select the Original Column Ordering check box to maintain the
same order from the alarm display to log file records.

12 Click Apply.
Saving and Loading Configuration Files

When you start the Alarm Printer from WindowMaker, the Alarm
Printer dialog box shows the default configuration settings. These
configuration settings are saved in an alarm configuration file (.alc).
You can save your printer configuration settings to a file that can be
loaded before printing alarms.
A specific alarm configuration file can be shown if it is opened in run
time from the command prompt or by double-clicking its *.alc file
name.
Printing Alarms235
To create a new Alarm Printer configuration file

1

a
On the File menu, click New to show the Alarm Printer with its
default values.

dialog box appears.
Configure the alarm settings.
On the File menu, select Save.
To edit an existing Alarm Printer configuration file

1
On the File menu, select Open.
Select the Alarm Printer Configuration file that you want to edit.
Edit the file.
On the File menu, select Save. Select Save as to save the changes to
a new file without changing the existing file.
Printing Alarms
Each query logs all of the alarms specified in the Alarm Printer
configuration file (.alc) that is currently open. If no file has been
specified, the settings currently selected during Alarm Printer
configuration are used.
You can run multiple queries with Alarm Printer. Each query uses
different parameters and is associated with a separate instance of the
Alarm Printer. If two instances of Alarm Printer are running the same
query, the entries are duplicated.
While Alarm Printer is running, you can manually start or stop
queries. Be sure that you have printing enabled.
To start an alarm query
On the Query menu, click Start/Stop.
To stop an alarm query
On the Query menu, click Start/Stop.
Logging Alarms to a File

You can use the Alarm Printer to log alarm records to a file. You
should have already configured logging from the Configuration
Settings dialog box.
To log alarms to a file
1
Open the Alarm Printer utility.

a
If necessary, configure the query to collect alarm records for

logging.
Click the File Logging button.
Run an alarm query.
Alarm records collected by the query are written to the configured log
file.
Starting Alarm Printer with a Specific Configuration237
Starting Alarm Printer with a Specific

Configuration
You can automatically start the Alarm Printer and open a specific file
when your system starts up by using the following command in a batch
file:
ALMPRT.EXE MYQUERY.ALC
Where, MYQUERY.ALC is the name of the Alarm Printer configuration

file that opens. Specifying the .exe file name extension is optional.
Make sure that the batch file switches to the folder where the InTouch
HMI is installed.
To prevent the loss of any query data due to a system inadvertently
being shut down and restarted, you can automatically start the Alarm
Printer and automatically run a specific query by running the
following command from a batch file:
ALMPRT.EXE -q MYQUERY.ALC
By using the -q in the command, your query runs automatically when

the system starts up.
Controlling the Alarm Printer Using Scripting

You can use Alarm Printer functions in scripts to control alarm
printing.
Alarm printer functions return an integer error code that indicates
whether the function completed successfully or not. The following
table shows the error codes.
Error
Code
Error Message
Success
Instance not found or not running
Interface not initialized
Failure to access virtual memory
Invalid error code
Too many instances already running
Result string would be too long
Invalid instance index passed to the function
Error
Code
Error Message
Failed to post the message to the alarm printer

application
Failed to wait for a response from the alarm printer

application
20
To priority must be equal to or greater than From priority
21
Invalid priority value
22
Invalid alarm state
23
Failed to execute the command because the query is

running
24
Query string is not valid
25
Invalid query processing state
26
Invalid print state selector
27
Command received by the alarm printer window is not

recognized
28
Query could not be started
Stopping and Starting and Alarm Printer

Instance or Query
Use the following functions to start and stop the Alarm Printer
instance and the alarm query.
APUStartInstance() Function
APUStartQuery() Function
APUStopInstance() Function
APUStopQuery() Function
Controlling the Alarm Printer Using Scripting239
APUStartInstance() Function
Starts an instance of the Alarm Printer in a minimized state with
values specified from a configuration file.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUStartInstance(sFilePath, iTagInstance);
Arguments
sFilePath
Full path to a configuration file (input string).
iTagInstance
Integer tag. The function returns an instance number to it if the
function executes successfully.
Remarks
You can start up to sixteen instances of the Alarm Printer. This

function writes the instance number (0 - 15) to the iTagInstance
parameter. The instance number increments when a new Alarm
Printer instance starts.
This instance number can be used by other Alarm Printer functions to
identify the Alarm Printer instance.
This function returns 0 or, in the case of error, an error code.
The Alarm Printer program does not automatically begin processing
alarms from the alarm memory. Use the APUStartQuery() function to
begin processing data from the alarm memory for the instance.
Example
Status =
APUStartInstance("c:\MyAlarmCfg\Area1Alarms.alc",
Inst);
See Also
APUStartQuery(), APUStopInstance(), APUStopQuery()
APUStartQuery() Function
Sets the date and time limits for records to be processed from the
alarm memory and then starts the query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUStartQuery(iInstance,iYear,iMonth,iDay,
iHour,iMinute);
Arguments
iInstance
The instance of Alarm Printer (0 to 15).
iYear
The number of the year.
iMonth
The number of the month.
iDay
The day of the month.
iHour
The hour number.
iMinute
The minute number.
Remarks
An error occurs if you try to start a query when a query is already

running.
If you set all date and time values to 0, all alarms are printed. This is
because 0 is interpreted as January 01, 1900 at midnight. The time
and dates specified are in local time. A value of -1 for the year sets the
date to the current time that the command is processed.
Returns an integer error code.
Example
Status = APUStartQuery(Inst,2007,4,16,22,12);
See Also
APUStartInstance(), APUStopInstance(), APUStopQuery()
APUStopInstance() Function
Stops a specified instance of the Alarm Printer. Any further addition of
records to be printed stops, any currently executing print query stops,
and the instance of the program closes.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUStopInstance(iInstance);
Arguments
iInstance
Remarks

Example
Status = APUStopInstance(5);
See Also
APUStartInstance(), APUStartQuery(), APUStopQuery()
APUStopQuery() Function
Requests the specified instance to stop running its query. The
application remains running, but it does not process any queries. A
call to APUStartQuery() can cause the instance to start querying.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUStopQuery(iInstance);
Arguments
iInstance
Remarks
Example
Status = APUStopQuery(5);
See Also
APUStartInstance(), APUStartQuery(), APUStopInstance()
Querying Alarm Query Information

Use the following functions to retrieve query parameters based on tag
priorities and values set within the Alarm Printer configuration file.
APUGetAlarmGroupText() Function
APUGetQueryFromPriority() Function
APUGetQueryToPriority() Function
APUGetConfigurationFilePath() Function
APUGetPrinterJobCount() Function
APUGetQueryAlarmState() Function
APUGetQueryProcessingState() Function
APUGetAlarmGroupText() Function
Gets the Alarm Query alarm group text.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetAlarmGroupText(iInstance,sTagGroup);
Arguments
iInstance
sTagGroup
Text - alarm group
Remarks
The initial alarm group text is read from the .alc configuration file that
the Alarm Printer with the specified instance is using. The alarm
group text is passed to the sTagGroup parameter into an InTouch
message tag.
Example
The TagGroup message tag can contain the following value after the
function is run: \intouch!$system
Status = APUGetAlarmGroupText(Inst,TagGroup);
See Also
APUGetConfigurationFilePath(), APUGetPrinterJobCount(),
APUGetQueryAlarmState(), APUGetQueryFromPriority(),
APUGetQueryProcessingState(), APUGetQueryToPriority()
APUGetQueryFromPriority() Function
Gets the From Priority value for a query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetQueryFromPriority(iInstance, iTagPriority );
Arguments
iInstance
iTagPriority
An integer tag that receives the From Priority value.
Remarks
The initial priority is read from the .alc file that the Alarm Printer
with the specified instance is using. The From Priority value is passed
to the iTagPriority parameter into an InTouch integer tag.
Example
In this example, FromPri is an integer tag that contains the From

Priority value, such as 1.
Status = APUGetQueryFromPriority(Inst, FromPri);
See Also
APUGetAlarmGroupText(), APUGetConfigurationFilePath(),
APUGetPrinterJobCount(), APUGetQueryAlarmState(),
APUGetQueryToPriority() Function
Gets the To Priority from the query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetQueryToPriority(iInstance,iPriority );
Arguments
iInstance
iPriority
An integer tag that receives the To Priority value.
Remarks
Another query cannot be running at the same time as the script that
includes the APUGetQueryToPriority() function. The To Priority value
is written to the iPriority parameter of the function, which is an
integer tag.
Example
The integer tag ToPri receives the To Priority value, such as 999.
Status = APUGetQueryToPriority(Inst,ToPri);
See Also
APUGetQueryFromPriority(), APUGetQueryProcessingState()
APUGetConfigurationFilePath() Function
Returns the full file path of the .alc configuration file used for a query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetConfigurationFilePath(iInstance,
sTagFilePath);
Arguments
iInstance
sTagFilePath
A message tag to retrieve the name of the file path to the
configuration file the Alarm Printer instance is using.
Remarks
The file path text is returned to an message tag that you can specify as
sTagFilePath parameter of this function.
Example
The CfgFilePath message tag receives the file path of the configuration
file associated with the Alarm Printer instance contained in the Inst
integer tag. For example: c:\MyAlarmCfg\Area1Alarms.alc
Status = APUGetConfigurationFilePath(Inst, CfgFilePath);
See Also
APUGetAlarmGroupText(), APUGetPrinterJobCount(),
APUGetPrinterJobCount() Function
Returns the most recent Windows printer status job count for the
printer used by this instance.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetPrinterJobCount(iInstance, iTagCount);
Arguments
iInstance
iTagCount
An integer tag that receives the count value.
Remarks
This function returns the count value in the iTagCount parameter,

which is an integer tag.
The results are not current unless a query is running. The results are
not current unless an alarm has been printed - the job count is
typically updated when the printer is initially opened, and then each
time an alarm line is printed.
The returned job count value is only valid for Windows printers and
does not have much meaning for printers associated with a parallel or
serial port.
Example
PJCount is an integer tag that receives the count value from the
specified instance.
Status = APUGetPrinterJobCount(Inst, PJCount);
See Also
APUGetQueryAlarmState() Function
Returns the alarm state for the query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetQueryAlarmState(iInstance, iTagState );
Arguments
iInstance
iTagState
An integer tag that receives the alarm state of the query associated
with the specified instance. The value has following meanings:
0 = All
1 = Acknowledged
2 = Unacknowledged
Remarks
The initial alarm state is read from the .alc file. This function returns
it in the iTagState parameter of the function which is an integer tag.
Example
AlmState is an integer tag that contains 0, 1 or 2.

Status = APUGetQueryAlarmState(Inst,AlmState);
See Also
APUGetPrinterJobCount(), APUGetQueryFromPriority(),
APUGetQueryProcessingState() Function
Returns the status of the alarm query processing.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetQueryProcessingState(iInstance, iTagState);
Arguments
iInstance
iTagState
An integer tag that receives the processing state from the function. It
has following meaning:
0 = Stop
1 = Start
Remarks
This function returns an integer value to the iTagState parameter,

which is an integer tag.
Example
ProcState is an integer tag that is set to 0 if the query is not running,

or 1 if the query is running.
Status = APUGetQueryProcessingState(Inst, ProcState);
See Also
APUGetQueryFromPriority(), APUGetQueryToPriority()
Querying Instance Information

Use the following functions to return the current status of an instance
of the Alarm Printer.
APUFindAlarmGroupInstance() Function
APUFindFileInstance() Function
APUFindPrinterInstance() Function
APUGetInstanceCount() Function
APUIsInstanceUsed() Function
APUFindAlarmGroupInstance() Function
Returns the first instance of the Alarm Printer using the specified
alarm group string.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUFindAlarmGroupInstance(sGroup, iInstance);
Arguments
sGroup
The name of the alarm group to be found among the instances.
iInstance
An integer tag that receives the value of a found instance that uses
the specified group name.
Remarks
This function returns the instance number to an integer tag as the

iInstance parameter. The initial alarm group string is read from the
.alc file. If no instance is found, the function returns 1 as the error code
(no instance available) and writes 0 to the integer tag parameter.
Example
FoundInstance is an integer tag that receives the number of the first

instance found that uses the $System as its query.
Status = APUFindAlarmGroupInstance("$System", FoundInstance);
See Also
APUFindFileInstance(), APUFindPrinterInstance(),
APUGetInstanceCount(), APUIsInstanceUsed()
APUFindFileInstance() Function
Finds the first instance of the Alarm Printer using the specified .alc
configuration file.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUFindFileInstance(sFilePath,iInstance);
Arguments
sFilePath
The path of the .alc configuration file for which the instance is to
be found.
iInstance
An integer tag that receives the number of the instance.
Remarks

iInstance parameter. Use this function to initially obtain the desired
instance of the Alarm Printer. The file path string match is not
case-sensitive.
If no instance is found, the function returns 1 as the error code (no
instance available) and writes 0 to the integer tag parameter.
Example
InstFound is an integer tag that receives the number of the first

instance that uses the configuration file
c:\MyAlarmCfg\Area1Alarms.alc.
Status = APUFindFileInstance("c:\MyAlarmCfg\Area1Alarms.alc",
InstFound);
See Also
APUFindAlarmGroupInstance(), APUFindPrinterInstance(),
APUFindPrinterInstance() Function
Finds the first instance of the Alarm Printer using the specified
printer name or port.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUFindPrinterInstance(sPrinter,iInstance);
Arguments
sPrinter
The name of the printer for which the instance is to be found.
iInstance
An integer tag that receives the number of the instance.
Remarks

iInstance parameter. Use this function to initially obtain the desired
instance of an Alarm Printer. The printer name is stored and read
from the .alc file. The printer name string match is not case-sensitive.
If no instance is found, the function returns 1 as the error code (no
instance available) and writes 0 to the integer tag parameter.
Example
FoundInst is an integer tag that receives the number of the first

instance that uses LPT1 as printer name in its associated .alc file.
Status = APUFindPrinterInstance("LPT1", FoundInst);
See Also
APUFindAlarmGroupInstance(), APUFindFileInstance(),
APUGetInstanceCount() Function
Returns the number of running instances of the Alarm Printer, up to a
maximum of 16 instances.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetInstanceCount(iCount);
Arguments
iCount
An integer tag that receives the number of instances.
Remarks
This function returns the number of instances to an integer tag as

parameter. Any instances beyond the first sixteen running
simultaneously are not dynamically controlled nor can their status be
obtained.
Example
ICount is an integer tag. A run-time value of 7 means that there are

currently seven instances of Alarm Printer running.
Status = APUGetInstanceCount( iCount );
See Also
APUFindPrinterInstance(), APUIsInstanceUsed()
APUIsInstanceUsed() Function
Returns a discrete value that indicates the instance is currently in use.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUIsInstanceUsed(iInstance);
Arguments
iInstance
The number of an instance of Alarm Printer (0 to 15).
Remarks
The result is either 0 or 1:

0 = instance is not used.
1 = instance is used.
Example
InUse is a discrete tag that is set to true (1), if instance 5 is in use, or

set to false (0), if instance 5 is not in use.
InUse = APUIsInstanceUsed(5);
See Also
APUFindPrinterInstance(), APUGetInstanceCount()
Querying Printer Information

Use the following functions to return the status of the Alarm Printer.
APUGetPrinterName() Function
APUGetPrinterStatus() Function
APUGetPrinterName() Function
Returns the Windows printer name or port name of the printer used by
this instance.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetPrinterName(iInstance, sTagPrinter);
Arguments
iInstance
The number of the Alarm Printer instance (0 to 15).
sTagPrinter
A message tag that receives the printer name or port name of the
configuration associated with the specified instance.
Remarks
This function returns the value NONE if no printer is configured for
an instance. The printer name is stored and read from the .alc file.
This function returns the printer name or port name to a message tag
as the sTagPrinter parameter.
Example
PrtName is a message tag that receives the printer name or port name
of the configuration associated with instance 3 of Alarm Printer.
Status = APUGetPrinterName(3,PrtName);
See Also
APUGetPrinterStatus()
APUGetPrinterStatus() Function
Returns the most recent status of the Windows printer used by this
instance.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUGetPrinterStatus(iInstance,iSelector,
iTagStatus);
Arguments
iInstance
iSelector
An integer value specifying the following:
0 = Get status for Alarm Printer Error
1 = Get status for Alarm Printer No Paper
2 = Get status for Alarm Printer Offline
3 = Get status for Alarm Printer Overflow
iTagStatus
An integer or real tag that receives the status of the printer
associated with specified instance number and the type of selection
made by the iSelector parameter.
Remarks
This function returns the printer status to an integer or real tag as the
iTagStatus parameter. The results are not current unless a query is
running and an alarm has been printed. The status typically updates
when the printer initially opens, and then each time an alarm line
prints.
This status information is being queried to the printer based on

Microsoft or Windows driver standards. Not all printer manufacturers
follow these standards. Therefore, not all printers return status
information.
Example
PrtStat is an integer tag that receives the "Printer Offline" status from
the printer associated with instance 5.
Status = APUGetPrinterStatus(5, 2, PrtStat);
See Also
APUGetPrinterName()
Setting Alarm Query Information

Use the following functions to set parameters used in the Alarm
Printer query.
APUSetAlarmGroupText() Function
APUSetQueryAlarmState() Function
APUSetQueryFromPriority() Function
APUSetQueryToPriority() Function
APUSetTimeoutValues() Function
APUSetAlarmGroupText() Function
Sets the Alarm Query alarm group text.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUSetAlarmGroupText(iInstance,sGroup);
Arguments
iInstance
sGroup
Alarm group text.
Remarks
A query cannot be running for this function to succeed.

Example
This example sets the query of the Alarm Printer instance 1 to

\InTouch!GroupA.
Status = APUSetAlarmGroupText(1, "\intouch!GroupA");
See Also
APUSetQueryAlarmState(), APUSetQueryFromPriority(),
APUSetQueryToPriority(), APUSetTimeoutValues()
APUSetQueryAlarmState() Function
Sets the alarm state for the query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUSetQueryAlarmState(iInstance, iState);
Arguments
iInstance
iState
An integer with following possible values:
0 = All
1 = Acknowledged
2 = Unacknowledged
Remarks
A query cannot be running simultaneously while running a script

using the APUSetQueryAlarmState() function.
Example
This example sets the query of the Alarm Printer instance 3 to query
for acknowledged alarms only.
Status = APUSetQueryAlarmState(3, 1);
See Also
APUSetAlarmGroupText(), APUSetQueryFromPriority(),
APUSetQueryFromPriority() Function
Sets the lower boundary or from priority of an alarm query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUSetQueryFromPriority(iInstance,iPriority);
Arguments
iInstance
iPriority
An integer value for the From Priority (1 to 999).
Remarks
A query cannot be running for this function to succeed.

Example
This example sets the From Priority value of the query associated with
the instance value of the Inst integer tag to the value of the FromPri
integer tag.
Status = APUSetQueryFromPriority(Inst, FromPri);
See Also
APUSetAlarmGroupText(), APUSetQueryAlarmState(),
APUSetQueryToPriority() Function
Sets the To Priority for the query.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUSetQueryToPriority(iInstance,iPriority);
Arguments
iInstance
iPriority
An integer value for the To Priority in the range of 1 to 999. It
should also be set higher than or equal to the From Priority value
of the same query of the specified instance.
Remarks
The To priority must be equal to or greater than the From priority to

set a valid alarm priority range. A script containing the
APUSetQueryToPriority() function cannot run at the same time as a
query.
Example
This example sets the To Priority value of the query associated with
the instance 0 to 240.
Status = APUSetQueryToPriority(0,240);
See Also
APUSetQueryFromPriority(), APUSetTimeoutValues()
APUSetTimeoutValues() Function
The APUSetTimeoutValues() function sets time-out intervals in
seconds. A time-out interval controls how many errors caused by
memory access or failing to obtain valid responses are observed while
program is running.
The default memory access time-out is two seconds. The default short
response wait time is 10 second and the default long response wait
time is 20 seconds.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUSetTimeoutValues(iMemory,iShort, iLong);
Arguments
iMemory
Integer - access time out
iShort
Short response wait time (integer)
iLong
Long response wait time (integer)
Example
Status = APUSetTimeoutValues(iMemory,iShort,iLong);
See Also
APUSetQueryFromPriority(), APUSetQueryToPriority()
Handling Alarm Printer Errors

Use the APUTranslateErrorCode() function to convert an Alarm
Printer error code to an error message.
APUTranslateErrorCode() Function
Converts an error code returned by one of the APU functions into an
English string that briefly describes the error code.
Category
View
Syntax
[Result=] APUTranslateErrorCode(iErrorCode,sTagMessage);
Arguments
iErrorCode
An integer error code, normally returned by most other APU
functions.
sTagMessage
A message tag that receives the error message.
Remarks
This function returns the error message to a message tag as

sTagMessage parameter. This function can fail if an unknown error
code is passed.
Example
This example sets the message tag errmsg to "No instance available."
if there is no instance 15 of Alarm Printer currently running.
Status =
APUTranslateErrorCode(APUSetAlarmGroupText(15,"$system"
), ErrMsg);
259
Chapter 9
Recording Alarms into an
Alarm Database
The InTouch Distributed Alarm system includes the Alarm DB Logger

utility that logs alarms and events to the alarm database.
Alarm DB Logger is an alarm consumer. You configure it with one or
more queries to select alarms from InTouch alarm providers. The
alarms selected by the queries are stored in a transient memory cache,
called the Smart Cache. The Alarm DB Logger writes the contents of
the Smart Cache to the alarm database as alarm and event records at
a periodic interval.
Alarms
A
Alarm Query
InTouch Alarm
Database
Alarm DB Logger
Smart Cache
A
B
B
A
C
The Alarm DB Logger can auto-reconnect. When the connection to the

database is lost, the logger checks for the database connection at
regular intervals. Logging resumes when the connection to the alarm
database is re-established.
The Alarm DB Logger reports all errors whether running as a service
or a normal application to the ArchestrA Logger.
260 Chapter 9 Recording Alarms into an Alarm Database
SQL Server Accounts for Alarm DB Logger

Manager
The Alarm DB Logger Manager creates and uses the following
accounts in the SQL Server database:
Account
Password
wwAdmin
wwadmin
wwPower
wwpower
wwUser
wwuser
Using the Alarm DB Logger Manager

Use the Alarm DB Logger Manager to start and stop logging
operations. The Alarm DB Logger Manager can start as a service or a
normal application.
You configure alarm logging using the Alarm DB Logger configuration
wizard, which you start from within the Alarm DB Logger Manager.
The Alarm DB Logger Manager shows the percentage fill of the Smart
Cache with alarm records. Alarms are cached when the SQL Server
connection is down or when alarms occur faster than Alarm DB Logger
can log them to the alarm database.
To open the Alarm DB Logger Manager
1
2
In the Tools view, expand Applications.

Double-click Alarm DB Logger Manager. The Alarm DB Logger
Manager appears.
Configuring Alarm Database Logging261
Configuring Alarm Database Logging

To log InTouch alarm and event data to the alarm database, do the
following from within the Alarm DB Logger Manager:
Configure the connection to the alarm database

Select which alarms to log to the alarm database
Set the interval to log records to the alarm database
Select which method to run the Alarm DB Logger
Configuring the Database Connection

You must establish a connection between the Alarm DB Logger and
the alarm database.
The Alarm DB Logger only works with SQL Server authentication and
the SQL Server authentication must be set to mixed mode.
To configure the database connection
1
Open the Alarm DB Logger Manager. Do the following:

a
Double-click Alarm DB Logger Manager.
Click Settings. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Configuration

wizard appears.
Configure the database connection. Do the following:

a
In the Server Name box, enter the node name of the computer
where the alarm database is installed.
In the Database box, type the name of the InTouch alarm

database.
In User Name box, type the user account name created for the
alarm database.
In the Password box, type the password associated with the

alarm database user account.
In the Logging Mode area, configure how records are stored. Do

either of the following:
Click Detailed to store a separate record for each alarm

condition (in alarm, acknowledged, and returned to normal).
Click Consolidated to store all states of an alarm (in alarm,

acknowledged, and returned to normal) in a single record with
time stamps for each transition.
5
Click Create to create the database, if required.
Click Test Connection to verify connectivity to the alarm database.

A message indicates a successful connection to the database.
Click Next to configure which alarms to log. See "Configuring

Which Alarms to Log" on page 262.
Configuring Which Alarms to Log

In the second page of the Alarm DB Logger Manager configuration
wizard, you define one or more queries to select alarms from InTouch
or Galaxy alarm providers. You also select a range of alarm priority
values that are part of the database query.
Use the following query syntax for remote nodes:
\\NodeName\Provider!AlarmGroup
Use the following query syntax for the local node:
\Provider!AlarmGroup
Example:
\\ProdSvr\InTouch!$System
The following is an example of using a Galaxy alarm provider. This
query gives you all alarms from a specific area.
\Galaxy!Area
To configure which alarms to log
1
Open the Alarm DB Logger Manager and start the configuration

wizard. Do the following:
a
Click Settings. The Alarm DB Logger Manager Configuration wizard appears.
Click Next. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Query Selection

page appears.
The read-only Alarm State box shows the alarm state for logging.
The read-only Query Type box shows the type of query.
3
In the From Priority box, enter the starting value of the alarm
priority range.
In the To Priority box, enter the ending value of the alarm priority
range.
In the Alarm Query box, type the alarm queries that you want to
use to store or retrieve data from the alarm database.
Click Next to configure the logging interval. See "Configuring the

Logging Interval" on page 263.
Configuring the Logging Interval

In the third page of the Alarm DB Logger Manager configuration
wizard, you configure advanced query settings. You can log events to
the alarm database. You can also tune the performance of alarm
logging by setting the frequency at which the alarm records are
written from internal alarm memory to the database.
The logging interval is not the same as the reconnect rate for the SQL
Server. The logging interval is the interval at which alarms should be
read. The reconnect rate depends on the time out for a connection
attempt associated with the SQL Server.
Setting the logging interval too low impacts system performance.
To configure the logging interval

1

a
Click Next. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Query Selection page

appears.
Click Next. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Advanced Setting page

appears.
Select the Log Events check box if you want to store InTouch event
records to the alarm database. You can also store events coming
from an ArchestrA Galaxy.
In the Performance Tuning area, type the interval in milliseconds

at which alarm records are written to the alarm database.
Click Finish.
Configuring Alarm DB Logger as a Service

You can configure the Alarm DB Logger to run as a Windows service.
To reduce the security exposure of running the Alarm DB Logger with
administrator privileges, the user account permissions have been set
to non-interactive to run the Alarm DB Logger as a service.
1
Log in to the computer as an administrator.

a
Click Next. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Query Selection page

appears.
Click Next. The Alarm DB Logger Manager - Advanced Setting page

appears.
In the Running Logger As area, click either Windows Service or

Normal Application.
Click Finish.
Starting and Stopping Alarm Database Logging

The Alarm DB Logger writes records to the alarm database. It starts
and runs either as a service or a normal application (depending upon
the running mode you select when you configure the Alarm DB
Logger).
To start or stop alarm logging
1
2

Double-click Alarm DB Logger Manager. The Alarm DB Logger
Manager appears.
The Smart Cache Status shows the percentage of the in-memory

cache holding alarm records.
3
Click Start to begin the alarm logging process.
Click Stop to end the alarm logging process.
Alarm Database Views

You can use a set of SQL Server database views to easily query past
and current alarm and event occurrences.
A database view is a single logical table that combines information
from multiple, underlying database tables. Database views are often
called as virtual database tables because they can be queried using
standard SQL statements, just as if they were real tables. When a
view is queried, it returns a set of records (or rows). Each row has
several columns of information that contain the data for the record.
You can use the alarm database views to perform complex queries. For
example, you can retrieve alarm records for all HiHi alarms that
occurred during a particular time span in a particular area of the
plant. Or, you can retrieve all data change events logged by a certain
alarm provider node.
All strings are Unicode in the views.
Alarm Database Views267
Alarm History View

The v_AlarmHistory view contains all historical alarms and alarm
transition events that occurred over a selected time range. The query
specifies start and end date and time (the EventStamp or
EventStampUTC column). The returned records include alarm
origination, alarm acknowledge, alarm enable, alarm disable, and
alarm return-to-normal events.
The following table describes the view columns:
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
Date and time of alarm event (in local time of database).
AlarmState
nChar
State of alarm: one of UNACK, UNACK_RTN, ACK,

ACK_RTN.
TagName
nChar
Name of the object that generated the alarm, such as

TIC101.
Description
nVarchar
Description string of the alarm. Can default to object

description (or comment in the InTouch HMI).
Or acknowledge comment for acknowledged records.
Area
nChar
Name of the Area or Group for the alarm.
Type
nChar
Type of alarm, such as Hi, HiHi, ROC, PV.HiAlarm.
Value
nChar
Value of alarm variable at time of alarm.
CheckValue
nChar
Value of alarm limit at time of alarm.
Priority
Integer
Alarm priority.
Category
nChar
Alarm class or alarm category. Such as Value, Dev,

ROC, Process, Batch, System, and so on.
Provider
nChar
Provider of alarm: node/InTouch, or GalaxyName.
Operator
nChar
Name of the operator.
DomainName
nChar
Name of the domain.
UserFullName
nChar
Full name of user in operator

(for example, Joseph P. Smith).
UNACKDuration
Float
The time between the most recent alarm transition

(alarm or sub-state) and the acknowledgement, if any.
User1
Float
User-defined field number 1.
User2
Float
User 3
nChar
User-defined field, string.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStampUTC
DateTime
UTC date/ time of alarm event.
Millisec
Small Int
Fractional seconds for event stamp in increments

of 0.1 msec.
OperatorNode
nvarchar(32)
Name of the node where the operator acknowledged the

alarm.
The v_AlarmHistory2 view is a variation of the v_AlarmHistory view.

Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
Date and time of alarm event (in local time of database).
AlarmState
nChar

ACK_RTN, ACK_ALM, UNACK_ALM
TagName
nChar

TIC101.
Description
nVarchar
Description string of the alarm. Can default to object

description (or comment in InTouch). Or acknowledge
comment for acknowledgement records.
Area
nChar
Type
nChar
Type of alarm, such as Hi, HiHi, ROC, PV.HiAlarm.
Value
nChar
CheckValue
nChar
Priority
Integer
Alarm priority.
Category
nChar
Alarm class or alarm category. Such as Value, Dev,

ROC, Process, Batch, System, and so on.
Provider
nChar
Provider of alarm: node/InTouch, or GalaxyName.
Operator
nChar
Name of operator: JoeR (if any).
DomainName
nChar
Name of domain.
UserFullName
nChar

AlarmDuration
Float
The time between onset of the alarm and return to

normal.
User1
Float
User2
Float
Column Name
Datatype
Description
User 3
nChar
EventStampUTC
DateTime
UTC date/ time of alarm event.
Millisec
Small Int

of 0.1 msec.
Example Query - Alarm History View

This example selects all records from the Alarm History view:
SELECT * FROM v_AlarmHistory
This example selects all records from the Alarm History view with a
priority greater than 100:
SELECT * FROM v_AlarmHistory WHERE Priority >100
Event History View

The v_EventHistory database view lists all historical events that
occurred over a selected time range. The query client specifies the
starting and ending date and time range. The returned records include
all non-alarm events.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
Date and time of event.
TagName
nChar
Name of the object that generated the event, such as

Pump1.
Description
nVarChar
Description string of the event. Can default to object

description, or comment in InTouch.
Area
nChar
Name of the Area or Group for the event.
Type
nChar
Type of event, such as "Operator data change", "Startup",

and so on.
Value
nChar
New Value (if any).
CheckValue
nChar
Old Value (if any).
Category
nChar
Event category or class, such as Value, Process, Batch,

System, and so on.
Provider
nChar
Generator of event, such as node/InTouch, or View Engine

name for user change.
Operator
nChar
Name of operator1: JoeR (if any).
Column Name
Datatype
Description
DomainName
nChar
Name of domain.
UserFullName
nChar

User1
Float
User2
Float
User 3
nChar
EventStampUTC
DateTime
UTC date/ time of event.
Millisec
Small Int
Fractional seconds for event stamp in increments of 0.1

msec.
Alarm Event History View

The v_AlarmEventHistory database view provides a historical list of
all events and alarms that occurred over a selected time range. The
query client specifies start and end date and time. The returned
records include all alarms and events. This view combines the alarm
view and event view into one and represents the union of the records
from those views.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
AlarmState
nChar

ACK_RTN. Does not apply for events.
TagName
nChar

TIC101.
Description
nVarchar
Description string of the alarm/event. Can default to

object description (or comment in InTouch).
Area
nChar
Type
nChar
Type of alarm or event, such as Hi, HiHi, ROC,

PV.HiAlarm, Operator data change, and so on.
Value
nChar
CheckValue
nChar
Value of alarm limit at time of alarm, or old value for

event.
Priority
Integer
Alarm priority.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
Category
nChar
Alarm or event class, or alarm category, such as Value,

Process, Batch, System, and so on.
Provider
nChar
Provider of alarm, such as node/InTouch, or GalaxyName.
Operator
nChar
Name of acknowledgement operator or data change

operator.
DomainName
nChar
Name of domain.
UserFullName
nChar

UNACKDuration
Float
Number of milliseconds from the most recent alarm

transition to ACK.
User1
Float
User2
Float
User 3
nChar
EventStampUTC
DateTime
Millisec
Small Int

of 0.1 msec.
The v_AlarmEventHistory2 view is a variation of the

v_AlarmEventHistory view.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
AlarmState
nChar

ACK_RTN. Does not apply for events.
TagName
nChar

TIC101.
Description
nVarchar
Description string of the alarm/event. Can default to

object description (or comment in InTouch).
Area
nChar
Type
nChar
Type of alarm or event, such as Hi, HiHi, ROC,

PV.HiAlarm, Operator data change, and so on.
Value
nChar
Column Name
Datatype
Description
CheckValue
nChar
Value of alarm limit at time of alarm, or old value for

event.
Priority
Integer
Alarm priority.
Category
nChar
Alarm or event class, or alarm category, such as Value,

Process, Batch, System, and so on.
Provider
nChar
Operator
nChar
Name of acknowledgement operator or data change

operator.
DomainName
nChar
Name of domain.
UserFullName
nChar

AlarmDuration
Float
Number of milliseconds from the onset of alarm to the

return to normal (RTN).
User1
Float
User2
Float
User 3
nChar
EventStampUTC
DateTime
Millisec
Small Int
Fractional seconds for event stamp in increments of 0.1

msec.
Example Query - Alarm Event History View

The following example selects the data in the TagName, Area and
Type columns for all records that have a tagname of MyTag1, an alarm
state of ACK_RTN or ACK. The results are ordered by the alarm
provider.
SELECT TagName, Area, Type FROM v_AlarmEventHistory
WHERE TagName=MyTag1
AND (AlarmState=ACK_RTN OR AlarmState=ACK)
ORDER BY Provider
AlarmSuite Alarm Log View

The v_AlarmSuiteAlarmLog database view provides a view of
historical alarms and events that returns a table that has the same
columns as the actual AlarmSuite table called AlarmLog. Queries that
work against the AlarmSuite AlarmLog table also work against this
view, except that the table name in those queries must be changed to
the view name.
Column Name
Datatype
Description
EventStamp
Datetime
Date and time of the event.
EventType
NChar
Type of the event, as defined by AlarmSuite.
AlarmType
NChar
Type of the alarm.
AlarmState
NChar
Acknowledgement state of the alarm.
NodeName
NChar
Node of alarm.
TagName
NChar
Name of the object reporting alarm.
GroupName
NChar
Name of alarm group or area.
Comment
NChar
Acknowledge comment (if any).
Value
Float
Value of alarm variable.
Limit
Float
ValueString
NChar
See the AlarmSuite table.
Operator
NChar
Operator name.
Priority
Integer
Priority.
Units
NChar
Return as "" in 7.11.
Example Query - AlarmSuite Alarm Log View

The following example selects all distinct tagnames from the view:
SELECT Distinct TagName FROM v_AlarmSuiteAlarmLog
Alarm Database Stored Procedures

You can use a set of SQL Server stored procedures to easily retrieve
information for analysis and reporting of alarms and events.
A stored procedure is a collection of SQL statements that perform a
specific function and return data from the database. Stored procedures
can accept input parameters that govern how they are to operate, and
they return data in the form of a result set.
The returned results are a set of records and appear as a SQL record
set very similar to a SQL Server database view. Stored procedures can
improve performance because they exist in the database with their
embedded SQL statements and reduce round-trips back to the client.
For more information about stored procedures, including how to view
the definitions for them, see your Microsoft SQL Server
documentation.
Calling a Stored Procedure

Call a stored procedure using the EXECUTE statement.
EXECUTE sp_AlarmCounter @StartDate=2007-01-01,
@EndDate=2007-03-31, @Tagname = tag1, @Type = LO,
@Provider = WW21353\InTouch, @Comment = SSAADD
In this example, the StartDate and EndDate parameters are required.

The remaining parameters are optional. If you do not provide a value
for a parameter, it is not used to filter the result set.
If a stored procedure includes a date/time variable, you can use any
valid format specified in the SQL Server documentation.
AlarmCounter Database Stored Procedure

This stored procedure returns the number of times a unique alarm
occurred in a time interval. A unique alarm is identified by its
TagName, Provider, Alarm Type, and Category.
The counter only applies to the number of alarm originations (not
transitions such as acknowledges or returns-to-normal). So, for
example, if an alarm occurred and then was acknowledged and then
returned to normal, the count for that alarm is only 1 (not 3).
The query must specify the starting and ending date and time. It has
five optional parameters: TagName, Class, Type, Provider and
Comment.
Alarm Database Stored Procedures275
An example question answered by this view: How many times did

object TIC101 (TagName) on provider Node1|InTouch (Provider) go
into a Value alarm (Category) that was HiHi (Type) during a time
span?
Note: The AlarmCounter stored procedure applies only to the Detailed
logging mode and is not supported by Consolidated logging.
sp_AlarmCounter
Column Name
Datatype
Description
TagName
Nchar

TIC101.
GroupName
Nchar
Name of the area or group for the alarm
AlarmType
Nchar
Type of alarm such as Hi, HiHi, ROC, PV, HiAlarm.
AlarmClass
Nchar
Alarm class or alarm category such, as Value, Process,

Batch, etc.
AlarmCount
Integer
Number of onsets of the alarm during the time range.

If an alarm occurs prior to the starting date and time, it is
not included in the count.
Priority
Integer
Alarm priority.
Provider
Nchar
Comment
Nchar
The alarm comment.
An example query is:

EXECUTE sp_AlarmCounter @StartDate=2007-01-01 23:23:23,
@EndDate=2007-03-31 23:23:23, @Tagname = $NewAlarm
EventCounter Database Stored Procedure

This database stored procedure provides the count of the number of
events of a certain type on a certain tag that occurred in a time
interval. The query client must specify start and end date and time. It
has three optional parameters: TagName, Provider and Comment. The
counter applies only to non-alarm events. The purpose of this view is
to show frequency of each event. For example, how many times did the
pump turn on? The TagName, Provider, Category and Type are used
to uniquely identify an event and do the counting.
sp_EventCounter
Column Name
Datatype
Description
TagName
NChar
Name of the object that generated the alarm, such as TIC101
Area
NChar
Type
NChar
Type of event.
Category
NChar
Alarm class or alarm category, such as Value, Process,

Batch, etc.
EventCount
Integer
Number of times the event of this Type for the TagName has
occurred in the specified time range.
Provider
NChar
Provider of event: node/InTouch, or GalaxyName.
Comment
NChar
The event comment.
An example query is:

EXECUTE sp_EventCounter @StartDate=2007-01-01 23:23:23,
@EndDate=2007-03-31 23:23:23, @Tagname = $NewAlarm
277
Chapter 10
Viewing Recorded Alarms
You use the Alarm DB View ActiveX control to visualize data from the
alarm database. Use this control to show all alarm and event
information generated from an InTouch application during run time.
For this control, you can configure:
Context sensitive menu features

Display mode
List control options
Colors for different properties
Font type, style and size
Database specifications (server name, user ID and password)
Query filters
Column management
Sorting
Run-time users can change options while the application is running to
select the data they are viewing. They can:
Sort the information within a column

Update the display
Perform a query
Resize the width of a column
278 Chapter 10 Viewing Recorded Alarms
Configuring the Alarm DB View Control

When you configure the Alarm DB View control, you:
Configure the connection to the alarm database.

Configure the appearance of the grid.
Select a display font.
Configure the visual appearance.
Set which features the user can access while the application is
running.
Configure which alarms to show.

Create custom filters.
Set the colors for the types of alarm records.
Configure the time format shown.
Configure the sort order of alarm records shown.

You must configure the connection between the Alarm DB View
control and the alarm database.
Use an account with appropriate read-only access to the alarm
database and not a system administrator account.
To configure the connection to the alarm database
1
Right-click the Alarm DB View control and then click Properties.

The AlmDbViewCtrl Properties dialog box appears.
Click the Database tab.
Configuring the Alarm DB View Control279
Configure the connection to the alarm database. Do the following:

a
In the Database Name box, type the database name.
In the User box, type the name of a valid user account.

user account.
Select the Auto Connect check box to have the Alarm DB View
control automatically connect to the alarm database when the
InTouch application starts running.
If you do not select the Auto Connect check box, you must
configure the Alarm DB View control to connect to the alarm
database by explicitly calling the Connect() method. For more
information about the Connect method, see "Connect() Method" on
page 330.

A message indicates a successful connection.
Click Apply.

You can configure properties that determine the visual appearance of
the Alarm DB View control.
To configure the appearance of the grid
1

Configure the general appearance. Do the following:
Click the Show Grid check box to show the grid.

Click the Silent Mode check box to prevent the control from
showing any error messages at run time.
Click the Show Message check box to show a message if the

alarm query does not return any records. Type the message to
show in the box.
Click the Show Heading check box to show the control heading.
Click the Show Status Bar check box to show the status bar.
4
Click Apply.

You can select the font of all text that appears in the Alarm DB View
control.
1


Click Apply.
Selecting Alarm or Event Data

You can configure if alarm records, event records, or both appear in an
Alarm DB View control.
To select the type of data
1

In the Display Mode list, click the type of historical records from
the list:
Click Alarm & Event History to show both alarm and event
historical database records.
Click Alarm History to show only historical alarm records.

Click Event History to show only historical event records.
4
Click Apply.
Selecting and Configuring Display Columns

For the Alarm DB View control, you can:
Select and order the columns.

Set the width of a column in pixels.
Rename a column.
At least one column must be selected.
Important: The column names are reset to default column names if
the display mode is changed. It is better to select the display mode first
before changing the column names.

1

Click Column Details. The Column Details dialog box appears.
In the Name column, select the check boxes next to the names of
the columns that you want to appear in the Alarm DB View
control. You must select at least one column from the list.
Column
Name
Description
Time
Shows the time at which the alarm occurred.
State
Shows the state of the alarm.
Class
Shows the alarm category.
Type
Shows the alarm type.
Priority
Shows the alarm priority.
Name
Shows the tag or source that caused the alarm

or event.
Group
Shows the alarm group name.
Provider
Shows the name of the alarm provider.
Value
Shows the value of the tag when the alarm

occurred.
Limit
Shows the alarm limit value of the tag.
Operator
Shows the logged-on operators ID associated

Operator Full
Name
Shows the logged-on operators full name.
Column
Name
Description
Operator
Node
Shows the logged on operators node associated

In a Terminal Services environment, this is the
name of the client computer that the operator
established the Terminal Services session from.
If the node name can't be retrieved, the node's
IP address is used instead.
Operator
Domain
Shows the logged on operators domain

associated with the alarm condition.
Alarm
Comment
Shows the tags comments. This comment was

typed in the Alarm Comment box when the
tags alarm was defined in the database.
When an acknowledgement comment is
introduced for alarms, the new comment is
updated in this comment column.
User1
Shows the numerical values of User Defined

User2
Shows the numerical values of User Defined

User3
Shows the string value of the user defined

string property associated with the alarm.
Duration
Shows the unacknowledgement duration or the

alarm duration, depending on what has been
selected by the operator.
UTC Time
Shows the time of the alarm in UTC.
Rearrange columns by selecting the column name and using the up

and down arrows. The column name appearing at the top of the
Column Details dialog box is the left-most column of the alarm
control.
To change the name of a column or its width, select the column and
click Edit. The Edit dialog box appears.
In the New Name box, type the new column name.
In the New Width box, type the column width. The column
width can range from 1 to 999 pixels.
Click OK.
Click Reset to Default to return to the default column detail

settings.
Click Apply.
Controlling Which Features You Can Access at

Run Time
You can enable and disable the shortcut menu features available at
this control.
To configure run-time features
1

In the Context-Sensitive Menu Options area, configure which

menu commands are available at run time.
Select the Enable Refresh Menu check box to enable the

Refresh menu option in the shortcut menu of the control at run
time. The Refresh menu refreshes the control to the database,

and if the connection is successful, it shows the set of records in
the range 1 to number defined by the MaxRecords property.
Select the Enable Reset Menu check box to enable the Reset
menu option in the shortcut menu of the control at run time.
The Reset menu arranges all the columns to the settings saved
at design time.
Select the Enable Sort Menu check box to enable the Sort menu
option on the shortcut menu of the control at run time. This
menu shows the Secondary Sort menu used to set the
user-defined sorting of columns.
Select the Enable Filter Menu check box to enable the Filter
menu option on the shortcut menu of the control at run time.
This menu shows the filter menu used to set the user-defined
filtering criteria.
4
Click the Resize Column check box to allow resizing the columns.
Select the Row Selection check box to enable selecting alarm

records.
Select the Retrieve buttons check box to show the retrieval

buttons at the right side of the control.
Click Apply.
Configuring the Shown Time Format and Time

Zone for Alarm Records
You can configure the time format and time zone for alarm records
shown in the Alarm DB View control.
To configure time format
1

The AlmDBViewCtrl Properties dialog box appears.
Click the Time/Sort tab.
In the Time Format list, click a time format:

String
character
Description
Example
Two-digit day
31
Three-letter month abbreviation
Aug
Four-digit year
2007
Two-digit month
11
Date division function
06/2007
Two-digit year
07
#x
Full day and date
Friday, August
09, 2002
Full month name
September
Dash date division punctuation
06-07
String
character
Description
Example
Period date division

punctuation
06.07
Comma date division

punctuation
Aug 09, 2007
24 hour time
22:15
Time division punctuation as in

4:41
Minute
AM or PM display
Seconds
16:41:07
Fractions of a second
16:41:07.390
12 hour time with AM/PM

designation
04:41 PM
00:41
You can also manually enter your own format string in the list box
using custom text and the formatting characters. Some sample
time format character strings are shown below:
Time Format String
Display
%d %b
09 Aug
%m/%d/%Y
08/09/2002
%#x
Friday, August 09, 2002
%Y-%m-%d
2002-08-09
%m/%d/%Y %H:%M %p
08/09/2002 16:56 PM
%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%s %p
08/09/2002 16:56:38.07
%I:%M %p
04:56 PM
In the Displayed Time Zone list, click the desired time zone:
Time Zone
Description
GMT
Alarm time stamps use Greenwich Mean Time.
Local Time
Alarm time stamps are shown with the local

time of the client hosting the Alarm DB View
control.
Origin Time
Alarm time stamps are shown with the local

time of the alarm provider.
Click Apply.
Selecting the Time Period of Data from the Alarm

Database
You can set query values to select records based on the selected time.
You can also configure the maximum number of records to view, the
start and end time of the alarm query, and the query time zone.
To select the time period of data
1

Click the Selection tab.
To use a pre-defined time interval that always queries for data

using the UTC time zone, click an interval from the Duration list.
To use a specific start time and end time, click Use Specific Time
and then configure the details.
a
In the Start Time box, enter the start time to retrieve the
alarm records. The string must be in MM/DD/YYYY
HH:MM:SS format. Use any date in any time zone from
midnight, January 1, 1970, to January 18, 19:14:07, 2038.
In the End Time box, enter the end time to stop retrieving
In the Query Time Zone area, click either UTC or Origin Time.
UTC time is Greenwich Mean Time, also known as
Coordinated Universal Time or Zulu. Origin time is the current
time in the operators time zone.
In the Duration Column area, configure which type of duration is

shown. Duration is measured in milliseconds.
Click UnAck Duration to show the time between the most

recent alarm transition (alarm or sub-state) and the
acknowledgement, if any.
Click Alarm Duration to show the amount of time elapsed

between the initial occurrence of an alarm and the time at
which it returned to a normal state.
6
In the Maximum Records box, type the number of records to view

from the control at one instance. The valid range of maximum
records is from 1 to 1000.
Click Apply.
About Query Time Zones

The Query Time Zone options are Origin Time and UTC.
Origin time is the local time in the operators time zone.

UTC time is Greenwich Mean Time, also known as Coordinated
Universal Time or Zulu.
If Use Specific Time is selected, you can select between the two query
time zone options. If Use Specific Time is not selected, the selected
Duration predefined time interval always queries for data using the
UTC time zone.
To avoid problems during the Daylight Saving Time switch, we
recommend that you always use UTC in Query Time Zone. If you use
Local Time instead, it is possible that alarm records will be missing for
the transition period from Daylight Saving Time to Normal Time.
If you are running several different computers with different time zone
settings, and they are all logging to the same alarm database, each
record will get the time stamps in UTC, plus the time zone offset and
daylight saving adjustment needed to convert that time stamp to the
corresponding Origin Time. As a result, every entry in the database
has two time stamps: the UTC time and the Origin Time from the
computer that did the logging. This makes retrievals faster. In the
table entries, the UTC time is identified as the "Transition Time" and
the Origin Time is identified as the "EventStamp."
Creating Custom Filters and Using Filter

Favorites
You can select which records are included in your query results. For
example, you can select a filter by the date of a record or the state of
the alarm. You can select multiple fields to limit or expand your query
results.
If you do not define a custom filter, all records are returned.
If you translated strings for language switching, you cannot use those
strings as filter criteria. Translated strings are stored outside of the
alarm database.
To create custom filters
1

Click the Query Filter tab.
In the left pane, select filter fields and then click Add to include
them in the filter, which is shown in the right pane. The filter
fields are described in the following table:
Field name
Filters query by:
State
Alarm state. For more information,

see "Values for the State Column" on
page 294.
Class
Alarm class.
Type
Alarm type.
Priority
Alarm priority.
Name
Alarm name.
Group
Alarm group name.
Provider
Alarm provider.
Value
Alarm value. Values in the Value

column are shown as alphanumeric
values. The comparisons of these values
in the Query Filter are done as string
comparisons.
Limit
Alarm limit. Values are alphanumeric.

The comparisons of these values in the
Query Filter are done as a string
comparisons.
Operator
Operator.
OperatorFullName
Operators full name.
OperatorNode
Operators node name associated with

the alarm.
OperatorDomain
Operators domain name associated with

the alarm.
Comment
Alarm comment.
User1
Alarm user-defined numeric value 1.
User2
Field name
Filters query by:
User3
Alarm user-defined string value.
Duration
Unacknowledgement and alarm

duration. A Duration column set equal to
zero does not produce records with a null
value in the query.
To remove a field from the filters pane, click the field you want to
delete and click Delete. Deleting a filter cannot be undone. When a
message appears, click Yes.
Configure the criteria for each filter field. For more information,
see "Defining the Column Filter Criteria" on page 292.
Configure the operators and grouping for the filter. For more
information, see "Grouping Alarm Columns" on page 293.
Configure the query favorites file. Do the following:
In the Filter Favorites File box, type the network path and file
button. The Filter Favorites window opens, allowing you to
add, modify, or delete filters from your favorites file. When you
are done, click OK to save your changes and close the window.
Click Apply.
Defining the Column Filter Criteria

For each column filter you include in the query, you must configure the
filter criteria. For example, you might want to only see alarms for a
specific operator.
To define a column filter
1
Right-click the field and then click Edit Filter. The Define Filter
dialog box appears.
In the Operator list, select the operator you need.
In the Value box, type the criteria that must be matched. The Value
box does not accept values that cannot be processed for the selected
query. The Value box accepts the following wildcard characters
when the Like and Not Like filter operators are used for
alphanumeric column names:
Character
Description
Any string of zero or more characters.
Any single character.
[]
Any single character within the specified range,

for example [a-f], or within a set, for example
[abcdef].
[^]
Any single character not within the specified

range, for example [â-f], or set, for example
[âbcdef].
The following Value box limits apply to different fields:
Field
Limit
All fields
All alphanumeric characters except User1, User2

and Priority.
Priority
Accepts integer values from 1 to 999.
User1,
User2
Accepts only negative, positive or fractional

numbers.
Click OK.
Grouping Alarm Columns

When more than one field is defined, the columns are combined using
Boolean operators.
The AND operator returns records that meet all values of the
selected fields.
The OR operator returns records that meet the values of any of the
selected fields.
To use AND/OR operators to set the filter selection criteria, the
respective fields must be grouped together. Only a single filter
expression can be created on an item in the filters pane. If multiple
expressions are needed, then the item must be added to the filters
pane again.
By default, the grouped fields have the AND operator.
The AND and OR operators are parent nodes. The fields selected
under each parent node are child nodes. You cannot drag fields parent
nodes to child nodes.
To group alarm columns
1
Right-click the field and then click Group.
Drag a field onto another field.
Copying or Moving Query Filters

If you have more than one instance of Alarm DB View control and
want to use the same filters for multiple instances, you can copy or cut
the defined filters from one instance and paste them to another filter.
To copy filters
1
Define the filters in the first instance of the Alarm DB View

control.
Right-click the filters and click Copy. To move the filters, click Cut.
Close the first instance of the Alarm DB View control.
Open the next instance of the Alarm DB View control and click the
Query Filter tab.
Position the arrow in the right pane. Right-click a selected filter

and click Paste.
Values for the State Column

When you add the State column to your filter query, you may assign
values from the Value menu in the Define Filter dialog box. The values
available are described in the following table:
Value
Description
ACK
Produces a query of all system

acknowledgements.
ACK_ALM
Produces a query of all acknowledged

alarms.
UNACK_ALM
Produces a query of all unacknowledged

alarms.
ACK_RTN
Produces a query of all acknowledged alarms

that have returned to normal.
UNACK_RTN
Produces a query of unacknowledged alarms

that have returned to normal.
Value
Description
All UNACK Records
Produces a query of all unacknowledged

records.
All ACK Records
Produces a query of all acknowledgement

records.
All ALM Records
Produces a query of all alarm records.
All RTN Records
Produces a query of all alarms that have

returned to normal.
Note: When a tag in expanded summary alarm mode is used to create

an alarm, which returns to normal when the main alarm is
acknowledged, two records are created. The first record is the
acknowledged and returned to normal record as the new alarm is
already in a returned to normal state. The second record is
acknowledged, which corresponds to acknowledging the main alarm.
The previous implementation of ACK_ALM has been changed to ACK.
Configuring Colors for Various Types of Alarm

Records
You can set the colors for alarm and event records.
To configure alarm display colors
1

Configure the color for each of the following by clicking the color
box to open the palette.
Option
Description
Alarm Return
Forecolor
Sets the foreground color of records for

alarms that return to normal.
Alarm Return
Backcolor
Sets the background color of records for

alarms that return to normal.
Event Forecolor
Sets the foreground color of events records
Event Backcolor
Sets the background color of events records
In the Alarm Priority boxes, type the breakpoint values for the
alarm display. You can assign breakpoint values so that alarms
will appear in different colors depending on the Alarm Priority.
The default minimum and maximum alarm priority values are 1
and 999, respectively.
For example, you set the Unack Alm Forecolor to be orange for the
priority range of 250 to 499 and red for the priority range of 1 to
249. If an alarm occurs with a priority of 254, it is shown in an
orange font. If an alarm occurs with a priority of 12, it is shown in
a red font.
Configure the color for each of the following by clicking the color
box to open the palette.
Option
Description
Unack Alm
Forecolor
Sets the foreground color for each color priority

range for unacknowledged alarms.
Unack Alm
Backcolor
Sets the background color for each color priority

range for unacknowledged alarms.
Ack Alm
Forecolor
Sets the foreground color for each color priority

range for acknowledged alarms.
Ack Alm
Backcolor
Sets the background color for each color priority

range for acknowledged alarms.
Click Apply.
Using an Alarm DB View Control at Run Time297
Configuring the Sort Order for Alarm Records

You can control the way the alarm records are sorted in the control.
1

Click the Time/Sort tab.
In the Primary Sort Column list, click the name of the primary sort
column. Only visible columns appear in the Sort Column list. If
you do not see the column you want, click the General tab and
select the column from Column Details.
In the Secondary Sort Column list, click the name of the secondary
sort column.
Select Ascending or Descending as the sort direction.
Click OK.
Using an Alarm DB View Control at Run Time

Depending on how the control is configured, you can:
Retrieve and refresh the data.

Sort the data.
Filter the data.
Select rows.
Change the column order by dragging them.
Reset all the columns to the settings saved at design time.
Sorting Records
You can sort records in the display. Click on the heading to sort all the
rows.
Right-click in the control and click Sort to open the Secondary Sort
dialog box, where you can do single and multiple column sorting, in
ascending or descending order.
To specify the columns to be sorted, select the check box beside the
column name. Use the Sort Order arrow keys to rearrange the columns.
If multiple alarm events have the same time stamp, they may not
appear in the expected order.
For example, if the desired sorting is in descending order based on the
alarm state first, then:
1
Select both the Date and State check boxes.
Select the State row.
Click the up sort order arrow.
In the Sort Type area, click Descending.
Click OK.

The status bar shows the current status of the control.
The left frame shows the server name and the database connected.
The middle frame shows the number of the records that is shown
out of the total number of records that is returned by the query.
The right side of the frame shows the connection status with the
server.
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Properties

You can set the value an Alarm DB View control property directly
using a script or you can assign it to an InTouch tag or I/O reference.
For more information about setting properties, see Scripting ActiveX
For more information on setting color values, see "Configuring Colors
for ActiveX Controls" on page 82.
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Properties299
AckAlmBackColor Property
Gets or sets the acknowledged alarm background color. This setting
overrides the individual range color settings for acknowledged alarms
(AckAlmBackColorRange1 to AckAlmBackColorRange4).
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.AckAlmBackColor [= color]
Value
color
A value or constant that determines the color of the background.
AckAlmBackColorRange1 Property
Gets or sets the acknowledged alarm background color. This color
applies to the records shown in the control with state ACK_ALM with
priorities in the range 1 to ColorPriorityRange1.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.AckAlmBackColorRange1 [= color]
Value
color
priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange1 to ColorPriorityRange2.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
AckAlmForeColor Property
Gets or sets the acknowledged alarm foreground color. This setting
overrides the individual range color settings for acknowledged alarms
(AckAlmForeColorRange1 to AckAlmForeColorRange4).
Type
Integer
Default
Black
Syntax
Object.AckAlmForeColor [= color]
Value
color
A value or constant that determines the color of the text.
AckAlmForeColorRange1 Property
Gets or sets the acknowledged alarm foreground color. The color
priorities in the range 1 to ColorPriorityRange1.
Type
Integer
Default
Black
Syntax
Object.AckAlmForeColorRange1 [= color]
Value
color
Type
Integer
Default
Black
Syntax
Value
color
Type
Integer
Default
Black
Syntax
Value
color
priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
Type
Integer
Default
Black
Syntax
Value
color
AckRtnBackColor Property
Gets or sets the background color of acknowledged alarms that return
to normal (ACK_RTN).
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.AckRtnBackColor [= color]
Value
color
AckRtnForeColor Property
Gets or sets the text color of acknowledged alarms that return to
normal (ACK_RTN).
Type
Integer
Default
Blue
Syntax
Object.AckRtnForeColor [= color]
Value
color
AlmRtnBackColor Property
Gets or sets the returned alarm background color. This color applies to
the records shown with state ALM_RTN.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.AlmRtnBackColor [= color]
Value
color
AlmRtnForeColor Property
Gets or sets the returned alarm foreground color. This color applies to
the records shown with state ALM_RTN.
Type
Integer
Default
Blue
Syntax
Object.AlmRtnForeColor [= color]
Value
color
AutoConnect Property
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the control automatically
connects to the database at run time.
Data Type
Integer
Default
False
Syntax
Object.AutoConnect [= Integer]
Value
Integer
An integer expression specifying whether the control connects to
the database at run time.
True = Connects to the database.
False = (Default) Does not connect to the database.
Remarks
You must explicitly call the Connect() method to connect to the

database.
ColorPriorityRange1 Property
Sets the boundary of the priority range in which alarms are to be
shown. The value of this property must be greater than one and less
than the value for ColorPriorityRange2.
Type
Integer
Default
250
Syntax
Object.ColorPriorityRange1 [= integer or priority]
shown. The value of this property must be greater than the value for
ColorPriorityRange1 and less than the value for ColorPriorityRange3.
Type
Integer
Default
500
Syntax
shown. The value of this property must be greater than the value of
ColorPriorityRange2 and less than 999.
Type
Integer
Default
750
Syntax
ColumnResize Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the columns can be
resized.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.ColumnResize [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = (Default) Columns can be resized at runtime.
False = Columns cannot be resized.
ConnectStatus Property
Returns the status of the connection. This property is read-only.
Data Type
Message
Syntax
Object.ConnectStatus
Values
Connected = The control is connected to the database.

Not Connected = The control is not connected to the database.
In Progress = The control is connecting to the database.
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tagname is a message tag.

Tagname = #AlmDbView1.ConnectStatus;
CustomMessage Property
Gets or sets the message that the Alarm DB View control shows when
no alarm records can be retrieved from the alarm database.
Type
Message
Default
There are no items to show in this view.

Syntax
Object.CustomMessage [= string]
DatabaseName Property
Specifies the database to connect to.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.DatabaseName [= text]
DisplayMode Property
Returns the display mode of the control, which determines if just
alarms, just events, or both alarms and events are shown. This
property is read-only.
Type
String
Default
Alarms & Events History

Syntax
Object.DisplayMode
Remarks
Possible values are:

Alarms & Events History
Alarms History
Events History
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tag is a message tag.

tag = #AlmDbView1.DisplayMode;
DisplayedTimeZone Property
Gets or sets the shown time zone.
Type
String
Default
Local Time
Syntax
Object.DisplayedTimeZone [= message]
Remarks
Possible values are:

GMT - Alarm time stamps use Greenwich Mean Time.
Local Time - Alarm time stamps are shown with the local time of
the client hosting the Alarm DB View control.
Origin Time - Alarm time stamps are shown with the local time of
the alarm provider.
Duration Property
Gets or sets the duration used to set the start and end time.
Type
Message
Default
"Last Hour"
Syntax
Object.Duration [= text]
Value
text
A string expression that contains the duration. This property must
have one of the following strings:
Last Minute
Last 5 Minutes
Last 15 Minutes
Last Half Hour
Last Hour
Last 2 Hours
Last 4 Hours
Last 8 Hours
Last 12 Hours
Last Day
Last 2 Days
Last 3 Days
Last Week
Last 2 Weeks
Last 30 days
Last 90 days
EndTime Property
Returns or sets the end time.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.EndTime [= text]
Value
text
A string expression that evaluates to the end time. The string
returned is always in the format (MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS). The
same format is also required to set the value of the string. This
property handles date in any time zone from midnight, January 1,
1970, to January 18, 19:14:07, 2038.
EventBackColor Property
Gets or sets the event alarm background color. This color applies to the
records shown in the control with state EVT_EVT.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.EventBackColor [= color]
Value
color
EventForeColor Property
Gets or sets the event alarm foreground color. This color applies to the
records shown in the control with state EVT_EVT.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Syntax
Object.EventForeColor [= color]
Value
color
FilterFavoritesFile Property
Gets or sets the filter favorites file. This file is used by the Filter
Favorites dialog box to read or write filter favorites.
Type
String
Default
Null
Syntax
Object.FilterFavoritesFile [= String]
FilterMenu Property
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the Filter menu item is
shown in the shortcut menu.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.FilterMenu [= Discrete]
Value
True = Filter menu item is shown (default).

False = Filter menu item is not shown.
FilterName Property
Returns the name of the current filter (if any).
Type
String (read-only)
Default
Null
Syntax
Object.FilterName [= String]
FromPriority Property
Gets or sets the From Priority value of the control.
Type
Integer
Default
1
Syntax
Object.FromPriority [= integer]
Remarks
You can use this property to filter which alarm records are shown. For
example, if you set this property to 760, then only alarms with priority
from 760 to the ToPriority property value are shown.
GroupExactMatch Property
When the GroupExactMatch property is true, only alarms with alarm
group names that exactly match the GroupName property value are
shown. When it is false, then the group name need only specify part of
the alarm group names it is filtering for.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.GroupExactMatch [= discrete]
Remarks
Use this property together with the GroupName property to filter the
Alarm DB View control.
Example
For example:
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.GroupName = "Group"
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.GroupExactMatch = 0;
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.Refresh();
GroupName Property
Gets or sets a alarm group name filter for the current Alarm DB View
control.
Type
String
Default
(none)
Syntax
Object.GroupName [= GroupName]
Remarks
Setting this property to "GroupA" and re-querying the display shows

only tags belonging to the GroupA alarm group.
MaxRecords Property
Returns or sets the maximum records to be retrieved.
Type
Integer
Default
100
Syntax
Object.MaxRecords [=integer]
Value
integer
An integer expression specifying the number of records to be
retrieved at a given time. The maximum records can be in the
range from 1 to 1000. For best performance keep this value as
small as needed.
Password Property
Returns or sets the SQL Server password for retrieving data.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.Password [= text]
Value
text
A string expression that evaluates to the password.
PrimarySort Property
Gets or sets the primary column name used to sort the alarm display.
Type
Message
Default
(none)
Syntax
Object.PrimarySort [= message]
ProviderExactMatch Property
When the ProviderExactMatch property is true, only alarms with
alarm provider names that exactly match the ProviderName property
value are shown. When it is false, then the provider name need only
specify part of the alarm provider names it is filtering for.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.ProviderExactMatch [= discrete]
Remarks
Use this property together with the ProviderName property to filter

the Alarm DB View control.
Example
For example:
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.ProviderName = "Provider"
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.ProviderExactMatch = 0;
#AlarmDBViewCtrl1.Refresh();
ProviderName Property
Gets or sets a alarm provider name filter for the current Alarm DB
View control.
Type
String
Default
(none)
Syntax
Object.ProviderName [= ProviderName]
Remarks
If a tag belongs to the Provider1 alarm provider, then setting this

property to "Provider1" and re-querying the display shows only tags
belonging to the Provider1 alarm provider.
QueryTimeZoneName Property
Gets or sets the time zone when a specific time is used for the query.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.QueryTimeZone [= Discrete]
Value
True = GMT
False = Origin time, which is the local time of the alarm provider.
RefreshMenu Property
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the Refresh menu item
is shown in the shortcut menu.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.RefreshMenu [= Discrete]
Value
True = Refresh menu item is shown (default).

False = Refresh menu item is not shown.
ResetMenu Property
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the Reset menu item is
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.ResetMenu [= Discrete]
Value
True = Reset menu item is shown (default).

False = Reset menu item is not shown.
RowCount Property
Returns the number of records shown in the control. This property is
read-only.
Type
Integer
Syntax
Object.RowCount
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tagname an integer tag.

tagname = #AlmDbView1.RowCount;
RowSelection Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the row selection is
allowed at run time.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.RowSelection [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = (Default) Row selection is allowed.
False = Row Selection is not allowed.
Remarks
If row selection is not allowed, no Click or DoubleClick events are

generated.
SecondarySort Property
Gets or sets the secondary column name used to sort the alarm
display.
Type
Message
Default
(none)
Syntax
Object.SecondarySort [= text]
ServerName Property
Returns or sets the server name to which the control connects to
retrieve data.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.ServerName [= text]
ShowFetch Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the retrieval buttons
are shown.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.ShowFetch [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = (Default) Retrieve buttons are shown.
False = Retrieve buttons are not shown.
ShowGrid Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the grid lines are
shown.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.ShowGrid [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = Grid lines are shown.
False = (Default) Grid lines are not shown.
ShowHeading Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the column headings
are shown.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.ShowHeading [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = (Default) Column headings are shown.
False = Column headings are not shown.
ShowMessage Property
Determines if the customized message for "There are no items to show
in this view" is shown when there are no records in the alarm
database.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.ShowMessage [= discrete]
ShowStatusBar Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the status bar is
shown.
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.ShowStatusBar [= Discrete]
Value
Discrete
True = (Default) Status bar is shown.
False = Status bar is not shown.
SilentMode Property
Gets or sets a value that determines whether the control is in Silent
mode.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.SilentMode [= Discrete]
Value
True = Silent mode is on.

False = Silent mode is off (default).
SortMenu Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the Sort menu item is
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.SortMenu [= Discrete]
Value
A discrete expression.
True = (Default) Sort menu item is shown
False = Sort menu item is not shown.
SortOrder Property
Gets or sets the sort order of the alarms according to the column to be
sorted (the primary sort column).
Type
Discrete
Default
True
Syntax
Object.SortOrder [= discrete]
Value
An discrete expression.
True = Ascending order.
False = Descending order.
SpecificTime Property
Returns or sets a value that determines whether the control uses the
StartTime and EndTime properties, or computes the start time and
end time based on the value of the Duration property.
Type
Discrete
Default
False
Syntax
Object.SpecificTime [= Discrete]
Value
True = StartTime and EndTime properties are used.

False = (Default) StartTime and EndTime are computed based on the
"Duration" property.
StartTime Property
Returns or sets the start time.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.StartTime [= text]
Value
text
A string expression that evaluates to the Start Time. The string
returned is always in the format (MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS). The
same format is also required to set the value of the string. This
property handles date in any time zone from midnight, January 1,
1970, to January 18, 19:14:07, 2038
Time Property
Gets and sets the time format to be used in the display.
Type
Message
Default
%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
Syntax
Object.Time [= message]
Remarks
For more information on the time format strings, see "Configuring the
Shown Time Format and Time Zone for Alarm Records" on page 286.
ToPriority Property
Gets or sets the To Priority value of the control.
Type
Integer
Default
999
Syntax
Object.ToPriority [= integer]
Remarks
Use this property to filter which alarm records are shown. For
example, if you set this property to 900, then only alarms with priority
from the FromPriority property value to 900 are shown.
TotalRowCount Property
Returns the total number of records for the current query. This
property is read-only.
Type
Integer
Syntax
Object.TotalRowCount
Remarks
The row count is the number of rows returned in the current query,
which usually would be same as MaxRecords property except for the
case when number of records retrieved are less than the MaxRecords
property. For example, if there are 950 records for a specific criterion
and the MaxRecords property is 100, then in the last page there would
be 50 records and the row count would be 50. In the same example, the
TotalRowCount property would always be 950.
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tagname is an integer tag.
tagname = #AlmDbView1.TotalRowCount;
UnAckAlmBackColor Property
Gets or sets the unacknowledged alarm background color. This color
applies to all records shown in the control with state UNACK_ALM. It
overrides any settings made by the UnAckAlmBackColorRange1 to
UnAckAlmBackColorRange4 property values.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.UnAckAlmBackColor [= color]
Value
color
A value or constant that determines the color of the specified
object.
UnAckAlmBackColorRange1 Property
applies to the records shown in the control with state UNACK_ALM
with priorities in the range 1 to ColorPriorityRange1.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Object.UnAckAlmBackColorRange1 [= color]
Value
color
object.
with priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange1 to
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
object.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
object.
with priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
Type
Integer
Default
White
Syntax
Value
color
object.
UnAckAlmForeColor Property
Gets or sets the unacknowledged alarm text color. This color applies to
all records shown in the control with state UNACK_ALM. It overrides
any settings made by the UnAckAlmForeColorRange1 to
UnAckAlmForeColorRange4 property values.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Syntax
Object.UnAckAlmBackColor [= color]
Value
color
UnAckAlmForeColorRange1 Property
Gets or sets the unacknowledged alarm foreground color. This color
with priorities in the range 1 to ColorPriorityRange1.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Syntax
Object.UnAckAlmForeColorRange1 [= color]
Value
color
object.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Syntax
Value
color
object.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Syntax
Value
color
object.
with priorities in the range ColorPriorityRange3 to 999.
Type
Integer
Default
Red
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Methods329
Syntax
Value
color
object.
UnAckOrAlarmDuration Property
The duration column shows either UNACK Duration or Alarm
Duration. FALSE (0) is UNACK Duration and TRUE (1) is Alarm
Duration.
Type
Integer
Default
False
Syntax
Object.UnAckOrAlarmDuration [= integer]
UserID Property
Returns or sets the user ID used as the control to connect to the SQL
Server to retrieve the data.
Type
Message
Syntax
Object.UserID [= text]
Value
text
A string expression that evaluates the user ID.
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Methods

Use the Alarm DB View ActiveX methods to:
Control the database connection.

Retrieve records from the alarm database.
Retrieve information about an alarm.
Reset the display appearance.

Sort alarm records.
Show the Context menu.
Access filter favorites.
Controlling Database Connections

Use the Connect() method to connect to the alarm database and the
Disconnect() method to disconnect.
Connect() Method
Connects the control to the database and if the connection is
successful, shows the set of records in the range 1 to MaxRecords.
Syntax
Object.Connect
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1.

#AlmDbView1.Connect();
Disconnect() Method
Disconnects the control from the database.
Syntax
Object.Disconnect
Example

#AlmDbView1.Disconnect();
Retrieving Records from the Database

Use the following methods to select a query, retrieve records from the
database, and refresh the display:
SelectQuery() Method
GetPrevious() Method
GetNext() Method
Refresh() Method
Sets the current display to the query name specified in the .xml file.
Syntax
Object.SelectQuery(QueryName);
Parameters
QueryName
Name of a query defined in the filter favorites file.
Example
This example applies the filter criteria defined by the query called
"HighPriority" in the filter favorites file that is currently associated
with the AlmDbView1 control.
#AlmDbView1.SelectQuery("HighPriority");
GetPrevious() Method
Retrieves the previous set of records from the database (if any).
Syntax
Object.GetPrevious();
Example

#AlmDbView1.GetPrevious();
GetNext() Method
Retrieves the next set of records from the database (if any).
Syntax
Object.GetNext
Example

#AlmDbView1.GetNext();
Refresh() Method
Refreshes the control from the database, and if the connection is
successful, displays the set of records in the range 1 to MaxRecords.
Syntax
Object.Refresh
Remarks
After initiating a refresh of the Alarm DB View control's display by

calling its Refresh() method, the value of the RowCount and
TotalRowCount properties change to -1 until the refresh is complete
(that is, all relevant records are retrieved from the database). When
the refresh is complete, both properties are updated with the correct,
current row count.
The Refresh() method works asynchronously - it returns control to the
calling script immediately and continues working in the background.
This means that querying the value of RowCount and TotalRowCount
immediately after calling Refresh() most likely returns -1, as their
value is queried at a time when the refresh still hasn't completed. One
way to get the correct values would be to use scripting to determine
when the value of either property changes from -1 to a different value;
this tells you that the correct values are now available.
Example

#AlmDbView1.Refresh();
Retrieving Information About an Alarm

Use the following methods to retrieve records from the database about
a particular alarm:
GetItem() Method
GetSelectedItem() Method
GetItem() Method
Returns the data at a specified row & column as string.
Syntax
Object.GetItem(Integer, message)
Parameters
Integer
An integer expression that evaluates to a specific row in the
control.
Message
control.
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tag is defined as a

Message tag.
tag = #AlmDbView1.GetItem(1, "Group");
GetSelectedItem() Method
Returns the data for the selected row, given column as string
Syntax
Object.GetSelectedItem(message)
Parameters
Message
An string expression that evaluates to the column name in the
control
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tag is defined as Message

tag.
tag = #AlmDbView1.GetSelectedItem("State");
Sorting the Alarm Records

Use the following methods to sort alarm records and reset column
resizing:
SortOnCol() Method
ShowSort() Method
Reset() Method
SortOnCol() Method
Performs primary sorting on alarm records that are shown.
Syntax
Object.SortOnCol(message, Integer)
Parameters
Message
control
Integer
Sort direction to be used. 0 = ascending, 1 = descending.
Example

tag = #AlmDbView1.SortOnCol("Name",1);
ShowSort() Method
Shows the Secondary Sort dialog box if the SortMenu property is
enabled.
Syntax
Object.ShowSort
Example

#AlmDbView1.ShowSort();
Reset() Method
Resets all the columns to the settings saved at design time.
Syntax
Object.Reset
Example

#AlmDbView1.Reset();
Showing the Context Menu

Use the ShowContext() method to show the shortcut menu.
ShowContext() Method
Shows the shortcut menu if any one of RefreshMenu or ResetMenu or
SortMenu property is enabled.
Syntax
Object.ShowContext
Example

#AlmDbView1.ShowContext();
Accessing Filter Favorites

Use the ShowFilter() method to show the Filter Favorites dialog box.
ShowFilter() Method
Shows the Filter Favorites dialog box.
Syntax
Object.ShowFilter
Example

#AlmDbView1.ShowFilter();
Showing Other Information

Use the AboutBox() method to show the About dialog box.
AboutBox() Method
Syntax
Object.AboutBox
Example

#AlmDbView1.AboutBox();

Properties
Use the SilentMode property to determine whether the control is in
silent mode or not. When the control is in silent mode, no error
messages are shown. To see the error, call the GetLastError() method
to return the error message.
GetLastError() Method
Returns the last error message if the Alarm DB View control is in
silent mode.
Syntax
Object.GetLastError()
Example
The name of the control is AlmDbView1 and tagname is defined as

variant or string.
Tagname = #AlmDbView1.GetLastError();
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Events to Trigger

Scripts
You can assign QuickScripts to Alarm DB View control events, such as
a mouse click or double-click. When the event occurs, the QuickScript
runs.
The Alarm DB View control supports the following events:
Click
DoubleClick
ShutDown
StartUp
The Click event has one parameter called ClicknRow, which identifies
the row that is clicked at run time.
The DoubleClick event has one parameter called DoubleClicknRow,
which identifies the row that is double-clicked at run time.
Using Alarm DB View ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts337

DoubleClick events are published, the bar count in the display starts
with 0.
Note: The Alarm DB View control ignores the user interface methods
when they are called from StartUp event, because the control is not
visible yet. These methods include: ShowSort(), ShowContext(),
GetSelectedItem(), GetNext(), GetPrevious(), and AboutBox().

339
Chapter 11
Analyzing Alarm Distribution
Across Tags
Using the Alarm Pareto ActiveX control, you can analyze which
alarms and events occur most frequently in a given production system.
You can also analyze alarm frequency by the time periods during
which they occur.
The analysis capabilities of the Alarm Pareto control identify the
largest issues of your production systems. The Alarm Pareto control
helps you recognize where you should focus your efforts to achieve the
most significant improvements.
The Alarm Pareto control shows a bar chart representing alarm
activity.
Configuring an Alarm Pareto ActiveX Control

When you configure an Alarm Pareto control, you specify:
The connection to the alarm database.

The appearance of the pareto control, including colors and fonts.
Which features users can access at run time.
Which alarms are shown in the chart and how they are presented.
340 Chapter 11 Analyzing Alarm Distribution Across Tags
Configuring the Connection to the Alarm

Database
You must configure the connection between the Alarm Pareto control
and the alarm database.
It is good practice to use an account with appropriate read-only access
to the alarm database and not a system administrator account.
To configure the connection to the alarm database
1
Right-click the Alarm Pareto control and then click Properties.

The AlarmPareto Properties dialog box appears.
Configure the connection. Do the following:
In the Database Name box, type the name of the alarm

database.
In the User box, type the name of a valid user account for the
alarm database.

alarm database user account.
Select the Auto Connect check box if you want the Alarm Pareto
control to automatically connect to the alarm database as soon as
WindowViewer starts up.
If you dont select the Auto Connect check box, you must configure
the Alarm Pareto control to connect to the alarm database by
explicitly calling the Connect() method. For more information
about the Connect method, see "Connect() Method" on page 356.
Configuring an Alarm Pareto ActiveX Control341

A message indicates a successful connection.
Click Apply.
Configuring the Appearance and Colors of the

Alarm Pareto Control
You can configure the visual appearance of the Alarm Pareto control.
You can:

Set the orientation of the Pareto chart bars.
Include descriptions of chart bars.
Select the colors of the Alarm Pareto chart.
To set the appearance of the Alarm Pareto control
1
Right-click the Alarm Pareto control and then click Properties. The
AlarmPareto Properties dialog box appears.
Configure the general options. Do the following:

Property
Description
Bar Count
Sets the number of bars to view in the Alarm

Pareto control.
Display Mode
This list shows the available view options.

The options are Alarm & Event History,
Alarm History, and Event History.
No-Match
Message
Sets the message to show when no data is

processed from the Alarm Pareto control.
Property
Description
Vertical
Shows the bars on a vertical scale.
Horizontal
Shows the bars on a horizontal scale.
Show Status
Bar
Enables the status bar.
Silent Mode
The Alarm Pareto control does not show

run-time error messages. If it is not selected,
the alarm display shows error messages.
Error messages are always sent to the
Logger.
Auto Font
When the space available is not enough to

show the text on the selected bar correctly,
Auto Font hides the text and only shows the
text when the bar is selected.
Show Node
Name
Shows the node name on the bar graph.
Show Selected
in Status Bar
Shows the description of a selected bar on the

status bar.
Consolidated
Alarms
Consolidate the alarm states into two states.

For example, if an analog tag has a
three- state alarm: Hi, HiHi and Normal,
the Hi and HiHi alarm states are classified
as one state.
Show Count in
Percentages
Shows the bars based on the percentage of

count to the total count.
Show Time in
State
Shows the Alarm Pareto control based on the

time each tag is in an alarm state.
This option is only enabled when the display
mode is set to Alarm History.
Click Apply.
Click the Colors tab.
Click each color box to open a color palette.
Click the color that you want to assign for each of the following
chart properties:
Property
Description
Background
Color
Sets the background color of the Alarm

Pareto chart
Bar Color
Sets the bar color of the chart
Font Color
Sets the color of text that appears in the chart
Select Color
Sets the color of a selected bar
Click Apply.

You can assign font properties to text that appears in your Alarm
Pareto chart.
1

Click OK.
Configuring Which Features Users can Access at

Run Time
An Alarm Pareto chart includes a shortcut menu. When an operator
right-clicks on the trend during run time, a menu appears with options
to dynamically update the data shown in the trend.
To configure run time features

1
In the Context Sensitive Menu Options area, configure the menu

commands:
Select the Enable Refresh Menu check box to allow the run
time user to refresh the data shown in the Alarm Pareto trend
and show the records in the range from 1 to the number
defined by the MaxRecords property.
Select the Enable Filter Menu check box to allow the user to
show the Filter Favorites dialog box to select a file containing
database query values for the Alarm Pareto trend.
Select the Enable Reset Menu check box to allow the user to
restore the run-time Alarm Pareto chart to the original values
specified from WindowMaker. All run-time changes made by
an operator revert to the original design-time values.
Click Apply.
Configuring Which Alarms to Analyze

You configure which alarms to analyze using the Alarm Pareto chart.
You specify:
The type of database data (alarm or event data)

A time period to select records from
Criteria for filtering the data
Selecting Alarm or Event Data

You can configure if alarm records, event records, or both appear in an
Alarm Pareto chart.
To select the type of data
1
In the Display Mode list, configure the type of records. Do any of

the following.
Click Alarm & Event History to show both alarm and event
historical database records.
Click Alarm History to show only historical alarm records.

Click Event History to show only historical event records.
4
Click Apply.
Selecting the Time Period

You can set query values to select records based on the selected time.
You can also configure the maximum number of records to view, the
start and end time of the alarm query, and the query time zone.
To select the time period of data
1
To use a pre-defined time interval that always queries for data

using UTC, click an interval from the Duration list.
To use a specific start time and end time, click Use Specific Time
and then configure the details.
a
In the Start Time box, enter the start time to retrieve the
In the End Time box, enter the end time to stop retrieving
In the Query Time Zone area, click either UTC or Origin Time.
UTC time is Greenwich Mean Time, also known as
Coordinated Universal Time or Zulu. Origin time is the current
time in the operators time zone.
In the Maximum Records box, type the number of records to view

from the control at one instance. The valid range of maximum
records is from 0 to 1000000.
Click Apply.
Creating Custom Filters Using Filter Favorites

You can select which records are included in your query results. For
example, you can select a filter by the date of a record or the state of
the alarm. You can select multiple fields to limit or expand your query
results.
If you do not define a custom filter, then a default filter that queries all
records is used.
To create custom filters
1
Click the Query Filter tab.
In the left pane, select filter fields and then click Add to include
them in the filter, which is shown in the right pane. The filter
fields are described in the following table:
Field name
Filters query by:
Class
Alarm class.
Type
Alarm type.
Priority
Alarm priority.
Name
Alarm name.
GroupName
Alarm group name.
Provider
Alarm provider.
Limit
Alarm limit. Values are alphanumeric.

The comparisons of these values in the
Query Filter are done as a string
comparisons.
Field name
Filters query by:
Operator
Operator.
OperatorFullNa
me
Operators full name.
OperatorNode
Operators node name associated with the

alarm.
OperatorDomain
Operators domain name associated with

the alarm.
Comment
Alarm comment.
User1
User2
User3
Alarm user-defined string value.
Duration
Unacknowledgement and alarm duration.

A Duration column set equal to zero does
not produce records with a null value in the
query.
To remove a field from the filters pane, click the field you want to
delete and click Delete. Deleting a filter cannot be undone. When a
message appears, click Yes.
Configure the criteria for each filter field. For more information,
see "Defining the Column Filter Criteria" on page 350.
Configure the operators and grouping for the filter. For more
information, see "Grouping Alarm Columns" on page 351.
Configure the filter favorites file.
In the Filter Favorites File box, type the network path and file
button. The Filter Favorites window opens, allowing you to
add, modify, or delete filters from your favorites file. When you
are done, click OK to save your changes and close the window.
Click Apply.
Defining the Column Filter Criteria

For each column filter you include in the query, you must configure the
filter criteria. For example, you might want to only see alarms for a
specific operator.
To define a column filter
1
Right-click the field and then click Edit Filter. The Dialog dialog box
appears.
In the Operator list, select the operator you need.
In the Value box, type the criteria that must be matched. The Value
box does not accept values that cannot be processed for the selected
query. The Value box accepts the following wildcard characters
when the Like and Not Like filter operators are used for
alphanumeric column names:
Character
Finds
Any string of zero or more characters
Any single character
[]
Any single character within the specified range,

for example [a-f], or within a set, for example
[abcdef].
[^]
Any single character not within the specified

range, for example [â-f], or set, for example
[âbcdef].
The following Value box limits apply to different fields:
Field
Limit
All fields
All alphanumeric characters except User1, User2

and Priority.
Priority
Accepts integer values from 1 to 999.
User1,
User2
Accepts only negative, positive or fractional

numbers.
Click OK.
Grouping Alarm Columns

When more than one field is defined, the columns are combined using
Boolean operators.
The AND operator returns records that meet all values of the
selected fields.
The OR operator returns records that meet the values of any of the
selected fields.
To use AND/OR operators to set the filter selection criteria, the
respective fields must be grouped together. Only a single filter
expression can be created on an item in the filters pane. If multiple
expressions are needed, then the item must be added to the filters
pane again.
By default, the grouped fields have the AND operator.
The AND and OR operators are parent nodes. The fields selected
under each parent node are child nodes. You cannot drag fields parent
nodes to child nodes.
To group alarm columns
1
Right-click the field and then click Group.
Drag a field onto another field.
Copying or Moving Query Filters

If you have more than one instance of Alarm Pareto control and want
to use the same filters for multiple instances, you can copy or cut the
defined filters from one instance and paste them to another filter.
To copy filters
1
Define the filters in the first instance of the Alarm Pareto control.
Right-click the filters and click Copy. To move the filters, click Cut.
Close the first instance of the Alarm Pareto control.
Open the next instance of the Alarm Pareto control and click the
Query Filter tab.
Position the arrow in the right pane. Right-click on a selected filter

and click Paste.
Configuring the Presentation of the Analysis

Results
You can configure the presentation of the alarms in the query results.
To configure the presentation
1
Select the Consolidated Alarms check box to combine alarms from

a multi-state alarm into a single time stamped record.
Select the Show Count in Percentages check box to add a

percentage of the total for each bar shown in the graph.
Click Apply.
Using an Alarm Pareto Control at Run Time

Right-click on the Alarm Pareto control during run time to open a
shortcut menu. The following table lists all possible options that
appear in the shortcut menu.
Menu Option
Description
Refresh
Refreshes the display.
Filter
Allows you to edit the filter to change the data

received by the Pareto control. This menu item is
only available if a filter favorites file is set up.
Reset
Resets the graph to the default query.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Properties353
Understanding Information Shown on the Status

Bar
The status bar for the Alarm Pareto control shows:
The status of the database connection between the control and the
alarm database.
The update status of the graph to refresh the data shown in the
graph.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Properties

You can set the value an Alarm Pareto control property directly using
a script or you can assign it to an InTouch tag or I/O reference. For
more information about setting properties, see Scripting ActiveX
The following table list the Alarm Pareto properties. For information
on setting color values, see "Configuring Colors for ActiveX Controls"
on page 82.
Property Name
Purpose
AutoConnect

whether the control connects to the
database as soon as the control is in
run-time mode.
AutoFont
When the space available is not enough

to show the text on the selected bar
correctly, Auto Font hides the text and
only shows the text on the selected bar
when the bar is selected.
BackGndColor
Sets the background color of the Alarm

Pareto chart
BarColor
Sets the bar color of the Alarm Pareto

control.
BarCount
Sets the number of bars that appear on

the Alarm Pareto control.
BarSelectColor
Sets the color of the selected bar in the

Alarm Pareto Control.
Connected
Determines if the Alarm Pareto control is

connected to a database.
Property Name
Purpose
ConsolidatedAlarms
Consolidates the alarm states into two

states. For example, if an analog tag has
a three state alarm: Hi, HiHi and
Normal, the Hi and HiHI alarm states
are classified as one state.
DatabaseName
Sets the database name to which the

Alarm Pareto control has to connect.
DisplayMode
Sets the display mode. The display mode

options are Alarm & Event History,
Alarm History or Event History.
Duration
Returns or sets the duration used by the

control to set the "Start Time" and
"End Time".
EnableRefresh
Enables or disables the context menu to

refresh the Alarm Pareto control.
EnableReset
Enables or disables the context menu

used to reset the Alarm Pareto control.
EnableSilentMode
Enables or disables the Silent Mode.

If Silent Mode is disabled, the Alarm
Pareto control shows error message
boxes. If Silent Mode is enabled, the error
message boxes do not appear.
Error information is written to the
logger.
EndTime
Returns or sets the end date and time.
FilterMenu
Enables or disables the context menu

where you can edit the filter to change
the data received by the Pareto control.
This property is only enabled if Filter
Menu Files is set.
FilterFavoritesFile
Specifies the filter favorites file, as a

string.
Font
Sets the font for the records and the

heading in the control.
FontColor
Sets the font color for the view of records

in the Alarm Pareto control.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Properties355
Property Name
Purpose
HorizontalChart
Shows the chart as horizontal bars.

If HorizontalChart is disabled, the chart
shows vertical bars.
MaxRecords
Returns or sets a value that specifies the

maximum records to be retrieved at a
given time.
NoMatchMessage
Sets the message that appears when

there is no data to be processed for the
Alarm Pareto control.
QueryTimeZone
Sets the time zone to either UTC Time or

Origin Time.
ServerName
Returns the current server name.
ShowCountPercentage
If selected, shows the count for each bar

as a percentage of the total count. If not
selected, shows the actual count for each
bar.
ShowNodeName
Sets the Alarm Pareto control to show

the node name in addition to the other
information on the bar.
ShowSelectedInStatus
Bar
Enables or disables to show the

information from the selected bar on the
status bar.
ShowStatusBar

whether the status bar is shown.
ShowTimeinState

whether the Alarm Pareto control shows
the bars based on the time in which the
tag has remained in alarm state.
If disabled, the control shows the bars
based on the number of times an alarm
has occurred.
SpecificTime

whether the control uses the "start time"
and "end time" properties, or computes
the start time and end time based on the
value of the Duration property.
Property Name
Purpose
StartTime
Returns or sets the start date and time.
User
Returns or sets the User used as the

control to connect to the SQL Server.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Methods

Use the Alarm Pareto ActiveX methods to:
Control the database connection.

Retrieve records from the database.
Retrieving information about specific pareto bars.
Controlling Database Connections

Use the Connect() method to connect to the alarm database.
Connect() Method
Connects to the database configured from the Database tab of the
Alarm Pareto control properties.
Syntax
Object.Connect()
Example
The name of the control is AlarmPareto1.

#AlarmPareto1.Connect();
Retrieving Records from the Database

Use the following functions to retrieve records from the database:
Refresh() Method
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Methods357
Refresh() Method
Refreshes the control from the database, and if the connection is
successful, shows the set of records in the range from 1 to the number
defined by the MaxRecords property.
Syntax
Object.Refresh()
Example
#AlarmPareto1.Refresh();
Selects a filter that is configured as a query favorite file.
Syntax
Object.SelectQuery(Filter)
Parameter
Filter
The name of the query filter.
Example

#AlarmPareto1.SelectQuery("MyFilter");
Retrieving Information About Specific Pareto

Bars
Use the following functions to retrieve information about specific
pareto bars:
GetItemAlarmName() Method
GetItemAlarmType() Method
GetItemCount() Method
GetItemTotalTime() Method
GetItemEventType() Method
GetItemProviderName() Method
GetItemAlarmName() Method
Gets the name of the alarm for a specific bar.
Syntax
Object.GetItemAlarmName(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
The index of the bar.
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemAlarmName(1);
GetItemAlarmType() Method
Gets the type of alarm for a specific bar.
Syntax
Object.GetItemAlarmType(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemAlarmType(1);
GetItemCount() Method
Gets the number of alarms in a bar.
Syntax
Object.GetItemCount(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemCount(1);
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Methods359
GetItemTotalTime() Method
Gets the total time, in seconds, of a tag in an alarm state.
Syntax
Object.GetItemTotalTime(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemTotalTime(1);
GetItemEventType() Method
Gets the type of event for a specific bar.
Syntax
Object.GetItemEventType(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemEventType(1);
GetItemProviderName() Method
Gets the name of the provider from the generated alarms for a specific
bar.
Syntax
Object.GetItemProviderName(BarIndex)
Parameter
BarIndex
Example

#AlarmPareto1.GetItemProviderName(1);
Showing Miscellaneous Information

Use the AboutBox() method to show the About dialog box.
AboutBox() Method
Syntax
Object.AboutBox()
Example

#AlarmPareto1.AboutBox();

Properties
The Alarm Pareto control handles run-time error messages based
upon the Silent Mode option. For more information, see "Configuring
the Appearance and Colors of the Alarm Pareto Control" on page 341.
If Silent Mode is selected, the Alarm Pareto control does not show
run-time error messages. If it is not selected, the alarm display shows
error messages. All Alarm Pareto error messages are sent to the
Logger.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Events to Trigger

Scripts
You can assign QuickScripts to Alarm Pareto control events, such as a
mouse click or double-click. When the event occurs, the QuickScript
runs.
The Alarm Pareto control supports the following events:
Click
DoubleClick
ShutDown
StartUp
The Click event has one parameter called ClicknBarIndex, which
identifies the index of the bar that is clicked at run time.
Using Alarm Pareto ActiveX Events to Trigger Scripts361
The DoubleClick event has one parameter called

DoubleClicknBarIndex, which identifies the index of the bar that is
double-clicked at run time.
DoubleClick events are published, the bar count in the display starts
with 0.
Note: The Alarm Pareto control ignores the user interface methods
when they are called from the StartUp event, because the control is not
visible yet. These methods include: AboutBox() and Refresh().

363
Chapter 12
Maintaining the Alarm
Database
You manage the alarm database using two InTouch utilities. Use the
Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility to remove records from the database
permanently or archive them to files. If the database becomes corrupt,
use the Alarm DB Restore utility to restore archived records.
The following figure shows how both utilities purge/archive records
and then restore them back to the database.
Alarm Database
Alarm DB
Purge/Archive
Log File
Purge
Request
Alarm Records
Alarm Records
Purge Records
Archive Records
Archive Records
Archive
Files
Alarm Records
Alarm DB
Restore
Log File
You must be logged into the computer as an administrator to use the

Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility.
364 Chapter 12 Maintaining the Alarm Database
Configuring Purge or Archive Settings

Use the Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility to:
Select the type of records to purge from the alarm database.

Purge records automatically on a daily, weekly, or monthly
schedule.
Optionally archive purged database records to files.

Save the status of archive or purge operations to a log file to
troubleshoot problems.
Show the status of purge or archive operations.

Important: The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility runs as a set of
Windows services. To reduce the security exposure of running the
Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility with administrator privileges, the user
account permissions are set to non-interactive.

Before you can use the Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility, you must
connect to the alarm database.
To configure the database connection
1
Open the Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility. Do the following:

a
Double-click Alarm DB Purge-Archive.
Configuring Purge or Archive Settings365
Configure the database connection. Do the following:

a
In the Server Name list, click the node name of the server.
In the Database box, type the name of the alarm database.
In the User Information area, type the user name and password
of an alarm database user account.
Click Test Connection to test the connection to the database. A

message indicates if the connection to the alarm database is
successful. Click OK.
Click Apply.
Configuring How Much Data to Purge from the

Server
You can:
Select the type of alarm records to be purged from the alarm

database.
Optionally archive purged records from the alarm database to files.

Select the folder location to store the purge log file.
You can select the type of table that needs to be purged, either the
AlarmDetail or AlarmConsolidated table.
All data from the day previous to the number specified is purged. Valid
entries are 0-9999. If you select 0, all records are purged from the
alarm database except the current days records.
To select records to purge
1

a
In the Purge Properties area, configure the type of records to

purge. Do either of the following:
Click Detailed Mode to purge alarm records that are saved in

the database in Detailed mode.
Click Consolidated Mode to purge alarm records that are

saved in the database in Consolidated mode.
4
In the Days Online box, type the number of days worth of records
to retain in the alarm database.
Click Apply.
Configuring the Archive of Purged Data

You archive the records purged from the alarm database and then
restore them using the Alarm DB Restore utility.
When you purge the alarm database, the Alarm DB Purge-Archive
utility automatically creates a set of nine archive files that correspond
to the purged alarm database tables. Each file contains the purged
records of a single table.
The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility assigns names to the archive files

based upon the table name, date, and time when the purge operation
occurred. For example, the name of the archive file for the
AlarmMaster table that was purged on June 22, 2007 at 5:30 p.m. is
formatted like the following:
AlarmMaster_06222007_1730.txt
To configure the archive
1

a
Select the Archive check box.
In the Archive Folder Path box, type the folder location where
archive files should be saved or click the ellipsis button to browse
for the location.
Select the Create Unique Folders check box if you want the archive
files to be placed in an individual sub-folder beneath the archive
file folder.
Click Apply.
Configuring Log File Settings

The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility generates status messages
during a purge operation. You can view these messages online from
the utilitys Status window. The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility also
writes purge messages to the purge log file named WWAlmPurge.log.
The example below shows the messages stored in the log file after a
successful purge operation.
Purge Started on 12:16:48 PM 6/22/2007
Starting transaction....
Archiving Table ProviderSession...
Archiving Table Query...
Archiving Table Cause...
Archiving Table Alarm Master...
Archiving Table OperatorDetails...
Archiving Table Alarm Detail...
Archiving Table Comment...
Archiving Table Events...
Archiving Table TagStatus...
Purging records in the database...
Committing....
Purge Completed On 12:16:52 PM 6/22/2007
144 records from AlarmMaster were purged along with the
related records from other tables.
By default, the purge log file is stored in this folder: C:\Documents

and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Wonderware\InTouch. For
computers running the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system, the
default application folder is C:\Users\UserName\Documents\My
InTouch Applications.
You can change the storage location of the purge log file.
The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility appends new messages to the log
file each time a purge occurs.
To set archive logging
1

a
In the Log File Path box, type the folder location where the purge
log file should be placed or click the ellipsis button to browse for
the location.
Click Apply.
Manually Purging and Archiving the Database

You can purge and archive your alarm database manually. This
overrides the activation time and starts the purging and archiving
immediately.
The purge operation checks for the presence of an archive file and
appends to the same. If the archive file is not present, the file is
created as per the naming convention and then used for archiving.
The purge operation does not delete entries in tables such as
ProviderSession, Query, and Cause that are linked to the main tables
such as AlarmMaster through foreign key constraints. The related
records in these tables are written to the files to maintain the data
consistency and also retained in the database.
Caution: Manually purge all records (the Purge All Now option) only
when the Alarm DB Logger service is stopped. If the purge operation is
committed successfully while the Alarm DB Logger service is running,
the Alarm DB Logger service stops logging and starts caching records.
To manually purge and archive records from the alarm

database
1

a
Click the Purge/Archive tab.
Click Test Now to perform a test purge to verify your connection to

the database and archive locations.
The test purge creates empty archive files in the specified archive
folder. The Status area shows a message that the test was
successful.
The Test Now button is available only if you have chosen to

archive your purged records. The Archive option is located on the
General tab.
Purge the records from the database. Do either of the following:
Click Purge Now to purge the selected records.

Click Purge All Now to purge all records.
5
To stop a purge, click Cancel Purge. If you cancel the purge, the
alarm database is rolled back to its original state.
Setting a Schedule for Automatic Purging

The Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility can automatically purge or
archive records from the alarm database at scheduled intervals. You
can perform a test purge to verify your connection to the database and
target locations and to start and stop purging.
To set a schedule for automatic purging
1

a
Click the Purge/Archive tab.
In the Time Interval area, select a purge interval, either daily,

weekly, or monthly.
If you click Weekly or Monthly, a Day box appears in the
Activation Time area for you to specify the day of the week or day
of the month.
If you click Daily, in the Time box, configure the time of day that
you want the purge/archive operation to start.
In the Run As area, click Application to run the purge-archive

utility as an application or click Service to run it as a service.
Click Apply to save your purge and archive settings.
Click Activate to place the Alarm DB Purge-Archive utility on an

automatic purge schedule.
Click Close.
Restoring the Alarm Database

The Alarm DB Restore utility restores the archived alarm records in
the archive files back to your alarm database. The following figure
summarizes the steps to restore alarm records to the database.
Alarm DB
Restore
Alarm Database
Archive Records
Archive
Files
Alarm Records
Alarm Records
Alarm Records
Log File
Archive
Request
To restore a database, you must:
Configure the connection to the alarm database.

Select which records to restore to the alarm database.
Restore archived records to the alarm database.
Restoring the Alarm Database373
When minimized, the Alarm DB Restore utility appears as an icon in

the system tray. When you right-click the icon, a menu shows the
following commands:
Command
Description
Restore
Begins the restoring process.
Cancel Restore
Cancels the restoring process.
Clear Status
Clears the status window.
Hide Window
Minimizes the Alarm DB Restore

utility to an icon in the system tray.
Show Window
Opens and maximizes the Alarm DB

Restore utility.
Exit
Closes the Alarm DB Restore utility.
If you right-click in the Alarm DB Restore utility, the same menu

appears.

You must select a database to restore the archived data to. If the
specified database is not present on the server, you are prompted to
create a new database with default server parameters.
To configure a database for restoring
1
Open the Alarm DB Restore utility. Do the following:

a
Double-click Alarm DB Restore.
Click the Configure tab.
Configure the connection to the alarm database. Do the following:
In the SQL Server Name list, click the node name of the server
that hosts the alarm database.
In the Database Name box, type the name of the alarm

database.
In the User Information area, type an alarm database user

name and password in the respective boxes.
Click Test Connection to test your connection to the database.

A message indicates whether the connection to the alarm
database is successful or not. Click OK.
Click Close.
Configuring Which Files to Restore

You can select a time period for the records to restore and whether you
want the database tables to be recreated.
If you cancel the restore, the database is rolled back to its original
state.
Caution: If you try to restore archived alarms that are already
present in the database, the archived records are not restored. This
avoids duplicate alarm/event entries in the database. The Alarm GUID
or Event GUID associated with records determines whether an alarm or
event is already present in the database.
To select database records to restore

1

a
In the Folder Path for Archived Files box, type the full path (up to
255 alphanumeric characters) to the location of the archived files
or click the button to locate and select the folder where archived
files are stored.
In the Restore files later than (Date/Time) area, select the date and
time to start restoring records to the database.
The starting date and time are set by default to the current date
and time.
In the Folder path for log file box, type the full path (up to 255
alphanumeric characters) where the log files are created and
stored or click the button to locate and select a folder.
If you select the Recreate Tables check box, the tables of the
specified alarm database are recreated. Depending on the type of
logging you selected for the alarm records contained in the
archived files, select:
Detailed - Recreate the alarm database tables in detailed mode.

Consolidated - Recreate the alarm database tables in
consolidated mode.
Important: Recreating tables overwrites all records currently stored
in the alarm database.
7
Click Restore.
Starting a Database Restore Operation

You restore archived database records after you have established the
database connection, specified the archived files folder and a time
filter.
To restore database records from an archive
1

a
Click Restore. A message shows whether the restoration is

successful and the number of records restored to the database.
379
Chapter 13
Enhancing Plant Security
Through Alarm Redundancy
The InTouch Distributed Alarm system issues notifications and

receives alarm acknowledgments from applications running on remote
nodes within a network. Alarm provider applications store alarm data
within their memory. Alarm consumer applications run as clients on
other nodes to remotely query, show, and acknowledge alarms from
the alarm providers.
You use the Alarm Hot Backup Manager to create a duplicate alarm
provider. The following figure shows how the Hot Backup Manager
uses a secondary current alarm repository as a backup provider.
Primary Alarm
Provider
PLC
InTouch
Running Hot
Backup Manager
I/O
Server
Alarm
Memory
Running
InTouch
Application
Pump1 Inlet
Pressure Too High
Backup Alarm
Provider
Alarm
Memory
380 Chapter 13 Enhancing Plant Security Through Alarm Redundancy
You can also run the Hot Backup Manager and the backup provider on
the same node, as shown in the following figure:
Primary Alarm
Provider
PLC
InTouch
Running Hot
Backup Manager
I/O
Server
Alarm
Memory
Running
InTouch
Application
Pump1 Inlet
Pressure Too High
Alarm
Memory
Backup Alarm
Provider
Understanding Hot Backups

The hot backup provides a single name (hot backup pair name) that
points to two alarm providers, the primary and the backup (the hot
backup pair). The InTouch HMI alarm consumers can reference this
single hot backup pair name and retrieve alarms from either the
primary or the backup alarm provider. The following alarm clients
support querying the hot backup pair:
InTouch HMI Alarm DB Logger Manager

InTouch HMI Alarm Printer
InTouch HMI Alarm Viewer Control
ArchestrA Alarm Control
If both provider nodes are operating normally, the alarm consumer
receives alarm data from the primary provider. If the primary provider
fails, however, the alarm consumer receives alarm data from the
backup instead.
Understanding Hot Backups381
The following figure shows how the alarm consumer still receives
alarms after the primary alarm provider fails. The alarm consumer
still references the hot back pair, but the backup provider provides the
alarm data.
Primary Alarm
Provider
PLC
InTouch Running
Hot Backup
Manager
I/O
Server
Alarm
Memory
Running
InTouch
Application
Pump1 Inlet
Pressure Too High
Backup Alarm
Provider
Alarm
Memory
Specifying the Alarm Providers for Hot Backup

You can specify any of the following alarm providers:
InTouch
When you specify InTouch as the alarm provider, the provider
must be InTouch for both the primary node and the backup node.
However, the alarm group of the backup node can be different from
that of the primary node.
Galaxy
To specify a Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> alarm provider, you
must configure AppEngine redundancy in the IDE.
Galaxy_<GalaxyName>
The valid characters for GalaxyName are alphanumeric and
special characters $, #, and _.
When specifying Galaxy_<GalaxyName>, the Galaxy name must
be the same for both the primary and the backup node.
When you specify Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> as the alarm
provider, the provider of the backup node can be Galaxy or
Galaxy_<GalaxyName>.
The alarm group of the backup node must be the same as that of
primary node.
Note: The system does not support hot backup pairs for alarms
generated from two different Galaxies.
About the Hot Backup Manager

The Hot Backup Manager synchronizes alarm acknowledgements
between the primary and backup providers. If an alarm is
acknowledged on the primary provider, the same alarm is
acknowledged simultaneously on the backup provider.
The Hot Backup Manager:
Provides a configuration utility to create a backup pair.

Provides a configuration utility to map alarm records between the
primary and backup providers of a hot backup pair.
Synchronizes alarm acknowledgments between InTouch alarm

provider backup pairs.
Establishes communication between all nodes that belong to a Hot

Backup system when the Distributed Alarm system starts and
stops.
Using the Alarm Hot Backup Manager in

TSE Sessions
You can start only one Alarm Hot Backup Manager using Tools,
Applications in a different Terminal Services Edition (TSE) session of
WindowMaker.
You can start one Alarm Hot Backup Manager in each TSE session
using the Start, Programs shortcut. The last saved configurations will
overwrite earlier configurations.
Querying the alarm hot backup pair is supported in a TSE session at
run time.
Configuring a Hot Backup Pair

The Alarm Hot Backup Manager creates a backup pair from two host
nodes running provider applications. You can start the Hot Backup
Manager from WindowMaker. To configure a hot backup pair:
Create a hot backup pair.

Set key fields for alarm records.
Map alarm record key fields.
Import the alarm record map to Hot Backup Manager.
Configuring a Hot Backup Pair383
Creating a Hot Backup Pair

To create a hot backup pair, you:
Assign a name to the hot backup pair.

Identify the primary alarm provider.
Identify the backup alarm provider.
You can also specify a Provacc.ini file that contains the configuration
information.
To configure a hot backup pair
1
Open the Alarm Hot Backup Manager. Do the following:

a
Double-click Alarm Hot Backup Manager.
On the File menu, click Open. Select the Provacc.ini file and then
click OK.
By default, the Alarm Hot Backup Manager checks for the
Provacc.ini file in the last opened InTouch application folder. You
should use the Provacc.ini file located in the InTouch applications
folder. Otherwise, you can create a copy of the Provacc.ini file in
another specified folder location and then select it for use with Hot
Backup Manager.
Click New Pair. The Add New Pair dialog box appears.
In the Hot Backup Pair Name box, type a unique name for the new
backup pair.
A pair name can be 32 alphanumeric characters or less. You can
use the dollar sign ($), pound sign (#), and underscore (_) character
in a pair name.
In the Primary Node area, configure the primary node. Do the

following:
a
In the Name box, type the node name of the computer running
the primary provider application. The node name must be
unique to Hot Backup Manager. An error message appears if
you enter a non-existent node name or the node name is used
in another hot backup pair.
In the Provider box, select the alarm provider from the

drop-down list. The default is InTouch.
In the Group box, type the name of the alarm group that
queries alarms from the primary provider.
In the Backup Node area, configure the backup node. Do the

following:
a
In the Name box, type the node name of the computer running
the backup provider application. This can be the same node
that is running the Hot Backup Manager.
In the Provider box, select the backup provider, if you specified

a Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> alarm provider.
If you specified Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> as the

primary node alarm provider, the backup node provider must
be Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName>.
If you specified InTouch as the primary node alarm provider,
the backup node provider must be InTouch.
c
In the Group box, type the name of the alarm group that
queries alarms from the backup provider.
If you specifed Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> alarm
providers, the backup node group must be the same as the
primary node group, and cannot be edited.
Click OK.
On the File menu, click Save.
Restart WindowMaker.
Setting Alarm Key Fields for a Hot Backup Pair

To synchronize alarm acknowledgements between the primary and
backup providers, you must identify a combination of tag alarm record
fields. This combination of fields generates a unique mapping key to
the paired alarm records stored in each providers current alarm
repository.
You can set alarm key fields and map alarms only for InTouch alarm
providers.
The figure below shows a synchronized alarm acknowledgement

request based on alarm record fields in a standard query.
Primary Alarm
Provider
Alarm Query
InTouch Client
Node
$System!TagA
Synchronized Alarm
Acknowledgement
Alarm Record
Alarm Memory
Backup Alarm
Provider
$System!TagB
Alarm Query
Alarm Record
Alarm Memory
A mapping key can be a combination of design-time and run-time

alarm records. Design-time alarm records are based upon alarm
properties of a tag when it is defined from the Tagname Dictionary.
For example, an alarm name field is known at design time because it
takes on the name of the tag defined in the primary and backup node
applications. QuickScripts or operators actions define or modify alarm
properties stored as records while an application is running.
You can create a map key from any combination of design-time or
run-time alarm record fields. The map key must select only a single
record from each providers current alarm repository. The key field
must create a unique query.
You use the Hot Backup Manager to create a mapping key list from
alarm record fields.
Note: When you specify a Galaxy or Galaxy_<GalaxyName> alarm
provider, both the Set KeyFields and the Map Alarms options are
disabled.
To create an alarm field mapping list for a hot backup pair
1

a
Select a hot backup pair from the list.
Click Set Key Fields. The Select Key Fields dialog box appears.
In the Alarm Record Fields area, select the alarm record fields
that you want to include in the mapping key list.
The selected alarm record fields appear in the Selected Fields list
box.
Select Design-Time or Run-Time for the alarm record fields you

selected.
Click OK.
Creating an Alarm Record Mapping File

You must map the alarm records of a hot backup pair whenever the
primary and backup alarm providers are running different
applications. Alarm record mapping establishes a correspondence
between dissimilar alarm records of the primary and backup
providers. For example, you can map alarm records based upon their
assigned InTouch tag names. Although their names may be different,
the alarm records are logically consistent between the two provider
alarm repositories.
Note: Creating an alarm record mapping file is unnecessary if both the
primary and backup providers are running the same application. If no
mapping file is provided, the Distributed Alarm system assumes the
primary and the backup providers are running the same applications
with the same alarm records.
Mapping enables alarm acknowledgements to be synchronized

between providers running different applications. When the
Distributed Alarm system acknowledges an alarm on a provider, it
also knows which alarm to acknowledge on the other provider.
The figure below shows alarm record mapping between the two
providers of a hot backup pair. In this example, the A and B alarm
records of the primary provider are mapped to the corresponding
alarm records of the backup provider, MA and MB.
Primary Alarm
Provider
Alarm Record
Mapping
MA
MB
InTouch
Running Hot
Backup Manager
Running
InTouch
Application
Alarm
Memory
Backup Alarm
Provider
Alarm
Memory
The Hot Backup Manager imports the alarm record map from a
comma separated values (CSV) file that you create with Microsoft
Excel or a text editor like Notepad. The mapping file includes an
ordered list of alarm record fields that associate the corresponding
alarm records of the primary and backup providers.
You must specify tag alarm record fields as the headers of the mapping
file. The order of the headers within the file must match the alarm
record fields shown from the Select Key Fields dialog box. The figure
below shows the column headers of an Excel file that match the order
of alarm record fields of the Select Key Fields dialog box.
You can create a mapping file that only includes the selected headers
of alarm field records used to generate mapping keys. The figure below
shows an Excel file that includes only the Name, Class, and Type
headers. When you add headers, their order must always match the
order of alarm record fields of the Select Key Fields dialog box.
Specify the alarm field records of the primary provider in the left set of
columns. Likewise, specify the same records of the backup provider in
the right set of columns.
Mapping File
Column Header
Values Assigned to Alarm Field Records
Group
Name of the alarm group in which the tag has

been assigned. An alarm group name cannot
contain a blank space.
Name
Name of the tag whose alarm records are

mapped. A tag name cannot contain a blank
space.
Class
Class of alarm assigned to the tag.

Possible Class values are:
VALUE for a value alarm.

DEV for a deviation alarm.
ROC for a rate of change alarm.
DSC for a discrete alarm.
Type
Type of alarm condition associated with an

alarm class.
LOLO, LO, HI, and HIHI for a value alarm

MinDev and MajDev for a deviation alarm
ROC for a rate of change alarm
DSC for a discrete alarm
Priority
Priority assigned to an alarm condition.

Priority must be a number from 1 to 999.
Value
See the following notes.
Limit
Comment
Value, Limit, and Comment columns:
The "Value" and "Limit" column values can be anything other than
Null, when the "Class" or "Type" values for that particular record
in that particular node are not known.
The "Value" and "Limit" column values can accept only

1234567890.-+eE characters when the Class value for that
particular record in that particular node is known as Value, Dev or
ROC.
The "Value" and "Limit" column values can accept only

1234567890.-+eE characters when the Type value for that
particular record in that particular node is known as LOLO, LO,
HI, HIHI, MinDev, MajDev or ROC.
The "Value" and "Limit" column values can be anything other than
Null, when any one of the "Class" or "Type" values for that
particular record in that particular node is known as DSC.
The Comment column values have no limitations.

All records of the mapping file should be unique. The Hot Backup
Manager skips any duplicate records during the import process.
You can see details after the import process is completed.
You can combine the field values of alarm records - such as Group,
name, and Priority - to generate a "composite mapping key" that
uniquely identifies alarm records.
An InTouch Alarm Provider equates the "Name" field to the name of
the tag that generated the alarm. Therefore, when given hot backup
pair, a mapping key can be generated using the combination of the
alarm group name and the tag name.
For example:
Provider Node
Backup Node
$System!TagA
$System!TagB
If a provider has a name field and comment field together as a unique

field then the mapping key can be a combination of name and
comment.
Provider Node
Backup Node
tagA!CommentA
tagB!CommentB
This could be true for any other field combination for a third provider.
Importing an Alarm Record Mapping File

You can import the contents of the alarm record mapping file to the
Hot Backup Manager.
No cross-validation between the Alarm Class and Alarm Type fields is
done when you import the mapping file.
To import alarm records from a mapping file
1

a
Select the hot backup pair from the list.
Click Map Alarms. The Map Alarm Records dialog box appears.
Click Import. The Open dialog box appears. Select the mapping
file and click Open.
The Hot Backup Manager begins importing records from the file.
Click OK after all mapping records have been imported.
On the File menu, click Save.
Example of a Hot Backup Pair393
Troubleshooting Alarm Mapping File Import

Problems
The following situations prevent a file from importing:
The required number of columns should be filled with values for all
the records at the import file. There should never be fewer values
or more values for any record.
The headings at the import file should be the same as that of the
headings at the Select Key Fields dialog box and should be in the
same order.
If a record that is imported has a wrong entry, you are prompted to
skip that particular record number or to abort the importing process
itself.
Example of a Hot Backup Pair

This section describes a typical working scenario to set up an alarm
backup pair. The figure below shows the configuration of a hot backup
pair for an InTouch tank farm application. In this example, the
InTouch application monitors pump pressure as an alarm condition.
InTouch
Primary Provider
FrmPN
Tank Farm 1
PLC
Pump_1
PLC
I/O
Server
Pump_2
PLC
Pump_3
PLC
Pmp1IP
Pmp1OP
InTouch
Backup Provider
FrmBU
InTouch
Client Application
FrmAp
Pump1 Inlet
Pressure Too High
Pump_4
PLC
Pump_5
IPPmp1
OPPmp1
All three computers are running the InTouch HMI. The hot backup
pair includes FrmPN as the primary provider and FrmBU as the
backup. These two nodes serve as alarm providers within an InTouch
The Hot Backup Manager run on the FrmAp node. The InTouch client
application runs on FrmAp and consumes alarms from the two
providers of the hot backup pair.
The InTouch application running on FrmPN generates two summary

alarms for pump inlet and outlet pressure. The two alarms belong to
the TnkFrm1 alarm group. The InTouch application running on
FrmBU generates two logically equivalent alarms for pump pressure.
When you set up a redundant hot backup pair, you:
Create a hot backup pair.

Set the alarm record key fields.
Create an alarm record mapping file.
Import the alarm record mapping file.
To create a hot backup pair
1
Open the InTouch application in WindowMaker. In this example,

the application runs on the FrmAp node.

a
Click New Pair. The Add New Pair dialog box appears.
Complete the options of the Add New Pair dialog box, as shown in
the following figure.
Click OK to return to the Alarm Hot Backup Manager dialog box.
Keep the Alarm Hot Backup Manager dialog box open within
WindowMaker.
You are done with the first step to create a hot backup pair. Next,
complete the following procedure to generate a unique mapping key to
the paired alarm records stored in each providers alarm repository.
To map alarm record key fields
1
Select the hot backup pair in the list.
Click Set Key Fields. The Select Key Fields dialog box appears.
Complete the options of the Select Key Fields dialog box, as shown
in the following figure.The alarms between the primary and
backup provider are logically consistent but have been assigned
different names and belong to different alarm groups. A unique
mapping key to records stored in each providers alarm repository
can be generated by selecting Alarm Group, Alarm Name, Alarm
Class, and Alarm Type as Design-Time options.
Click OK. When a message appears, click Yes.
You are done with the second step to create an alarm record mapping
key.
In this scenario all three nodes are running InTouch applications. The
two provider nodes generate equivalent alarms, but are using different
tagnames. The primary provider generates two summary alarms when
a pumps inlet and outlet pressures are too high. The backup provider
generates two logically identical alarms for the same pump pressure
alarm conditions. Next, complete the following procedure to create a
mapping file that associates equivalent records stored in each
providers alarm repository.
To create an alarm mapping file

1
Create a .csv file with Excel or a text editor like Notepad.
Enter the names of the file headers in the same order as the alarm
record field options of the Select Key Fields dialog box.
In this example, the file headers should be ordered by alarm group,
alarm name, the class of alarm, and the type of alarm condition.
Map the alarms between the two providers on each row of the file.
The example of the Excel file below shows how the headers and
alarm conditions should be specified for the two providers of the
hot backup pair. Save the mapping file to a location accessible to
the Hot Backup Manager running on the client node.
You are done with the third step to create an alarm record mapping
file.
In the last step, you import the contents of the alarm mapping file to
the Hot Backup Manager. In this example, the client application
knows which pump pressure alarm records to acknowledge between
the two alarm providers.
To import an alarm record mapping .csv file
1
Open the Alarm Hot Backup Manager.

The alarm backup pair you created earlier should be listed.
Click Map Alarms. The Map Alarm Records dialog box appears.
Click Import. The Open dialog box appears.
Select your mapping file and click Open. The Map Alarm Records
dialog box lists the alarm mapping records from the file.
Click OK. The Hot Backup Manager begins importing records from
the file.
Click OK after all mapping records have been imported.
You can now run the hot backup application.
Acknowledgement Synchronization Example

For this example:
Alarm Name, Alarm Class, and Alarm Type are selected as

design-time key fields.
Alarm Group is selected as a run-time field.

The following alarm record map file was created using Microsoft Excel.
The Pmp1IP alarm is mapped to the IPPmp1 alarm. Both have a Class
of VALUE and a Type of HIHI.
The Pmp1OP alarm is mapped to the OPPmp1 alarm. Both have a
Class of VALUE and a Type of Lo.
When the HiHi alarm for Pmp1IP is acknowledged at the primary

alarm node, the acknowledgment also appears on the HiHi alarm
for IPPmp1 at the secondary provider node, provided that the
alarm group names on both nodes remain the same.
When the Low alarm for Pmp1OP is acknowledged at the primary

alarm node, the acknowledgment also appears on the Low alarm
for OPPmp1 at the secondary provider node, provided that the
alarm group names on both nodes remain the same.
Acknowledgement synchronization occurs only if the design-time and
run-time mapping match.
You can select any combination of design-time and run-time alarm
record fields for mapping. However, make sure that the mappings do
not result in multiple references.
For example, if two alarm record fields such as Class and Priority are
selected, it is very possible that more than one alarm matches the
criteria. In such a case, the Hot Backup synchronization is not
guaranteed to work. In the process of propagating the
acknowledgment, a random alarm that matches the criteria may also
be picked up, while other matching alarms may be left
unacknowledged.
Notes Regarding Hot Backup Pairs

You can use a hot backup only for InTouch 7.11 and later clients.
Expanded summary alarms or event-oriented alarms are not
supported.
If the Distributed Alarm Display object queries a hot backup pair

and then queries the primary provider again separately, the
Distributed Alarm Display object shows duplicate records.
Do not configure a provider as a primary or secondary of more than

one hot backup pair.
If a record at the primary provider is acknowledged and the

secondary provider (which was down when the acknowledgment
took place) starts up at a later time, the time stamp of the
acknowledged record is identical with the record in the primary
provider.
The alarm consumer querying a hot backup pair shows the

individual node name as the provider.
Notes Regarding Hot Backup Pairs399
You can choose any combination of design-time and run-time

alarm record fields for mapping. However, be sure that the
mappings do not result in multiple references.
When mapping the Value and Limit key fields, the values are
rounded off to the fourth decimal place and then mapped.
An alarm record that does not have the specific combination of

design-time and run-time mapping uses the default runtime
mapping.
401
Chapter 14
Creating an Alarm Audit Trail
When you configure an InTouch alarm provider to use either operating

system or ArchestrA authentication and an alarm occurs, the alarm
display contains the full name of the operator in the Operator Full
Name column, assuming the operator is logged on.
For example if a user is registered in the PLANT_FLOOR domain with
a user ID of JohnS and a full name of John Smith, the Operator Full
Name column contains John Smith. If the alarm is subsequently
acknowledged, and the node performing the acknowledgement is set to
use operating system or ArchestrA security, the Operator Full Name
column is updated to show the full name of the acknowledgement
operator. Otherwise, the alarm display shows a computer name
concatenated with whatever is in the $Operator tag.
InTouch security can include an operators full name with alarm
acknowledgements. This is also possible on records pertaining to
alarm detection. In most organizations, a logon ID is not a person's full
name, but rather an abbreviation or role classification.
When you configure operating system authentication for the provider
and consumer InTouch nodes:
The alarm display shows full names when alarms are generated
and when acknowledgements are performed.
The alarm printer prints full names when alarms are generated
and when acknowledgements are performed.
402 Chapter 14 Creating an Alarm Audit Trail
The Alarm DB Logger records domain name, log on user ID, and
full user name with each alarm record for both Operator and
AckOperator fields. This allows for unique identification even if an
organization has two employees with identical full names.
The Operator field shows the user account in the

DomainName\UserName format.
Acknowledging Alarms that Require

Authentication
Some industries require that an explicit "signature" or user
authentication be performed when acknowledging certain types of
alarms. InTouch takes advantage of the Alarm Client control or script
functionality to perform this type of authentication operation. The
alarm priority is the key factor used to determine if the alarm or
alarms to be acknowledged require a specific user signature.
You can configure alarms to require authentication so that users can
acknowledge them. Alarms configured with authentication required
means that the run time user must enter his or her credentials in
order to acknowledge the alarm or group of alarms. If the system is
configured with a smart card reader, the user can enter smart card
credentials.
This section describes how to acknowledge alarms in WindowViewer
that require authentication.
For information about configuring the Alarm Client to require
authentication for acknowledging alarms, see the Guide to the
ArchestrA Alarm Control, Chapter 3, Using the Alarm Control at Run
Time.
For information about using the SignedAlarmAck() function to
configure authentication behavior for acknowledging alarms, see the
Creating and Managing ArchestrA Graphics Users Guide, Chapter 10
Adding and Maintaining Symbol Scripts.
About Acknowledging Alarms in WindowViewer that

Require Authentication
Acknowledging alarms configured for authentication requires the
following:
Security must be enabled for the Galaxy.

Security must be enabled for a deployed InTouchViewApp.
Acknowledging Alarms that Require Authentication403
The InTouchViewApp must include at least one Alarm Client

control configured to display alarms and events and to require a
signature (authentication) for alarm acknowledgement, and with
minimum and maximum values for the alarm priority range.
Run-time operators must have the appropriate user name,

password, and operational permissions configured within the
Galaxy: An operator must have sufficient privileges to run
WindowViewer.
Regardless of who is currently logged on as the run-time user for the
InTouch application, alarms configured to require a signature for
alarm acknowledgement always require user authentication. This does
not affect the session of the logged-on user.
Alarm Acknowledgement Basic Run-Time Behavior

When the operator selects one or more alarms and attempts to
acknowledge them:
The Alarm Client will check whether it has been configured to

require acknowledgement signatures. If so, it checks whether any
selected alarm falls within the configured priority range. If so, it
requires a signature to acknowledge all the selected alarms.
If no signature is required, a pop-up acknowledgement dialog

displays. It may have a text box for an acknowledgement comment
if so configured.
If the operator credentials are valid, the Alarm Client attempts to

acknowledge all of the selected alarms.
In the Alarm Client grid, the signing user is identified as the

person who acknowledged all of the selected alarms.
The Alarm Client prefixes the text "Signed ACK" at the beginning
of the acknowledgement comment to indicate that this was a
signed acknowledgement.
If none of the selected alarms had priority in the required range,

the Alarm Client prefixes the text "Std ACK" at the beginning of
the acknowledgement comment to indicate that this was a
standard acknowledgement.
To acknowledge alarms that require authentication

1
In WindowViewer, select one or more unacknowledged alarms.

Right click and select the ack operation you wish to perform. If any
of the alarms are configured to require a signature, the Ack Alarms
dialog box appears.
If Smart Cards are not enabled, the Mode buttons for selecting
either Smart Card or Password authentication are disabled.
2
Add a comment in the Comment box if configured for commenting.
If you are authenticating using a network user account, the user

account options are shown.
Do the following.
a
In the Username box, type your user name. The name of the
currently logged-on user is shown by default. If no user is
currently logged on, the box is blank.

user name.
In the Domain box, type the domain name. If the security mode
is ArchestrA Galaxy, then the domain displayed is ArchestrA
and you cannot modify it.
Click OK.
Acknowledging Alarms that Require Authentication405
If you are authenticating using a Smart Card, the Smart Card Ack
Alarms dialog box appears.
Do the following to authenticate using a Smart Card.

a
In the Certificate list, select your Smart Card certificate. The

certificate list appears as domain_name/user_name. For a
certificate to appear in the list, Smart Card must be currently
inserted into a reader attached to the computer. The certificate
of the currently logged-on user is shown by default. If you
insert or remove a card while the Secured Write dialog box is
open, the certificate list automatically updates.
In the PIN box, enter the PIN for the Smart Card being used.
Click OK.
To authenticate using your name, password, and domain instead,

click the Mode button. Go to Step 3.
407
Appendix A
Working with the Distributed
Alarm Display Object
The Distributed Alarm Display object is included in this version of the

InTouch HMI to support applications developed with InTouch version
7 and earlier. As the Distributed Alarm Display object is a legacy
object, you should use the Alarm Viewer Control instead to create
alarm displays with more recent versions of the InTouch HMI.
The Distributed Alarm Display object is included in this version of the
InTouch HMI to support applications developed with InTouch version
7 and earlier. As the Distributed Alarm Display object is a legacy
object, you should use the Alarm Viewer Control instead to create
alarm displays with more recent versions of the InTouch HMI.
About the Distributed Alarm Display Object

The Distributed Alarm Display object provides a single display to show
both local and remote alarms.
This display objects features include built in scroll bars, sizable

columns, multiple selection of alarms, a status bar, a shortcut menu,
and colors based on alarm priority and state.
408 Appendix A Working with the Distributed Alarm Display Object
The Distributed Alarm Display object includes properties that can set
the appearance of the alarm display (including the information that is
shown), the colors used for various alarm conditions, and which alarm
group and alarm priority levels are shown.
For more information about the display object, see "Using a
Distributed Alarm Display Object at Run Time" on page 421.
Distributed Alarm Display Object Guidelines

Observe the following guidelines when using the Distributed Alarm
Display object:
Each display must have an identifier so that any associated

QuickScript functions knows which display to modify. This
identifier, entered in the Display Name box in the Alarm
Configuration dialog box, must be unique for each display.
Displays should not overlap other InTouch objects, such as window

controls or graphic objects. You can easily verify this by clicking on
the Distributed Alarm Display object in WindowMaker, and
checking the displays "handles." The handles should not touch
other objects on the screen.
Displays should be used sparingly. Placing numerous displays on

one screen can result in reduced system performance. When
possible, limit the number of displays on your window and call
further windows with additional displays.
Configuring a Distributed Alarm Display Object

at Design Time
You can configure:
General features, such as a status bar, scroll bars, and so on.

The columns and sorting order.
The alarm query to use to retrieve alarm records.
The time format the alarm records are shown in.
The font and colors for the shown alarm records.
What run-time users can do in the display, such as resize columns,
select alarms, access a shortcut menu, and so on.
Configuring a Distributed Alarm Display Object at Design Time409
Creating a Distributed Alarm Display Object

You create a Distributed Alarm Display object just as you would a
wizard.
To create a Distributed Alarm Display object
1
Click the Wizard tool in the Wizard/ActiveX Toolbar. The Wizard

Selection dialog box appears.
Select Alarm Displays in the list of wizards.
Double-click the Dist. Alarm Display wizard. The dialog box closes
and your window reappears with the cursor in the "paste" mode.
Click in the window to paste the Distributed Alarm Display object.

To size the wizard, drag the selection handles.
You are now ready to configure the display.

For the display grid, you can configure:
A title bar, status bar, and scroll bars.

Where new alarms appear in the grid and whether to auto-scroll to
them.
A default message to be shown if there are no alarm records to

show.
To configure the appearance of the grid

1
Right-click the Distributed Alarm Display object and then click

Properties. The Alarm Configuration dialog box appears.
In the Display Name box, type the name for the alarm display.
This name must be unique for each alarm display used. This name
is used throughout the system for referring to this object for
execution of tasks such as alarm acknowledgment and queries.
In the New Alarms Appear At area, configure where you want new
alarms to appear in the object:
Click Top of List to show the most recent alarm at the top of
the list.
Click Bottom of List to show most recent alarm at the bottom

of the list.
4
In the Properties area, configure title bar, status bar, and scroll
bars. Do any of the following:
Select the Show Titles check box to show the alarm message
title bar.
Select the Show Status Bar check box to show the status bar.
Select the Show Vert Scrollbar check box to show the vertical
scroll bar.
Select the Show Horz Scrollbar check box to show the

horizontal scroll bar.
5
Select the Show Message check box to show a default message if

there are no alarm records to show. Type the message in the box.
Select the Auto-Scroll to New Alarms check box to have the

selection automatically jumps to the new alarm. New alarms are
defined as those that are not currently shown within the display
object.
Click OK.

Run Time
You can allow the run-time user to change the column settings, select
alarms, and open the shortcut menu.
Note: You can use script functions to run the commands that appear
on the shortcut menu.
To configure the run-time features
1

Configure the which options are available at run time. Do any of

the following:
Select the Allow Runtime Grid Changes check box to allow the
user to change column settings.
Select the Show Context Sensitive Menu check box to enable

the shortcut menu.
Select the Allow Runtime Alarm Selection check box to allow

the user to select alarms.
Select the Use Extended Alarm Selection check box to allow

the user to select multiple alarms by holding down Ctrl or Shift
in conjunction with mouse selection. The default is to toggle
selection of alarms by simply clicking on them.
3
Click OK.
Configuring Which Alarms to Show

You can configure the Distributed Alarm Display object to show
alarms based on:
Priority.
State, such as acknowledged or unacknowledged.
Type, either summary or historical.
When you configure the alarm query, you use text only. You cannot
use tags. Example queries are as follows.
Full path to Alarm Group:
\\Node\InTouch!Group
Full path to local Alarm Group
\InTouch!Group
Another Group List:
GroupList
To perform multiple queries, separate each query with a space. For
example:
\InTouch!Group GroupList
The default query properties are only used if you select the Perform
Query on Startup check box or if the almDefQuery() function is
executed.
To configure which alarms to show

1

Select the Perform Query on Startup check box.
In the Default Query Properties area, configure the default query

for the object.
In the From Priority box, type the default minimum alarm

priority.
In the To Priority box, type the default maximum alarm

priority.
In the Alarm State list, click the default alarm state to query
(All, Unack, Ack).
In the Query Type list, click the alarm type, either Summary or
Historical.
In the Alarm Query box, type the initial alarm query.

4
Click OK.
Configuring a Default Alarm Comment

You can configure a default comment to be used when an operator
acknowledges an alarm. If you do not configure a default comment,
when the operator acknowledges an alarm, a dialog box appears to let
the operator enter a comment. The dialog box can be filled in or left
blank.
To configure a default comment

1

Select the Show Context Sensitive Menu check box.
Select the Use Default Ack Comment check box and then type the
comment text in the box.
Click OK.
Configuring the Time Format for Alarm Records

The original alarm time is the date/time stamp of the onset of the
alarm. If tag is an I/O tag, then it is the time stamp from the I/O
Server if that server is capable of passing time stamps.
To configure the alarm display time format
1

In the Date Format list, click the format for the date. Available
formats are:
Selection
Shows
Selection
Shows
DD MMM
28 Feb
MM/DD
02/28
DD MM YYYY
28 Feb 2007
MM/DD/YY
02/28/07
DD/MM
28/07
MMM DD
Feb 28
DD/MM/YY
28/02/07
MMM DD YYYY
Feb 28 2007
YY/MM/DD
07/02/28
YYYY/MM/DD
2007/02/28
In the Time Format list, click the format for the time. Use the
values in this list as a template to specify the format of the time.
For example, to specify the time as 10:24:30 AM, use HH:MM:SS
AP. The template characters are as follows:
Character
Description
AP
Selects the AM/PM format. For example, three

oclock in the afternoon is shown as 3:00 PM.
A time without this designation defaults to 24
hour military time format. For example, three
oclock in the afternoon is shown as 15:00.
HH
Shows the hour the alarm/event occurred.
MM
Shows the minute the alarm/event occurred.
SS
Shows the second the alarm/event occurred.
SSS
Shows the millisecond the alarm/event occurred.
In the Sort Order area, configure the order in which you want the
alarms to be sorted in the object:
Click OAT to use the original alarm time, which is the

date/time stamp of the onset of the alarm.
Click LCT to use the last alarm change time, which is the
date/time stamp of the most recent change of status for the
instance of the alarm: onset of the alarm, change of sub-state,
6
Click OK.
Configuring the Font for Alarm Records

You can set the font for the records and the heading in the control.
1

Click Select Display Font. The standard Windows Font dialog box
appears.
Configuring the Columns for Alarm Records

You can select the columns to show, specify the column order, and set
the column names and widths.
1

Click Column Management. The Column Details dialog box

appears.
Select the check box in the Column Name list to show that column
in the Distributed Alarm Display object. You must select at least
one column. The following table describes the columns:
Column
Description
Date
Shows the date in the format selected from the

Message tab.
Time
Shows the time in the format selected from the

Message tab.
State
Shows the state of the alarm.
Class
Shows the category of the alarm.
Type
Shows the alarm type.
Priority
Shows the alarm priority.
Name
Shows the alarm/tagname.
Group
Shows the Alarm Group name.
Provider
Shows the name of the alarm provider.
Value
Shows the value of the tagname when the alarm

occurred.
Column
Description
Limit
Shows the alarm limit value of the tagname.
Operator
Shows the logged-on operators ID associated

Comment
Shows the tagname comment. This comment is

typed in the Alarm Comment box when the
tagnames alarm was defined in the database.
To rearrange the columns, select the column name and use the
Move Up and Down arrow buttons. The column name appearing at
the top of the Column Details dialog box is the column shown to
the furthest left of the alarm display.
To edit the column name and width, select a column name and
then click Edit. The Edit dialog box appears for that column.
In the New Name box, type a new name if you want to show a
column name other than the default column name.
In the New Width box, type in a default column width. The

column width can range from 1 to 999 pixels. The default
column width is 100 pixels.
Click OK in the Edit dialog box.
Click Apply.
Configuring Colors for Alarm Records

You can configure colors for various parts of the Distributed Alarm
Display object, such as the background color and the color of selected
records. You can also configure different colors for alarm records of
different ranges.
To configure the alarm display colors

1

In the General area, click each color box to open the InTouch color
palette. Click the color that you want to use for each of the
following:
Option
Description
Window
Sets the display background color.
Grid
Sets the grid color.
Selection Back
Sets the highlighted text background color.
Selection Text
Sets the highlighted text color.
Title Bar Back
Sets the title bar background color

(visible only if the Show Titles option is on).
Title Bar Text
Sets the title bar text color (visible only if

the Show Titles option is on).
Alarm Return
Sets the color of returned alarms

(alarms that have returned to normal
without being acknowledged).
Event
Sets the color of event alarms.
In the Alarm Priority boxes, type the breakpoint values for the
alarm display.
Click the UnAck Alarm and Ack Alarm color boxes to open the
InTouch palette. Click the color in the palette that you want to use.
Click OK.
Configuring the Display Type

The Distributed Alarm Display object can show summaries of active
alarms or listings of historical alarms.
You can also change the display type dynamically at run time. This
can be done, for example, by running the almQuery() script function.
The almQuery() script function uses parameters that you can use to
set the specified Distributed Alarm Display object (for example:
"AlmObj_1") to a specified display type (for example: "Summary"). For
more information, see "almQuery() Function" on page 453.
To configure the query default
1

In the Query Type list, click the type of alarm display that you
want to use for the run-time default.
Click OK.
Using a Distributed Alarm Display Object at Run Time421
Using the Distributed Display to Monitor Local

Alarms
You can use the Distributed Alarm Display object to show and
acknowledge both local and remote alarms.
To set up a display to monitor just local alarms
1

In the Alarm Query box, type: \InTouch!$System

You can substitute any valid alarm group for $System. You can
also define an alarm group list containing just \InTouch!$System,
and then use this group list instead of a direct reference.
Configure the other parameters for the type of display and any
filtering your application requires.
Using a Distributed Alarm Display Object at

Run Time
The Distributed Alarm Display object uses a grid to show the alarm
messages. This grid allows you to dynamically size column widths
simply by selecting a column handle and dragging it to the desired
width. This functionality is available only during run time.
Grid column changes are not saved; therefore, if you make grid column
changes and close the window containing the alarm display, the grid
columns will again be at their default width upon re-opening that
window. You can adjust the default column width in WindowMaker.
The grid allows you to select single or multiple alarms in a list box.
The selected alarms can be acknowledged by using the almAckSelect()
QuickScript function. When you configure the Distributed Alarm
Display object, you can also define the selection behavior to allow
either toggle selection (item by item) or multiple selection (holding
down CTRL or SHIFT keys in conjunction with a mouse click to select
multiple alarms). You can turn off run-time selection.
You can also configure up to eight different colors for each shown
alarm message based on the priority of the alarm and whether or not it
is acknowledged.
The scroll bars are available if they were turned on at configuration
time.
The alarm display object may have controls to page through alarm
records, depending on how the control is configured.
Sizable Display Columns

The Distributed Alarm Display object uses a grid to hold the alarm
messages. At run-time, you can dynamically size the column widths
simply by selecting a column and dragging it. You can also double-click
on the vertical grid line to automatically size the column. This
functionality is available only during run time. Column resizing must
be turned on at configuration time.
Grid column changes are not saved when you close the window
containing the alarm display.
Multiple Selection
You can select a single or multiple alarms in a list box, depending on
how the alarm display is configured.
Alarm Message Colors

Up to eight different colors can be used for each shown alarm message,
based on the priority of the alarm and whether it is acknowledged or
not.
Status Bar
Depending on how the alarm object is configured, the status bar shows
a status message, the current alarm query, and a progress bar.
The left portion of the status bar shows the current status of the
control.
These indicators provide an overview of the current state of the display
query and provide details about the suppression available in the
Distributed Alarm Display object. The right pane of the status bar is
red when freeze is in effect and the left pane of the status bar is red
when suppression is in effect.
The word "Suppression" shows in the left pane when suppression is in

effect.
Feature
Description
Status
Message
The status message at the left end of the status bar

provides a more detailed description of the current
query status.
Alarm
Query
The Alarm Query provides a visual indication of the

current alarm query.
Progress
Bar
The update progress bar at the right end of the status

bar provides a visual indication of the current query
progress.
The status messages are as follows:

Status Message
State/Indicator
Progress Bar
None
No Query
None
Update Incomplete
Query Incomplete
Blue/Green
Update Successful
Query Complete
Red
Suppression
Query name
Solid Blue
Freeze
Query name
Red
Shortcut Menu
Depending on how the alarm object is configured, you can right-click
on the object to open a shortcut menu for common commands:
Click this
command
To do this
Ack Selected
Acknowledge the selected alarm.
Ack Others
Acknowledge all alarms in the display, or only

visible alarms, selected groups, selected
tagnames, and priorities.
Suppress
Selected
Suppress the selected alarm.
Suppress Others
Suppress all alarms in the display, or only

visible alarms, selected groups, selected
tagname, and selected priorities.
Query Favorites
Opens the Alarm Query dialog box, where you

can select the query to use.
Stats
Opens the Alarm Statistics dialog box.
Click this
command
To do this
Suppression
Opens the Alarm Suppression dialog box.
Freeze
Freezes the current display.
Selecting and Configuring Alarm Query Favorites

Use the Query Favorites command on the shortcut menu to quickly
select an alarm query from a list of previously defined alarm queries.
You can also create new named queries, edit an existing query, or
delete an existing query.
Note: For multi-line alarm queries appearing in the Distributed Alarm
Display, line separations appear as "garbage" characters. This does not
affect the function.
To select an alarm query for display
1
At run time, right-click the Distributed Alarm Display and then

click Query Favorites. The Alarm Query dialog box appears.
In the list of currently defined queries, select the named query to

use.
Click OK. The Distributed Alarm Display object shows the alarm
information for the selected query.
To add a new named query

1

Click Add. The Add Query dialog box appears.
Configure the query. Do the following:

a
In the Name box, type the name for the query.
In the Query box, type the sets of InTouch alarm queries that
you want to perform. You can specify one or more alarm
providers and groups.
In the From Priority box, type the minimum alarm priority

value (1 to 999). In the To Priority box, type the maximum
alarm priority value (1 to 999).
In the Alarm State list, click the alarm state that you want to
use in the alarm query.
In the Display Type area, click the type of alarms to show. For
more information, see "Summary Alarms versus Historical
Alarms" on page 28.
Click OK to close the Add Query dialog box.
To modify an existing named query

1


modify.
Click Modify. The Modify Query dialog box appears.
Make the necessary modifications and then click OK to close the

Modify Query dialog box.
Click OK on the Alarm Query dialog box.
Note: Modifications are not automatically applied to other Distributed

Alarm Display objects that are using the alarm query being modified.
To delete an existing named query
1


modify.
Click Delete. When a message appears, click Yes.
Click OK on the Alarm Query dialog box.
Note: Deletion are not automatically applied to other Distribute Alarm

Display objects that are using the alarm query being deleted.
Controlling the Distributed Alarm Display Object Using Functions and Dotfields427
Controlling the Distributed Alarm Display

Object Using Functions and Dotfields
You can control the Distributed Alarm Display object at run time
using functions and .dotfields.
For a list of returned error numbers for functions, see "Error
Descriptions" on page 479.
Getting or Setting Properties

Properties are accessible through the GetPropertyX() function, where
X is the data type (D for Discrete, I for Integer, and M for Message).
For example:
GetPropertyM(ControlName.Property, MsgTag)
For more information on the GetPropertyX() functions, see Built-In

Functions in the InTouch HMI Scripting and Logic Guide.
When you run the script that includes the GetPropertyX() function,
the property value is saved to the MsgTag. If multiple rows are
selected, the property assigned to MsgTag is the tag value in the first
row of the multiple selection.
Acknowledging Alarms
The Distributed Alarm Display object is capable of acknowledging any
alarms that it can query (summary display only). The Distributed
Alarm Display object includes alarm acknowledgment functions.
These functions supplement the .Ack dotfield used to acknowledge
local alarms and alarm groups. Use these functions to acknowledge all
alarms, shown alarms, and selected alarms.
You can also acknowledge alarms by their characteristics. such as
group membership, priority, application name, and tag name.
almAckAll() Function
almAckDisplay() Function
almAckGroup() Function
almAckPriority() Function
almAckRecent() Function
almAckTag() Function
almAckSelect() Function
almAckSelectedGroup() Function
almAckSelectedPriority() Function
almAckSelectedTag() Function
almAckAll() Function
Acknowledges all alarms in a current query, including those not
currently shown in the Distributed Alarm Display object in summary
mode.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckAll(ObjectName,Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
The name of the alarm object. For example, AlmObj_1.
Comment
Examples
MessageTag = Acknowledge All by + $Operator;
almAckAll(AlmObj_1,MessageTag);
See Also
Ack(), almAckGroup(), almAckTag(), almAckDisplay(),

almAckRecent(), almAckSelect(), almAckSelectedGroup(),
almAckSelectedPriority(), almAckSelectedTag()
almAckDisplay() Function
Acknowledges only those alarms currently visible in the Distributed
Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckDisplay(ObjectName,Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
almAckDisplay(AlmObj_1,Display Acknowledgement);
See Also
Ack(), almAckAll(), almAckGroup(), almAckTag(), almAckRecent(),

almAckSelect(), almAckSelectedGroup(), almAckSelectedPriority(),
almAckSelectedTag()
almAckGroup() Function
Acknowledges all alarms shown in the named Distributed Alarm
object that match the specified provider and group name.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckGroup( ObjectName, ApplicationName,
GroupName, Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
The name of the InTouch alarm group, such as $System.
Comment
Example
MessageTag = Acknowledge group, Turbines, by +
$Operator;
almAckGroup(AlmObj_1, \Intouch, Turbine,
MessageTag);
almAckPriority() Function
object as a result of the last query that match the alarms application
name, alarm group, and priority range.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckPriority(ObjectName, ApplicationName,
GroupName, FromPri, ToPri, Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
The name of the Group for example, $System
FromPri
Starting number of the alarm priority range. For example, 100.
ToPri
Ending number of the alarm priority range. For example, 900.
Comment
Example
almAckPriority(AlmObj_1, \\node1\Intouch, Turbines,
10, 100, Range 10 to 100 acknowledged);
almAckRecent() Function
Acknowledges the most recent alarms that have occurred.
Syntax
[Result=]almAckRecent(ObjectName, Comment)
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
almAckRecent(AlmObj_1,$DateString);
almAckTag() Function
Display object as a result of the last query. The alarm must match the
application name, group name, tag name, and priority range specified
by the query.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckTag(ObjectName, ApplicationName, GroupName,
TagName, FromPri, ToPri, Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
The name of the application. For example, \\node1\Intouch.
GroupName
The name of the alarm group. For example, $System.
TagName
The name of the tag whose value is in an alarm state.
FromPri
Starting number of the alarm priority range. For example, 100.
ToPri
Ending number of the priority range. For example, 900.
Comment
Example
almAckTag(AlmObj_1, \\node1\Intouch, Turbines,
Valve1, 10, 100, "Acknowledged for Valve1");
See Also
Ack(), almAckAll(), almAckGroup(), almAckDisplay(), almAckRecent(),

almAckSelect(), almAckSelectedGroup(), almAckSelectedPriority(),
almAckSelectedTag()
almAckSelect() Function
Acknowledges only those alarms selected in the Distributed Alarm
Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckSelect(ObjectName,Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
This example acknowledges only those alarms that occurred during

the day shift or the night shift.
IF ($Hour >= 0 and $Hour < 8) THEN
AckTag = Night Shift;
ELSE
AckTag = Day Shift;
ENDIF;
almAckSelect (AlmObj_1,AckTag);
See Also
Ack(), almAckAll(), almAckGroup(), almAckTag(), almAckDisplay(),

almAckRecent(), almAckSelectedGroup(), almAckSelectedPriority(),
almAckSelectedTag()
almAckSelectedGroup() Function
Acknowledges all alarms with same provider and group names that
have the same group name as one or more of the alarms that are
selected within the named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckSelectedGroup(ObjectName,Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
MessageTag = Acknowledge selected groups by +
$Operator;
almAckSelectedGroup (AlmObj_1, MessageTag);
See Also

almAckRecent(), almAckSelect(), almAckSelectedPriority(),
almAckSelectedTag()
almAckSelectedPriority() Function
Acknowledges all alarms with same provider and group names that
have the same priority value as one or more of the alarms that are
selected within the named Distributed Alarm Display object. The
priorities are calculated from the minimum and maximum priorities of
the selected alarm records.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckSelectedPriority(ObjectName, Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
MessageTag = Acknowledge selected priorities by +
$Operator;
almAckSelectedPriority (AlmObj_1, MessageTag);
See Also

almAckSelectedTag()
almAckSelectedTag() Function
Acknowledges all alarms that have the same Tagname from the same
provider and group name and having the same priority as one or more
of the selected alarms within the named Distributed Alarm Display
object. This function works only if InTouch is the alarm provider.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almAckSelectedTag(ObjectName,Comment);
Arguments
ObjectName
Comment
Example
MessageTag = Acknowledge selected tagnames by +
$Operator;
almAckSelectedTag (AlmObj_1, MessageTag);
See Also

almAckSelectedPriority()
Selecting Alarms
You can create scripts to select alarms from a Distributed Alarm
Display object. You can select all alarms, only selected alarms, or
obtain a count of current alarms.
almSelectAll() Function
almUnselectAll() Function
almSelectionCount() Function
almSelectGroup() Function
almSelectItem() Function
almSelectPriority() Function
almSelectTag() Function
You can also select specific alarms based upon the data source, alarm
priority, and InTouch tags.
almSelectAll() Function
Toggles the selection of all the alarms in a named Distributed Alarm
Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectAll(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
If $AccessLevel > 8000 THEN
almSelectAll(AlmObj_1);
almAckSelect(AlmObj_1, Ack Selected by a Manager);
ENDIF;
See Also
almSelectItem(), almSelectGroup(), almSelectPriority(),

almSelectTag(), almUnSelectAll()
almUnselectAll() Function
Unselects all selected alarms in a named Distributed Alarm Display
object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almUnselectAll(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
If $AccessLevel == 9999 THEN
almAckSelect(AlmObj_1, Comment);{This alarm can be
acknowledged by only Administrator}
ELSE
almUnselectAll(AlmObj_1);
ENDIF;
See Also
almSelectAll(), almSelectItem(), almSelectGroup(),

almSelectPriority(), almSelectTag()
almSelectionCount() Function
Returns the number of alarms selected by the operator in the
Distributed Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectionCount(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
The AlarmCount tag is assigned the number of alarms selected by the

operator from the Distributed Alarm Display object.
AlarmCount = almSelectionCount(AlmObj_1);
almSelectGroup() Function
Toggles the selection of all alarms that are contained by a named
Distributed Alarm Display object as a result of the displays last query
and where the resultant alarm contains the same alarm group name.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectGroup(ObjectName, ApplicationName,GroupName);
Argument
ObjectName
ApplicationName
The name of the Application. For example, \\node1\Intouch.
GroupName
The name of the Group. For example, $System.
Example
almSelectGroup(AlmObj_1,\InTouch,Turbine);
See Also
almSelectAll(), almSelectItem(), almSelectPriority(), almSelectTag(),

almUnSelectAll()
almSelectItem() Function
Toggles the selection of the last selected or unselected item in an
alarm display object.
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectItem(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
almSelectItem(AlmObj_1);
See Also
almSelectAll(), almSelectGroup(), almSelectPriority(), almSelectTag(),

almUnSelectAll()
almSelectPriority() Function
Toggles the selection of all alarms in a named Distributed Alarm
Display object as a result of the displays last query and where the
resultant alarms are within the specified priority range.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectPriority( "objectName", ApplicationName,
GroupName, FromPri, ToPri );
Argument
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
FromPri
Starting priority of alarms. For example, 100 or integer tag.
ToPri
Ending priority of alarms. For example, 900 or integer tag.
Example
almSelectPriority(AlmObj_1,\\node1\Intouch,
Turbines,10,100);
See Also
almSelectAll(), almSelectItem(), almSelectGroup(), almSelectTag(),

almUnSelectAll()
almSelectTag() Function
Toggles the selection of all alarms in a named Distributed Alarm
Display object as a result of the displays last query and given tag
name.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSelectTag (ObjectName, ApplicationName,
GroupName, TagName, FromPri, ToPri);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
TagName
The name of the alarm tag.
FromPri
Starting priority of alarms. For example, 100 or integer tag.
ToPri
Ending priority of alarms. For example, 900 or integer tag.
Example
almSelectTag(AlmObj_1,\\node1\Intouch,
Turbines,Valve1,10,100);
See Also
almSelectAll(), almSelectItem(), almSelectGroup(),

almSelectPriority(), almUnSelectAll()
Retrieving Information about a Selected Alarm

Record
You can create scripts that return information about selected alarms.
Use the following dotfields in your script:
.AlarmTime Dotfield
.AlarmDate Dotfield
.AlarmName Dotfield
.AlarmValue Dotfield
.AlarmClass Dotfield
.AlarmType Dotfield
.AlarmState Dotfield
.AlarmLimit Dotfield
.AlarmPri Dotfield
.AlarmGroupSel Dotfield
.AlarmAccess Dotfield
.AlarmProv Dotfield
.AlarmOprName Dotfield
.AlarmOprNode Dotfield
.AlarmTime Dotfield
Returns the time when an alarm occurred. The alarm must be selected
in Distributed Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM(
"ObjectName.AlarmTime",TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
Name of the Distributed Alarm Display object. For example,
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
In this example, AlmObj_1 is the name of the Distributed Alarm

Display object and almTime is a memory message tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmTime",almTime);
If used in a Touch Pushbutton QuickScript, this statement returns the

time when the alarm occurred to the almTime tag.
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmAccess, .AlarmClass, .AlarmComment,

.AlarmDate, .AlarmLimit, .AlarmName, .AlarmOprName,
.AlarmOprNode, .AlarmPri, .AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmType,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmDate Dotfield
Returns the date associated with a selected alarm. The alarm has to be
selected by clicking on the Distributed Alarm Display object in
summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmDate",TagName)
;
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

date to the almDate tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmDate",almDate);
AlmObj_1 is the name of the Distributed Alarm Display object and

almDate is a memory message tag that retrieves the date for the tag
associated with the selected alarm.
See Also

.AlarmValue
.AlarmName Dotfield
Returns the name of the tag associated with a selected alarm. The
alarm has to be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm Display
object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmName",TagNam
e);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

name of the alarm to almName.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmName",almName);
Where AlmObj_1 is the name of the Distributed Alarm Display object

and almName is a memory message tag that retrieves the name of the
tag associated with the selected alarm.
See Also

.AlarmDate, .AlarmLimit, .AlarmOprName, .AlarmOprNode,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmValue Dotfield
Returns the value of the alarm for the tag associated with the selected
alarm. The alarm has to be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmValue,TagName)
;
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Remarks
This function uses a message tag to retrieve the numeric value. This is
because the GetProperty functions do not support real numbers. You
can use the StringToReal() function to assign the result to a real tag.
Example

value to almValue.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmValue", almValue);

and almValue is a memory message tag containing the alarm value for
the tag associated with the selected alarm.
See Also

.AlarmDate, .AlarmLimit, .AlarmOprName, .AlarmOprNode,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmClass Dotfield
Returns the class of alarm for the tag associated with a selected alarm.
The alarm must be selected from the Distributed Alarm Display object
in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmClass",Tagname
);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the alarm class associated with the
selected alarm.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmClass",almClass);

almClass is a memory message tag containing the class of alarm for

alarm class of the alarm to the almClass tag.
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmAccess, .AlarmComment, .AlarmDate,

.AlarmValue
.AlarmType Dotfield
Returns the alarm type for the tag associated with a selected alarm.
The alarm has to be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm Display
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmType,TagName)
;
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

type of the selected alarm to the almType tag when the operator
acknowledges the alarm.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmType",almType);

and almType is a memory message tag containing the alarm type for
See Also

.AlarmOprNode, .AlarmPri, .AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmState Dotfield
Returns the state of the selected alarm. The alarm has to be selected
by clicking the Distributed Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmState",TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

state of the selected alarm to the almState tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmState",almState);

and almState is a memory message tag containing the alarm state for
See Also

.AlarmOprNode, .AlarmPri, .AlarmProv, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmLimit Dotfield
Returns the limit for the tag associated with a selected alarm. The
alarm has to be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm Display
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM
("ObjectName.AlarmLimit",TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Remarks
This function uses a message tag to retrieve the numeric value. This is
because the GetProperty functions do not support real numbers. You
can use the StringToReal() function to assign the result to a real tag.
Example
If used in a pushbutton QuickScript, this statement returns the limit

of the selected alarm to the almLimit tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmLimit",almLimit);

and almLimit is a memory message containing the alarm limit for the
tag associated with the selected alarm.
See Also

.AlarmDate, .AlarmName, .AlarmOprName, .AlarmOprNode,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmPri Dotfield
Returns the priority (1-999) for the tag associated with a selected
alarm. The alarm must be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyM("ObjectName.AlarmPri",
TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

alarm priority to the almPrilvl tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmPri",almPrilvl);

and almPrilvl is a memory message tag containing the priority level of
See Also

.AlarmOprNode, .AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmGroupSel Dotfield
Returns the alarm group of the tag associated with a selected alarm.
The alarm has to be selected by clicking on the Distributed Alarm
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmGroupSel",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

name of the alarm group to the almGroup tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmGroupSel",almGroup);

and almGroup is a memory message tag containing the alarm group of
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmGroup, .AlarmName
.AlarmAccess Dotfield
Returns the Access Name of the tag associated with a selected alarm.
The alarm record must be selected by clicking on the Distributed
Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
GetPropertyM("Objectname.AlarmAccess",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

Access Name of the tag associated with the alarm to the almAccess
tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmAccess",almAccess);

and almAccess is a memory message tag containing the Access Name
of the tag associated with the selected alarm.
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmClass, .AlarmComment, .AlarmDate,

.AlarmPri, .AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType
.AlarmProv Dotfield
Returns the alarm provider for the tag associated with a selected
alarm. The alarm has to be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmProv",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example

provider name to the almProv tag.
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmProv", almProv);

almProv is a memory message tag containing the name of the provider
for the tag associated with the selected alarm.
See Also

.AlarmOprNode, .AlarmPri, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType,
.AlarmValue
.AlarmOprName Dotfield
Returns the name of the logged on operator who acknowledged the
selected alarm. The alarm has to be selected by clicking the
Distributed Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmOprName",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmOprName",almOprName);

and almOprName is a memory message tag containing the name of the
operator responding to the alarm associated with the tag.

name of the operator to the almOprName tag.
See Also

.AlarmDate, .AlarmLimit, .AlarmName, .AlarmOprNode, .AlarmPri,
.AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType, .AlarmValue
.AlarmOprNode Dotfield
Returns the operator node for the tag associated with a selected alarm.
The alarm must be selected by clicking the Distributed Alarm Display
When an alarm is acknowledged in a Terminal Services environment,
the Operator Node is the name of the client machine that the
respective operator established the Terminal Services session from. If
the node name cannot be retrieved, the node's IP address is used
instead.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmOprNode",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmOprNode",almOprNode);

and almOprNode is a memory message tag containing the name of the
operator's node for the tag associated with the selected alarm.
operators node to the almOprNode tag.
See Also

.AlarmDate, .AlarmLimit, .AlarmName, .AlarmOprName, .AlarmPri,
.AlarmProv, .AlarmState, .AlarmTime, .AlarmType, .AlarmValue
Returns the alarm comment, which is a read/write text string that
describes the alarm, not the tag. By default, the comment is empty in a
new application.
However, when an old InTouch application is converted to InTouch
version 7.11 or later, the tag comment is copied to the .AlarmComment
dotfield for backward compatibility.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmComment",TagName);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any message tag.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
The following example returns the alarm comment for a tag selected in
the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object and places it in the
almComment tag :
GetPropertyM(AlmObj_1.AlarmComment, almComment);
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmAccess, .AlarmClass, .AlarmDate,

.AlarmValue
Setting the Alarm Query

Use the following query functions to retrieve records from the alarm
memory.
almDefQuery() Function
almQuery() Function
almSetQueryByName() Function
almDefQuery() Function
Performs a query using default properties to update a named
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almDefQuery(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
The name of the Distributed Alarm Display object. For example,
AlmObj_1.
Remarks
The default query properties are specified while developing the

Distributed Alarm Display object in WindowMaker.
Example
almDefQuery(AlmObj_1);
See Also
almQuery(), almSetQueryByName()
almQuery() Function
Performs a query to update a named Distributed Alarm Display object
and uses the specified parameters.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almQuery(ObjectName,AlarmList,FromPri,ToPri,State,Ty
pe);
Arguments
ObjectName
AlarmList
Sets the Alarm Query/Name Manager alias to perform the query
against, for example, "\intouch!$System" or a Message tag.
FromPri
Starting priority of alarms to show. For example, 100 or integer
tag.
ToPri
Ending priority of alarms to show. For example, 900 or integer tag.
State
Specifies type of alarms to show. For example, "UnAck" or Message
tag. Valid states are All, UnAck or Ack.
Type
The type of alarm records that appear in the updated display:
"Hist" = Historical alarms
"Summ" = Summary alarms
Example
This statement retrieves all historical alarms specified in

MyAlarmListGroup with a priority of 500 to 600. The alarms appear in
the AlmObj_1 alarm display.
almQuery("AlmObj_1","MyAlarmListGroup",500,600,
"All","Hist");
In this example, MyAlarmListGroup is an alarm list configured from

the Name Manager setup.
See Also
almDefQuery(), almSetQueryByName()
almSetQueryByName() Function
Starts a new alarm query for the named instance of the Distributed
Alarm Display object using the parameters from a user-defined query
favorite file.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSetQueryByName(ObjectName, QueryName);
Arguments
ObjectName
QueryName
The name of the query created by using Query Favorites.
Remarks
This is a query for the particular instance of the Distributed Alarm

Display object. There may be several such displays on the screen, each
with its own query.
Example
This example starts a new query using parameters from the query
named Turbine Queries.
almSetQueryByName(AlmObj_1,Turbine Queries);
See Also
almQuery(), almDefQuery()
Checking the Current Query Properties

Use the following dotfields to return the status of alarm memory
queries.
.AlarmGroup Dotfield
.QueryType Dotfield
.QueryState Dotfield
.Successful Dotfield
.PriFrom Dotfield
.PriTo Dotfield
.AlarmGroup Dotfield
Contains the current query used to populate a Distributed Alarm
Display object.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.AlarmGroup",TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
Any message tag.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the current alarm query used by the
named Distributed Alarm Display object. This query can be a list of
alarm groups or direct alarm provider references.
Data Type
String (read-only)
Example
This statement returns the current alarm query used by the AlmObj_1
Distributed Alarm Display object to the CurrentQuery tag:
GetPropertyM("AlmObj_1.AlarmGroup",CurrentQuery);
See Also
GetPropertyM(), .AlarmGroupSel, .AlarmName
.QueryType Dotfield
Shows the current type of alarm query.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyI(
"ObjectName.QueryType",TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
Any integer tag
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the current query type used by a

named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values
1 = Historical
2 = Summary
Example
The following statement returns the current query type of the

AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the AlmQueryType tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.QueryType",AlmQueryType);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .QueryState
.QueryState Dotfield
Shows the current alarm state query filter.
Category
Alarms
Usage
"ObjectName.QueryState",TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
Any integer tag
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the current query filter used by a

Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Valid Values
0 = All
1 = Unacknowledged
2 = Acknowledged
Example
The following statement returns the current query filter of the

AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the AlmQueryState tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.QueryState", AlmQueryState);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .QueryType
.Successful Dotfield
Indicates whether the current query is successful or not.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyD(
"ObjectName.Successful",TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
A discrete tag that holds the property value when the function is
processed.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the state of the last query used by a
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = Error in query
1 = Successful query
Example
The following statement returns the status of the last query of the
AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the AlmFlag tag:
GetPropertyD("AlmObj_1.Successful",AlmFlag);
See Also
GetPropertyD()
.PriFrom Dotfield
Returns the minimum value of an alarm priority range used by the
current query.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyI("ObjectName.PriFrom", Tagname);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
Any integer tag.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the minimum priority value of the

query used by Distributed Alarm Display object AlmObj_1to the
MinPri integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.PriFrom",MinPri);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .PriTo, .AlarmPri
.PriTo Dotfield
Contains the maximum value of the alarm priority range used by the
current query.
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyI("ObjectName.PriTo", Tagname);
Parameter
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that holds the property value when the function is
processed.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the maximum priority value of the

query used by AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the
MaxPri integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.PriTo",MaxPri);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .PriFrom, .AlarmPri
Checking for Updates to the Distributed Alarm

Display Object
Use the following dotfields to find out whether the Distributed Alarm
Display object contains all current alarms or if there are pending
updates.
.ListChanged Dotfield
.PendingUpdates Dotfield
.ListChanged Dotfield
Indicates whether there are any new alarms or updates for the
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyD(ObjectName.ListChanged,TagN
ame);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
processed.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the status about whether there have
been any changes that need to be updated in the Distributed Alarm
Display object. This property is automatically reset on reading the
property.
Data Type
Valid Values
0 = No new alarms or updates for the display object

1 = New updates for the display object
Example
The following statement returns the status of any new alarms or

updates for the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the
AlmDispStat tag:
GetPropertyD(AlmObj_1.ListChanged,AlmDispStat);
See Also
GetPropertyD()
.PendingUpdates Dotfield
Indicates the number of pending updates to the Distributed Alarm
Display object. There are pending updates usually when the display is
frozen and new alarm records are created. These do not show, but the
pending updates count is increased.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorMessage=]GetPropertyI( ObjectName.PendingUpdates,
TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
An integer tag that holds the property value when the function is
processed.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the number of pending updates for a

named Distributed Alarm Display object. Any value greater than zero
indicates the Distributed Alarm Display object has new alarm data.
This value is reset each time the object is refreshed.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns an integer 1 or greater if there are

any pending updates for the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display
object to the AlarmPendingUpdates tag:
GetPropertyI(
AlmObj_1.PendingUpdates,AlarmPendingUpdates);
See Also
GetPropertyI()
Suppressing Alarms
The Distributed Alarm Display object can suppress one or more alarms
at an alarm consumer that match exclusion criteria. If an alarm
matches the exclusion criteria, it does not appear in the instance of the
display.
You can use QuickScript functions to suppress alarms.
almSuppressAll() Function
almUnsuppressAll() Function
almSuppressDisplay() Function
almSuppressGroup() Function
almSuppressPriority() Function
almSuppressTag() Function
almSuppressSelected() Function
almSuppressSelectedGroup() Function
almSuppressSelectedPriority() Function
almSuppressSelectedTag() Function
almSuppressRetain() Function
.SuppressRetain Dotfield
almSuppressAll() Function
Suppresses the showing of all current and future instances of the
alarms in the current query, including those not currently shown in
the Distributed Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Syntax
[Result=] almSuppressAll(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Remarks
This function works like almAckAll(), identifying which alarms to

suppress by identifying all alarms that you would see if you looked at
the display and scrolled up and down to look at them all.
Example
almSuppressAll(AlmObj_1);
See Also
almSuppressGroup(), almSuppressTag(), almSuppressDisplay(),

almSuppressPriority(), almSuppressRetain(), almSuppressSelected(),
almSuppressSelectedGroup(), almSuppressSelectedPriority(),
almSuppressSelectedTag(), almUnSuppressAll()
almUnsuppressAll() Function
Clears all suppressed alarms.
Syntax
[Result=] almUnSuppressAll(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
almUnSuppressAll(AlmObj_1);
See Also
almSuppressAll(), almSuppressGroup(), almSuppressTag(),

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressPriority(), almSuppressRetain(),
almSuppressSelected(), almSuppressSelectedGroup(),
almSuppressSelectedPriority(), almSuppressSelectedTag()
almSuppressDisplay() Function
Suppresses the showing of current and future occurrences of alarms
visible in the Distributed Alarm Display object in summary mode.
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressDisplay(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Remarks
This function works like the corresponding almAckDisplay() function,

identifying which alarms to suppress by identifying all alarms that are
currently shown.
Example
almSuppressDisplay(AlmObj_1);
almSuppressGroup() Function
Suppresses the showing of current and future occurrences of any
alarm with the specified provider and group name.
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressGroup(ObjectName,
ApplicationName,GroupName);
Argument
ObjectName
ApplicationName
The name of the application. For example, \\node1\InTouch
GroupName
The name of the alarm group. For example, $System
Example
almSuppressGroup( AlmObj_1,\InTouch,Turbines);
See Also
almSuppressAll(), almSuppressTag(), almSuppressDisplay(),

almSuppressPriority() Function
alarm of the specified priority range having the same provider name
and Group name.
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressPriority(ObjectName, ApplicationName,
GroupName, FromPri, ToPri);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
The name of the Group. For example, $System
FromPri
Starting priority of alarms. For example, 100 or Integer tag.
ToPri
Ending priority of alarms. For example, 900 or Integer tag.
Example
almSuppressPriority(AlmObj_1,\\node1\Intouch,
Turbines,10,100);
See Also

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressRetain(), almSuppressSelected(),
almSuppressTag() Function
alarm that belongs to the specified tagname having the same provider
name, group name, and priority range.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressTag(ObjectName, ApplicationName,
GroupName, TagName, FromPri, ToPri, AlarmClass, AlarmType);
Arguments
ObjectName
ApplicationName
GroupName
The name of the Group. For example, $System
TagName
The name of the alarm tag.
FromPri
Starting priority of alarms. For example, 100 or Integer tag.
ToPri
Ending priority of alarms. For example, 900 or Integer tag.
AlarmClass
The class of the alarm. For example, Value.
AlarmType
The alarm type of the alarm. For example, HiHi.
Example
almSuppressTag(AlmObj_1,\\node1\Intouch,
Turbines,Valve1,10,100,Value,LoLo);
See Also
almSuppressAll(), almSuppressGroup(), almSuppressDisplay(),

almSuppressSelected() Function
Suppresses the showing of current and future occurrences of the
alarms selected in the Distributed Alarm Display object in summary
mode.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressSelected(ObjectName);
Arguments
ObjectName
Remarks
This functions works like the almAckSelect() function, identifying the

alarms by the ones selected in the display object.
Example
almSuppressSelected(AlmObj_1);
See Also

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressPriority(),
almSuppressSelectedGroup() Function
alarms that belong to the same groups of one or more selected alarms
having the same provider name within the named Distributed Alarm
Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressSelectedGroup(ObjectName);
Arguments
ObjectName
Remarks
This functions works like the almAckSelectedGroup() function,

identifying the alarms that are selected, then identifying the groups to
which they belong, and suppressing future occurrences of the alarms
from those groups.
Example
almSuppressSelectedGroup(AlmObj_1);
See Also

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressSelected(),
almSuppressSelectedPriority(), almSuppressSelectedTag()
almSuppressSelectedPriority() Function
alarms that belong to the same priority of one or more selected alarms
having the same provider name and Group tag within the named
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressSelectedPriority(ObjectName);
Arguments
ObjectName
Remarks
The priorities are calculated from the minimum and maximum of the
selected alarm records.
This function works like the almAckSelectedPriority() function,
identifying the alarms selected in the display, then identifying the
corresponding priorities of those alarms, and suppressing future
occurrences of alarms with the same priorities.
Example
almSuppressSelectedPriority(AlmObj_1);
See Also
almSuppressAll(), almSuppressGroup(), almSuppressTagName(),

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressSelected(),
almSuppressSelectedGroup(), almSuppressSelectedTag(),
almAckSelectedPriority()
almSuppressSelectedTag() Function
alarm that belongs to the same Tagname name of one or more selected
alarms having the same provider name, group name, and priority
range.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressSelectedTag(ObjectName);
Arguments
ObjectName
Example
almSuppressSelectedTag(AlmObj_1);
See Also

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressSelectedAlarm(),
almAckSelectedTag(), almUnSuppressAll()
almSuppressRetain() Function
Suppresses all alarms raised by subsequent queries.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almSuppressRetain(ObjectName,SuppressionRetainFlag)
;
Arguments
ObjectName
SuppressionRetainFlag
Any discrete or analog tag, 0, or non-zero value. TRUE if
suppression information is retained for following queries, FALSE
otherwise.
Remarks
If the flag is 0 when the alarm query is changed, the suppression

filters are removed.
Example
almSuppressRetain(AlmObj_1, 0);
See Also

almSuppressDisplay(), almSuppressPriority(), almSuppressSelected(),
.SuppressRetain Dotfield
Reads/writes the status of the feature that retains the suppression for
the Distributed Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyD(
ObjectName.SuppressRetain,TagName);
[ErrorNumber=]SetPropertyD(
ObjectName.SuppressRetain,TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
Tagname
A discrete tag that holds the property value when the script is
processed.
Data Type
Discrete (read-write)
Valid Values
0 = Retain Off
1 = Retain On
Example(s)
The following statement sets the status of suppression retainer for the
AlmObj_1 from the SupRtn discrete tag:
SetPropertyD(AlmObj_1.SuppressRetain, SupRtn);
See Also
GetPropertyD(), SetProperty()
Scrolling the Alarm Display

Use the following function and dotfields to scroll the alarm list within
the Distributed Alarm Display object vertically or horizontally. You
can also freeze the display.
almMoveWindow() Function
.Freeze Dotfield
.PrevPage Dotfield
.NextPage Dotfield
almMoveWindow() Function
Scrolls the alarm list of the Distributed Alarm Display object vertically
or horizontally.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almMoveWindow(ObjectName,Option,Repeat);
Arguments
ObjectName
Option
The type of scrolling action to perform:
Type
Description
LineDn
One line down.
LineUp
One line up.
PageDn
One page down.
PageUp
One page up.
Top
To the top of the list.
Bottom
To the bottom of the list.
PageRt
One page to the right.
PageLf
One page to the left.
Right
To the end of the list (right side).
Left
To the beginning of the list (left side).
Repeat
The number of times this operation should be repeated.
Example
almMoveWindow(AlmObj_1, Bottom, 0);
almMoveWindow(AlmObj_1, LineDn, 3);
almMoveWindow(AlmObj_1, PageUp, 0);
.Freeze Dotfield
The .Freeze dotfield reads the freeze status or freezes/unfreezes the
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyD(ObjectName.Freeze, TagName);
[ErrorNumber=]SetPropertyD(ObjectName.Freeze, TagName);
Arguments
ObjectName
TagName
processed.
Remarks
A read-write dotfield that contains or changes the freeze status of a

Distributed Alarm Display object. When the alarm display object is
frozen, the shown alarms cannot be updated nor can new alarms be
added. Freeze has no effect on whether the alarms flash or not.
Data Type
Discrete (read-write)
Valid Values
0 = Freeze OFF
1 = Freeze ON
Example
The following statement sets the Freeze property for the AlmObj_1
from the AlmFreeze discrete tag.
SetPropertyD(AlmObj_1.Freeze,AlmFreeze);
See Also
GetPropertyD(), SetPropertyD()
.PrevPage Dotfield
Scrolls the Distributed Alarm Display object one page (one screen full
of alarms) up.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]SetPropertyD("ObjectName.PrevPage",0);
Arguments
ObjectName
Remarks
When this property is set, the Distributed Alarm Display object shows
the previous page. After the previous page is shown, the variable is
automatically set to 1, unless the top of the list has been reached. In
this case, the value remains 0.
Data Type
See Also
GetPropertyD(), SetPropertyD(), .NextPage, .PageNum, .TotalPages
.NextPage Dotfield
Scrolls the Distributed Alarm Display object one page (one screen full
of alarms) down.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]SetPropertyD("ObjectName.NextPage",0);
Arguments
ObjectName
Remarks
When this property is set, the Distributed Alarm Display object shows
the next page. After the next page is shown, the variable is
automatically set to 1, unless the bottom of the list has been reached.
In this case, the value remains 0.
Data Type
See Also
GetPropertyD(), SetPropertyD(), .PrevPage, .PageNum, .TotalPages
Showing Alarm Statistics and Counts

Use the following functions and dotfields to show statistical
information about the current Distributed Alarm Display object.
almShowStats() Function
.PageNum Dotfield
.TotalPages Dotfield
.NumAlarms Dotfield
.ProvidersReq Dotfield
.ProvidersRet Dotfield
almShowStats() Function
Shows the Alarm Statistics dialog box of the specified Distributed
Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[Result=]almShowStats(ObjectName);
Argument
ObjectName
Example
almShowStats(AlmObj_1);
.PageNum Dotfield
Contains the current page number shown in the alarm object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyI("ObjectName.PageNum",TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that holds the number of the page currently shown
from the Distributed Alarm Display object.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield returns the number of the currently shown

page in a named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the number of the page currently

shown from the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the
AlarmPage integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.PageNum",AlarmPage);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .NextPage, .PrevPage, .TotalPages
.TotalPages Dotfield
Contains the total number of pages in the Distributed Alarm Display
object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[ErrorNum=]GetPropertyI("ObjectName.TotalPages", TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that retrieves the total number of alarm pages
contained in the named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Remarks
This dotfield returns the total number of alarm pages contained in a

named Distributed Alarm Display object. One page equals to all
alarms shown in the object on the screen at any given time.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the total number of pages contained

in the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the
AlmTotalPages integer tag:
GetPropertyI( "AlmObj_1.TotalPages",AlmTotalPages);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), NextPage, PrevPage, PageNum
.NumAlarms Dotfield
Contains the number of alarms within a Distributed Alarm Display
object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
[ErrorNum=]GetPropertyI("ObjectName.NumAlarms, Tagname);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that holds the current number of alarms registered
in a named Distributed Alarm Display object. This includes not
only those alarms shown, but all alarms registered.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield returns the total number of alarms within a

Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the current number of alarms used by

the AlmObj_1 Distributed Alarm Display object to the AlarmCount
integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.NumAlarms",AlarmCount);
See Also
GetPropertyI()
.ProvidersReq Dotfield
Contains the number of alarm providers required by the current query
used by a named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Syntax
"ObjectName.ProvidersReq,TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that holds the current number of alarm providers
registered in a named Distributed Alarm Display object. This
includes not only those alarms shown, but all alarms registered.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the number of alarm providers

required by the current query used by Distributed Alarm Display
object "AlmObj_1". This value is written to the TotalProv integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.ProvidersReq",TotalProv);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .ProvidersRet
.ProvidersRet Dotfield
Contains the number of alarm providers returned by the current query
used by a named Distributed Alarm Display object.
Category
Alarms
Usage
[ErrorNumber=]GetPropertyI
("ObjectName.ProvidersRet",TagName);
Parameters
ObjectName
AlmObj_1.
TagName
An integer tag that holds the number of alarm providers that have
successfully returned their alarms to the named Distributed Alarm
Display object.
Remarks
This read-only dotfield contains the number of alarm providers

returned by the current query used by a named Distributed Alarm
Display object.
Data Type
Integer (read-only)
Example
The following statement returns the number of alarm providers that

have successfully returned their alarms to the AlmObj_1 Distributed
Alarm Display object . This value is written to the RetProv integer tag:
GetPropertyI("AlmObj_1.ProvidersRet",RetProv);
See Also
GetPropertyI(), .ProvidersReq
Error Descriptions
The following table describes the error numbers. If a number is
returned that is not in this table, the error is an unknown error.
Error Number
Description
Success
-1
General failure
-2
Insufficient memory available
-3
Property is read-only
-4
Specified item already present
-5
Object name unknown
-6
Property name unknown
481
Appendix B
Migrating from Legacy Alarm
Systems
You can migrate your applications built using the Standard Alarm
System or AlarmSuite.
Migrating from the Standard Alarm System to

the Distributed Alarm System
When you migrate a Standard Alarm system to the Distributed Alarm
system, all of the Standard Alarm Displays in the master/slave
application are migrated to Distributed Alarm Display objects.
Colors, fonts, the expressions, and the alarm query settings are not
migrated. The new Distributed Alarm Display object has the following
default query, where node name is the name of the master node:
\\nodename\intouch!$system
The acknowledgement and alarm status dotfields continue to work as
before. Depending if the I/O tag was configured for NetDDE or
SuiteLink, you may need to enable NetDDE. However, you may decide
you no longer need separate controls for issuing acknowledgements, as
the alarms can now be acknowledged using the Distributed Alarm
Display object.
482 Appendix B Migrating from Legacy Alarm Systems
Migrating an AlarmSuite Database

You can use the AlarmSuite History Migration Utility to migrate data
from an AlarmSuite database to a SQL Server alarm database.
During the migration, the source or target databases should not be
logging new data. Logging during migration can cause loss of data
integrity.
Important: You can select to recreate the tables in the target
database during the migration. Recreating tables results in the loss of
existing data in the target database.
To migrate AlarmSuite data
1
On the Windows Start menu, point to Programs, point to

Wonderware, point to InTouch, and then click AlarmSuite History
Migration. The AlarmSuite History Migration Utility dialog box
appears.
In the Source (AlarmSuite) Database area, configure the connection

to the AlarmSuite database. Do the following:
a
In the DSN list, click the data source name for the AlarmSuite
database.
In the User Name box, type your user name for the data source
name.
In the Password box, type your user password for the data
source name.
In the Purge Source Database area, click Yes to purge the source
database at the end of data migration. Table creation is part of
the transaction, but creation of the database is not. If you
select Yes, the transaction with purging is committed after
migrating the data from the source database.
Click No to not purge the source database after data migration
is finished.
Migrating an AlarmSuite Database483
In the Target Database area, configure the connection to the

Distributed Alarm system database. Do the following:
a
In the Server list, click the name of the database server to use.
The read-only Database Name box shows the database name.
The default is WWALMDB.
In the User Name box, type a SQL Server user name.

SQL Server user account.
Select the Recreate Tables check box to recreate the tables in

the target database. If you recreate the tables, the existing
information is deleted. If you do not select this option, the data
is appended to existing tables.
In the Logging Mode area, click either Detailed to restore the

detailed tables only or Consolidated to restores the consolidated
tables only.
Click Test Connection to test your connection to the source and

target databases.
Click Start to begin migrating the data from the source database to
the target database.
Click Stop to abort the migration process that is in progress. This

rolls back the transaction. (Clicking Close is equivalent to clicking
Stop.)
Note: Table creation is part of the transaction, but creating the

database is not. If you have set the Purge Source Database option to
Yes, the transaction with purging is committed after migrating the data
from the source database.
7
After the migration completes, click Close.
484 Appendix B Migrating from Legacy Alarm Systems
485
Index
Symbols
$NewAlarm system tag 127
$System system tag 128
A
About box
Alarm DB View control 335
Alarm Pareto control 360
Alarm Viewer control 98
AboutBox() method 98, 211, 335, 360
.Ack dotfield 109
Ack() function 116
AckAll() method 84
AckAlmBackColor property 299
AckAlmBackColorRange1 property 299
AckAlmForeColor property 301
AckAlmForeColorRange1 property 302
.AckDev dotfield 114
.AckDsc dotfield 113
AckGroup() method 86
acknowledgement
alarms 20
automatic 117
acknowledgement comments 119
acknowledgement models
alarm 106
checking at run time 108
condition 106
acknowledging alarms 105
alarms or alarm groups 109
automatic acknowledgement 117
deviation alarms 114
discrete alarms 113
Distributed Alarm Display object 427
from WindowViewer 118
rate-of-change alarms 115
redundancy synchronization 397
script functions 116
using dotfields 109
value alarms 111
AckPriority() method 87
.AckROC dotfield 115
AckRtnBackColor property 304
486Index
AckRtnForeColor property 304

AckSelected() method 84
AckSelectedGroup() method 85
AckSelectedPriority() method 86
AckSelectedTag() method 86
AckTag() method 87
.AckValue dotfield 111
AckVisible() method 85
ActiveX controls, configuring colors for 82
ActiveX events
Alarm Tree Viewer control 219
ActiveX methods
ActiveX properties
alarm and events, global settings 45
alarm buffer size, configuring 45
alarm comments 119
changing for a tag 174
alarm conditions
alarm groups 127
tags 127
alarm consumer 27
alarm database
Alarm DB Logger 261, 266
archiving purged data 366
data to purge 365
database connection 364, 373
files to restore 374
log file settings 368
maintaining 363
manually archiving the database 369
purge or archive settings 364
restoring 372, 376
scheduling automatic purges 371
stored procedures 274
alarm database views, Alarm DB Logger 266
Alarm DB Logger
about 259
alarm database views 266

Alarm Event History view 272
Alarm History view 267, 269
alarm logging 261, 266
alarm stored procedures 274
AlarmCounter stored procedure 274
alarms to log 262
AlarmSuite Alarm Log view 273
database connection 261
Event History view 269, 270
EventCounter stored procedure 276
logging interval 263
SQL Server accounts 260
stored procedure 274
using 260
Windows service 265
Alarm DB View control
accessing filter favorites 335
ActiveX events 336
ActiveX methods 329
ActiveX properties 298
alarm or event data 281
colors 295
columns 281
configuring 278
database connections 278, 330
error handling 336
filter criteria 292
filter favorites 290
font 280
grid 279
grouping columns 293
query filters 294
retrieving alarm information 332
retrieving records 331
run-time features 284
showing the About box 335
showing the context menu 335
sort order 297
sorting records 298, 333
status bar 298
time format 286
time period 288
time zone 286, 289
using at run time 297
values for the state column 294
viewing recorded alarms 277
alarm deadbands, changing 172
Index487
.Alarm dotfield 129

alarm group list file, creating 48
alarm groups
alarm conditions 127
creating 33
deleting 36
modifying 35
alarm groups, inhibitor tag 178
alarm hierarchies
defining 33
alarm instance, user-defined information 175
alarm limits
changing 165
tag 141
alarm or event data, Alarm DB View
control 281
Alarm Pareto control
about 339
ActiveX events 360
ActiveX methods 356
alarms to analyze 345
appearance and colors 341
configuring 339
copying or moving query filters 351
database connection 340, 356
error handling 360
filter criteria 350
filter favorites 348
font 344
grouping columns 351
presentation of the analysis results 352
retrieving information about specific pareto
bars 357
retrieving records 356
selecting alarm or event data 346
status bar 353
time period 347
alarm printer instance
starting 238
stopping 238
alarm printer query
starting 238
stopping 238
alarm printer, starting 237
alarm printing and logging 222
alarm properties, controlling at run time 121
alarm provider 26
alarm queries 51
alarm query information, printing
alarms 242, 254
alarm statistics and counts, Distributed
Alarm Display object 474
alarm status handling, InTouch 7.11 and later
vs. 7.1 and older 140
alarm tag, inhibitor tag 178
Alarm Tree Viewer
automatic refresh, configuring 201
refresh, tuning 202
Alarm Tree Viewer control
ActiveX events 219
ActiveX methods 210
appearance and colors 198
configuring 198
creating a query string 217
error handling 219
fonts 201
freezing the tree 216
providers and groups 204
query favorites 206, 208
refresh 201
retrieving information 211
running queries 218
sort order 206
status bar 208
viewing alarm hierarchies 197
Alarm Viewer control
ActiveX events 102
ActiveX methods 83
alarms to show 66
colors 68, 82
columns 60
configuring 56
error handling 102
font 60
488Index
grid 56
moving and freezing the display 95
query favorites 67, 74
retrieving information about an alarm 93
running a script when a new alarm is
detected 102
running queries 93
selecting specific alarms 98
showing statistics 98
showing the context menu 101
sort order 71
sorting alarm records 97
status bar 74
suppressing alarms 88
time format 69
viewing current alarms 55
.AlarmAccess dotfield 448
.AlarmAckModel dotfield 108
.AlarmClass dotfield 443
.AlarmComment dotfield 174, 452
.AlarmDate dotfield 440
.AlarmDev dotfield 131
.AlarmDevCount dotfield 192
.AlarmDevDeadband dotfield 173
.AlarmDevUnAckCount dotfield 193
.AlarmDisabled dotfield 148
.AlarmDsc dotfield 130
.AlarmDscCount dotfield 190
.AlarmDscDisabled dotfield 158
.AlarmDscEnabled dotfield 157
.AlarmDscInhibitor dotfield 178
.AlarmDscUnAckCount dotfield 191
.AlarmEnabled dotfield 147
.AlarmGroup dotfield 455
.AlarmGroupSel dotfield 448
AlarmHiDisabled dotfield 154
AlarmHiEnabled dotfield 153
.AlarmHiHiDisabled dotfield 156
.AlarmHiHiEnabled dotfield 155
.AlarmHiHiInhibitor dotfield 182
.AlarmHiInhibitor dotfield 181
.AlarmLimit dotfield 446
.AlarmLoDisabled dotfield 152
.AlarmLoEnabled dotfield 151
.AlarmLoInhibitor dotfield 180

.AlarmLoLoDisabled dotfield 150
.AlarmLoLoEnabled dotfield 149
.AlarmLoLoInhibitor dotfield 179
.AlarmMajDevDisabled dotfield 162
.AlarmMajDevEnabled dotfield 161
.AlarmMajDevInhibitor dotfield 184
.AlarmMinDevDisabled dotfield 160
.AlarmMinDevEnabled dotfield 159
.AlarmMinDevInhibitor dotfield 183
.AlarmName dotfield 441
.AlarmOprName dotfield 450
.AlarmOprNode dotfield 451
.AlarmPri dotfield 447
.AlarmProv dotfield 449
.AlarmROC dotfield 132
.AlarmROCCount dotfield 193
.AlarmROCDisabled dotfield 164
.AlarmROCEnabled dotfield 163
.AlarmROCInhibitor dotfield 185
.AlarmROCUnAckCount dotfield 194
alarms
about 17, 18
acknowledgement 20, 109
acknowledgement models 106
analog alarms 23
analyzing 345
audit trail 401
authentication 402
configuring 33
consumers 26
counting 186
deviation alarms 23
disabling 42
discrete alarms 22
enabling or disabling 147
groups 20
inhibiting 43
logging 262
maintaining the database 363
printing 227
priorities 19
providers 26
rate of change alarms 24
redundancy 379
redundancy synchronization 397
showing 412
sub-states 20
Index489
types 22
value alarms 23
.AlarmState dotfield 445
AlarmSuite database, migration 482
.AlarmTime dotfield 439
.AlarmTotalCount dotfield 187
AlarmTreeFastRetryMax setting, InTouch.ini
file 202
AlarmTreeSlowRetryInterval setting,
InTouch.ini file 202
AlarmTreeTotalRetryMax setting,
InTouch.ini file 202
.AlarmType dotfield 444
.AlarmUnAckCount dotfield 187
.AlarmUserDefNumX dotfields 175
.AlarmUserDefStr dotfield 176
.AlarmValDeadband dotfield 172
.AlarmValue dotfield 442
.AlarmValueCount dotfield 188
.AlarmValueUnAckCount dotfield 189
almAckAll() function 428
almAckDisplay() function 428
almAckGroup() function 429
almAckPriority() function 430
almAckRecent() function 430
almAckSelect() function 432
almAckSelectedGroup() function 432
almAckSelectedPriority() function 433
almAckSelectedTag() function 434
almAckTag() function 431
almDefQuery() function 453
almMoveWindow() function 471
almQuery() function 453
AlmRtnBackColor property 304
AlmRtnForeColor property 305
almSelectAll() function 435
almSelectGroup() function 436
almSelectionCount() function 436
almSelectItem() function 437
almSelectPriority() function 437
almSelectTag() function 438
almSetQueryByName() function 454
almShowStats() function 474
almSuppressAll() function 463
almSuppressDisplay() function 464
almSuppressGroup() function 464
almSuppressPriority() function 465
almSuppressRetain() function 469

almSuppressSelected() function 466
almSuppressSelectedGroup() function 467
almSuppressSelectedPriority() function 468
almSuppressSelectedTag() function 468
almSuppressTag() function 465
almUnselectAll() function 435
almUnsuppressAll() function 463
analog alarms 23
analysis results, Alarm Pareto control 352
ApplyDefaultQuery() method 95
ApplyQuery() method 94
APUFindAlarmGroupInstance() function 248
APUFindFileInstance() function 249
APUFindPrinterInstance() function 250
APUGetAlarmGroupText() function 242
APUGetConfigurationFilePath() function 244
APUGetInstanceCount() function 250
APUGetPrinterJobCount() function 245
APUGetPrinterName() function 252
APUGetPrinterStatus() function 253
APUGetQueryAlarmState() function 246
APUGetQueryFromPriority() function 243
APUGetQueryProcessingState() function 247
APUGetQueryToPriority() function 244
APUIsInstanceUsed() function 251
APUSetAlarmGroupText() function 254
APUSetQueryAlarmState() function 255
APUSetQueryFromPriority() function 256
APUSetQueryToPriority() function 256
APUSetTimeoutValues() function 257
APUStartInstance() function 239
APUStartQuery() function 240
APUStopInstance() function 241
APUStopQuery() function 241
APUTranslateErrorCode() function 258
archiving, alarm database 369
audit trail, alarms 401
AutoConnect property 305
B
buffer size 45
C
CheckElementMembership() method 212
ColorPriorityRange1 property 306
490Index
colors
ActiveX controls 82
Distributed Alarm Display object 418, 422
ColumnResize property 307
columns
Alarm DB View control 281, 293, 294
Distributed Alarm Display object 417, 422
condition, acknowledgement alarm model 106
configuration files, printing alarms 234
Connect() method 330, 356
ConnectStatus property 307
consumers, alarms 26
context menu
counting, active or unacknowledged
alarms 186
current alarms, Alarm Viewer control 55
CustomMessage property 308
D
data storage, distributed alarm system 31
database connections
alarm database 364, 373
Alarm DB Logger 261
Alarm DB View control 278, 330
Alarm Pareto control 340, 356
DatabaseName property 308
deviation alarms
alarms 23
configuring 40
.DevTarget dotfield 170
disablement 29
disabling
alarms 147
discrete alarms 157
high alarms 153
HiHi alarms 155
LoLo alarms 149
low alarms 151
major deviation alarms 161
minor deviation alarms 159

Disconnect() method 330
discrete alarms
alarms 22
configuring 37
display type, Distributed Alarm Display
object 420
DisplayedTimeZone property 309
DisplayMode property 308
Distributed Alarm Display object
about 407
alarm comment 413
alarm statistics and counts 474
alarms to show 412
checking the current query properties 455
colors 418, 422
columns 417
configuring 408
controlling with scripts 427
creating 409
display columns 422
display type 420
errors 479
font 416
getting or setting properties 427
grid appearance 409
guidelines for use 408
monitoring local alarms 421
multiple selection 422
query favorites 424
retrieving alarm record 439
run time features 411
scrolling 471
selecting alarms 434
shortcut menu 423
sort order 417
status bar 422
time format 415
distributed alarm group lists 27
distributed alarm system
about 24
data storage 31
Index491
documentation conventions 15
dotfields, using to acknowledge alarms 109
Duration property 309
E
enabling
alarms 147
discrete alarms 157
events 46
high alarms 153
HiHi alarms 155
LoLo alarms 149
low alarms 151
major deviation alarms 161
minor deviation alarms 159
End Time property 310
errors
printing alarms 258
event properties, for individual tags 44
EventBackColor property 310
event-based alarm model 107
EventForeColor property 311
events
about 17, 21
enabling 46
expanded summary alarms
model 106
using 107
F
filter criteria
filter favorites
FilterFavoritesFile property 311
FilterMenu property 312
FilterName property 312
font

fonts
format, printing alarms 228
.Freeze dotfield 472
Freeze() method 217
FreezeDisplay() method 97
freezing
FromPriority property 312
G
GetAlarmQueryFromSelection() method 217
GetElementCount() method 211, 212
GetElementName() method 212
GetElementPath() method 213
GetItem() method 93, 333
GetItemAlarmName() method 358
GetItemAlarmType() method 358
GetItemCount() method 358
GetItemEventType() method 359
GetItemProviderName() method 359
GetItemTotalTime() method 359
GetLastError() method 336
GetNext() method 332
GetPrevious() method 331
GetSelectedElementCount() method 213
GetSelectedElementName() method 213
GetSelectedElementPath() method 214
GetSelectedItem() method 333
GetSubElementCount() method 214
GetSubElementName() method 215
GetSubElementPath() method 216
getting or setting properties, Distributed
grid
GroupExactMatch property 313
GroupName property 313
groups, alarms 20
H
high alarms, enabling or disabling 153
492Index
HiHi alarms, enabling or disabling 155

.HiHiLimit dotfield 167
.HiHiSet dotfield 143
.HiHiStatus dotfield 136
.HiLimit dotfield 167
.HiSet dotfield 143
.HiStatus dotfield 135
historical alarms 28
hot backup pair example, redundancy 393
hot backup pair, redundancy 383
hot backups, redundancy 380
I
inhibition, alarms 43
inhibitor tag
for an alarm group 178
for an alarm tag 178
instance information, printing alarms 248
K
key fields, redundancy 385
L
legacy alarm systems, migration 481
.ListChanged dotfield 460
log files, printing alarms 233
logging alarms
file settings 368
printing alarms 236
logging information, printing alarms 252
logging interval, alarm database 263
logging, making retentive 47
.LoLimit dotfield 166
LoLo alarms, enabling or disabling 149
.LoLoLimit dotfield 165
.LoLoSet dotfield 141
.LoLoStatus dotfield 134
.LoSet dotfield 142
.LoStatus dotfield 133
low alarms, enabling or disabling 151
M
maintaining, alarm database 363
major deviation alarms, enabling or
disabling 161
.MajorDevPct dotfield 169
.MajorDevSet dotfield 145
.MajorDevStatus dotfield 138
mapping file, redundancy 387, 392

MaxRecords property 314
migration
AlarmSuite database 482
legacy alarm systems 481
standard alarm system 481
minor deviation alarms, enabling or
disabling 159
.MinorDevPct dotfield 168
.MinorDevSet dotfield 144
.MinorDevStatus dotfield 137
monitoring local alarms, Distributed Alarm
Display object 421
MoveWindow() method 96
N
.NextPage dotfield 473
non-interactive permissions to run alarm
services 25, 265, 364
.Normal dotfield 130
.NumAlarms dotfield 476
P
.PageNum dotfield 475
Password property 314
.PendingUpdates dotfield 461
.PrevPage dotfield 473
.PriFrom dotfield 459
PrimarySort property 314
printer settings, printing alarms 222
printing alarms
alarm printing and logging 222
alarm query information 242, 254
alarms to print 227
controlling using scripting 237
errors 258
format of print and file output 228
instance information 248
logging alarms to a file 233, 236
logging information 252
printer settings 222
printing alarms 221, 235
saving and loading configuration files 234
starting the alarm printer 237
starting the alarm printer instance 238
starting the alarm printer query 238
stopping the alarm printer instance 238
stopping the alarm printer query 238
Index493
priorities, alarms 19
.PriTo dotfield 459
ProviderExactMatch property 315
ProviderName property 315
providers
alarms 26
.ProvidersReq dotfield 477
.ProvidersRet dotfield 478
purge or archive settings, configuring for
alarm database 364
purged data, archiving 366
purging
alarm database 365
scheduling automatic 371
Q
query favorites
Alarm Tree Viewer control 206, 208
Alarm Viewer control 67, 74
query filters
query properties, checking for the Distributed
query string, Alarm Tree Viewer control 217
.QueryState dotfield 457
QueryTimeZoneName property 316
.QueryType dotfield 456
R
rate-of-change alarms
about 24
acknowledging 115
configuring 41
recorded alarms, Alarm DB View control 277
redundancy
about 379
acknowledgement synchronization 397
alarm synchronization 397
alarms 379
creating a hot backup pair 383
creating a mapping file 387
hot backup pair example 393
importing a mapping file 392
notes 398
setting alarm key fields 385

troubleshooting map file imports 393
understanding hot backups 380
refresh, Alarm Tree Viewer control 201
Refresh() method 332, 357
RefreshMenu property 316
Requery() method 94
Reset() method 334
ResetMenu property 317
restoring
alarm database 372, 376
alarm database files 374
retentive alarm logging 47
retrieving information
retrieving records
.ROCPct dotfield 171
.ROCSet dotfield 146
.ROCStatus dotfield 139
RowCount property 317
RowSelection property 317
run time
alarm properties 121
checking acknowledgement model 108
run time features
running queries
S
scripting
494Index

printing alarms 237
scrolling, Distributed Alarm Display
object 471
Secondary Sort property 318
SelectAll() method 100
SelectGroup() method 99
SelectItem() method 100
SelectPriority() method 99
SelectQuery() method 331, 357
SelectTag() method 100
ServerName property 318
SetQueryByName() method 95, 218
SetQueryByString() method 218
SetSort() method 97
shortcut menu, Distributed Alarm Display
object 423
ShowContext() method 101, 335
ShowFetch property 318
ShowFilter() method 335
ShowGrid property 319
ShowHeading property 319
ShowMessage property 320
ShowQueryFavorites() method 93
ShowSort() method 97, 334
ShowStatistics() method 98
ShowStatusBar property 320
ShowSuppression() method 88
signed acknowledgement 403
SignedAlarmAck() function 402
SilentMode property 320
sort order
configuring for Alarm Viewer control 71
sorting records
SortMenu property 321
SortOnCol() method 334
SortOrder property 321
SpecificTime property 322
SQL Server accounts, Alarm DB Logger 260
standard alarm system 481
StartTime property 322
statistics, Alarm Viewer control 98
status bar
stored procedure, EventCounter stored
procedure 276
stored procedures 274
alarm database 274
sub-states, alarms 20
.Successful dotfield 458
summary alarm model, expanded 106
summary alarms 28
SuppressAll() method 89
SuppressGroup() method 91
suppression, alarms 29
SuppressPriority() method 91
.SuppressRetain dotfield 470
SuppressSelected() method 89
SuppressSelectedGroup() method 90
SuppressSelectedPriority() method 90
SuppressSelectedTag() method 90
SuppressTag() method 92
SuppressVisible() method 89
T
tags
alarm conditions 37, 127
alarm limits 141
changing alarm comments 174
event properties 44
technical support, contacting 16
Terminal Services 30
Terminal Services, alarm support 30
time format
time period
Time property 323
Index495
time zones, Alarm DB View control 286, 289

ToPriority property 323
.TotalPages dotfield 475
TotalRowCount property 323
troubleshooting, map file imports 393
UnSuppressAll() method 91
updates, checking for Distributed Alarm
Display object 460
user-defined information, alarm instance 175
UserID property 329
.UnAck dotfield 110

UnAckAlmBackColor property 324
UnAckAlmBackColorRange1 property 324
UnAckAlmForeColor property 326
UnAckAlmForeColorRange1 property 327
UnAckOrAlarmDuration property 329
UnSelectAll() method 101
value alarms
alarms 23
configuring 38
views
W
Windows service 265
WindowViewer, acknowledging alarms 118
496Index

It Alarms and Events

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

It Alarms and Events

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

It Alarms and Events

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What topics does the document cover?

What topics does the document cover?

Wonderware

InTouch HMI Alarms

2010, 2013 by Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Overview of Alarms and Events .................... 17

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Alarm Queries ........................................... 51

Viewing Current Alarms .............................. 55

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Suppressing Alarms .................................................................... 88

Acknowledging Alarms in Real Time ............ 105

Controlling Alarm Properties of Tags and

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

.AlarmROC Dotfield ..................................................................

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Associating User-Defined Information with an Alarm

Viewing Alarm Hierarchies ......................... 197

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Creating a Query String from a Selection ...............................

Printing Alarms ........................................ 221

Recording Alarms into an Alarm Database ... 259

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

AlarmCounter Database Stored Procedure ............................. 274

Viewing Recorded Alarms ........................ 277

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

DatabaseName Property ...........................................................

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

UnAckAlmForeColor Property .................................................

Analyzing Alarm Distribution Across Tags ... 339

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Maintaining the Alarm Database ............... 363

Enhancing Plant Security Through Alarm

Creating an Alarm Audit Trail ................... 401

Working with the Distributed Alarm Display

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Configuring Which Alarms to Show .........................................

Migrating from Legacy Alarm Systems ........ 481

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

This documentation describes how to manage alarms and events

Paths and file names.

Menus, commands, dialog box names, and

Code samples and display text.

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

If known, the Wonderware Technical Support case number

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

Alarms warn run-time operators about process conditions that

Events represent normal system status messages. A typical event

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

18 Chapter 1 Overview of Alarms and Events

About InTouch Alarms

InTouch HMI Alarms and Events Guide

About InTouch Alarms19

The main alarm states are described in the following table:

Alarm was acknowledged.

Alarm has occurred.

Tag returned from an alarm state to a